WQ0036676_Regional Office Historical File Pre 2018

D­ -
':fW_R
`Division of Water Resources
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
WATER QUALITY REGIONAL OPERATIONS SECTION
NON -DISCHARGE APPLICATION REVIEW REQUEST FORM
May 31, 2018
To: MRO WQ + dv�itneCo"eydBasMn
From: Emily Gercke, Water Quality Permitting Section - Non -Discharge Permitting Unit
Permit Number: WQ0036676
Applicant: Exchange Street, LLC
Owner Type: Organization
Facility Name: Blue Dot Readi-Mix - Exchange Street
Signature Authority: Anthony Griffin
Address: PO Box 23027, Charlotte, NC 28227
Fee Category: Closed -Loop Recycle
Comments/Other Information:
Permit Type: Closed -Loop Recycle
Project Type: Renewal
Owner in BIMS? Yes
Facility in BIMS? Yes
Title: Member
County: Mecklenburg
Fee Amount: $0 -Renewal
Attached; you will find all information submitted in support of the above -referenced application for your review,
comment, and/or action. Within 45 calendar days, please take the following actions:
® Return this form completed. ® Return a completed staff report.
❑ Attach an Attachment B for Certification. ❑ Issue an Attachment B Certification.
When you receive this request form, please write your name and dates in the spaces below, make a copy of this sheet, and
return it to the appropriate Central Office Water Quality Permitting Section contact person listed above.
RO-WQROS Reviewer:
Date:
FORM: WQROSNDARR 09-15
Page 1 of 1

Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
June 4, 2018
ANTHONY GRIFFIN — MEMBER
EXCHANGE STREET, LLC
PO Box 23027
CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA 28227
Dear Mr. Griffin:
ROY COOPER
Governor
MICHAEL S. REGAN
Secretary
LINDA CULPEPPER
Interim Director
Subject: Acknowledgement of
Application No. WQ0036676
Blue Dot Readi-Mix - Exchange
Street
Closed -Loop Recycle System
Meeklenbury County
The Water Quality Permitting Section acknowledges receipt of your permit application and
supporting documentation received on May 30, 2018. Your application package has been assigned the
number listed above, and the primary reviewer is Emily Gercke.
Central and Regional Office staff will perform a detailed review of the provided application, and
may contact you with a request for additional information. To ensure maximum efficiency in processing
permit applications, the Division of Water Resources requests your assistance in providing a timely and
complete response to any additional information requests.
Please note that processing standard review permit applications may take as long as 60 to 90 days
after receipt of a complete application. If you have any questions, please contact
Emily Gercke at (919-807-6342 or [e-mail].
Sincerely,
Nathaniel D. Thornburg, Supervisor
Division of Water Resources
cc: �Mo a'�° e vil�le . egloffice, W to er.uaIifyIZegio' na1+pe,�ionsS� ecti�
Permit File WQ0036676
-_7'Nothing Compares —
State of North Carolina I Environmental Quality I Water Resources I Water Quality Permitting I Non -Discharge Permitting
1617 Mail Service Center I Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617
919-807-6332

of North Carolina`
CQ�®Nf R Department of Environmental Quality
_REc�w�Qii, _Division _of Water Resourees-
... . -.
- 3 O Zola NON -DISCHARGE SYSTEM RENEWAL
Division of Water Resources INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM. NDSR 06-16 &. SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION .
permitting Unit
This form is for renewal without modification for all non -discharge system permits, exceat.Residuals Management permits.
For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit.
A. Non -Discharge System Renewal (FORM: NDSR 064� Application All Application. Packages):
'— ❑ Submit one original and one copy of the- completed and- appropriately executed Non -Discharge System Renewal (FORM
-ti- - r
NDSR.06-16) application.. -
❑ The Applicant's Certification shall"be signed in accordance with 15A NCACO2T :0106(b'. Per I5A NCAC`02T .0106(cl, an
alternate person..may be designated as the signing official if a delegdtion letter is provided from a person who meets the criteria
in 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b).
Ez stii i Permit (AI1 Application Packages):
❑ Submit two copies of the most recently issued permit.
C. Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity (All Application Packages for Privately -Owned Public Utilities):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0115(a)(1), provide two copies of the Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity from the North
Carolina Utilities Commission demonstrating the Applicant is authorized to hold the utility franchise for the area to be served
by the non -discharge system. _
D. Operation and Maintenance Agreement (All Application Packages for Single -Family Residences):
❑ Submit one original and one copy of the signed Operation and Maintenance Agreement (FORM: SFRWWIS O&M).
E. Operational Agreements (All Application Packages for Home/Property Owners' Associations and Developers of lots to be sold):
➢ Home/Propegy Owners' Associations
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0115(c), submit an original and one copy of the properly executed Operational Agreement (FORM:
HQ .
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0115(c), submit an original and one copy of the proposed or approved Articles of Incorporation,
Declarations and By-laws.
➢ Developers of lots to be sold
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0115(b), submit an original and one copy of the properly executed Operational Agreement'(FORM:
DEW
F. Site Map (All Application Packages for.permits originally issued or modified after'September 1, 2006):
❑ Submit two copies of an updated site map in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0105(d).
THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
'NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
RALEIGH, NORTH'CAROLINA 27699-1617
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
By Courier/SDecial Delivery:
512 N. SALISBURY ST.
RALEIGH. NORTH CAROLINA 27604
FAX NUMBER: [phone]
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: NDSR 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 1

_WR
Dlvlslon of Water Resources
I. PERMITTEE INFORMATION:
1. Permittee's name: Exchange Street, LLC
�Fc��v�air�ca�o�®wR
MAY',3 0 2018
ar e
permitting OR
2. Signature authority's name: Anthony Griffin per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b)
3. Permittee's mailing address: PO Box 23027
City: Charlotte State: NC Zip: 28227-
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality `
Division of Water Resources
NON -DISCHARGE SYSTEM RENEWAL
FORM: NDSR 06-16
Title: Member
4. Permittee's contact information: Phone number: (,�,�-�Q'�?' Email Address: �G'+Ci�rCj.fQ GQ�
U. FACILITY INFORMATION:
1. Facility name: Blue Dot Readi-Mix - Exchange Street
2. Facility's physical address: 1022 Exchange St.
City: Charlotte State: NC Zip: 282087County: Mecklenburg :1 till iNcrIem/i3V` p
III. PERMIT INFORMATION: J U N 6 2018
1. Existing permit number: WQ0036676 and most recent issuance date: November 20, 2013 WOROS
2. Existing permit type: Closed -Loop Recycle MOORESVILLE REGIONAL OFFICI=
3. Has the facility been constructed? ® Yes or ❑ No
Applicant's Certification per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b):
I,
IrA.1)
A h ity's name & title from Application Item I.2.)
that this application for
(Facility name from Application Item IL 1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater
from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil
penalties, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a condition
of this permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that if all required
supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. I further certify
that the Applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater facility without
proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are compliant with any
active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(e).
NOTE — In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include, a fine not to
exceed $10,000 as well as ci .1 pen It s up $ ,0 0 r violation.
Signature: Date:
Page 1 of 1
FORM: NDSR 06-16

Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
ANTHONY GRIFFIN — MEMBER
EXCHANGE STREET, LLC
POST OFFICE BOX 23027
CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA 28227
Dear Mr. Griffin:
ROY COOPER
Governor
MICHAEL S. REGAN
Secretary
LINDA CULPEPPER
Interim Director
RECEIVED/NCDENR/DWR
May 15, 2018
MAY 17 2018
WQROS
MOORESVILLE REGIONAL OFFICE
Subject: Permit No. WQ0036676
Permit Renewal Notification
Blue Dot Readi-Mix —
Exchange Street
Closed -Loop Recycle System
Mecklenburg County
Division of Water Resources' records indicate that your permit (Permit No. WQ0036676), which
was issued November 20, 2013, expires October 31, 2018. To date, the Division has not received a renewal
application. It is a condition of your permit and required by administrative code 15A NCAC 02T .0109 to
request renewal of your permit at least 180 days prior to its expiration.
As the Permittee, you are responsible for renewing and maintaining this permit. Accordingly,
please complete and submit the attached Non -Discharge System Renewal application (Form: NDSR 06-
16). This form has been prefilled for your convenience.
Once the application is received, staff from the Mooresville Regional Office will conduct a site
visit and inspect your treatment and disposal system. Upon completion of the site visit and review of your
application, a new non -discharge permit will be issued in your name for a length of five years.
Please complete and submit the attached application within 30 days of receiving this
notification. Be advised that operation of the subject facilities without a valid permit is a violation of
General Statute 143-215.1, and may subject you to appropriate enforcement actions in accordance with
General Statute 143-215.6A-6C. Civil penalties of up to $25,000 per day per violation may be assessed for
failure to secure a permit as required by General Statute 143-215.1.
If you need additional information concerning this letter, please contact me at [phone] or
nathaniel.thomburg@ncdenr_gov.
Sincerely,
Nathaniel D. Thornburg, Branch C 11'I' f
Division of Water Resources
cc: ooresyil�le�Regio�ial�OfficeWater��uality'�Reg>o'nall��Operatiorl"�s�Sect>;an
Central Files
a ``°r' Nothing Compares',.
State of North Carolina I Environmental Quality I Water Resources I Water Quality Permitting I Non -Discharge Permitting
1617 Mail Service Center I Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617
919-807-6332

State of North Carolina
Division of Water Resources
Water Quality Regional Operations Section
Environmental Staff Report
Quality
To: ❑ NPDES Unit ❑ Non -Discharge Unit Application No.: (include permit #)
Attn: (name of Reviewer in Raleigh) Facility name:
County:
From: (name of Reviewer in Regional Office)
Raleigh Regional Office
Note: This form has been adapted from the non -discharge facility staff report to document the review of both non -
discharge and NPDES permit applications and/or renewals. Please complete all sections as they are applicable.
I. GENERAL AND SITE VISIT INFORMATION
1. Was a site visit conducted? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
a. Date of site visit:
b. Site visit conducted by:
c. Inspection report attached? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
d. Person contacted:
e. Driving directions:
2. Discharge Point(s):
Latitude:
Latitude:
and their contact information: (_)
3. Receiving stream or affected surface waters:
Classification:
River Basin and Sub -basin No.
Longitude:
Longitude:
- ext.
Describe receiving stream features and pertinent downstream uses:
H. PROPOSED FACILITIES: NEW APPLICATIONS
1. Facility Classification: (Please attach completed rating sheet to be attached to issued permit)
Proposed flow:
Current permitted flow:
2. Are the new treatment facilities adequate for the type of waste and disposal system? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If no, explain:
3. Are site conditions (soils, depth to water table, etc.) consistent with the submitted reports? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If no, please explain:
4. Do the plans and site map represent the actual site (property lines, wells, etc.)? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If no, please explain:
5. Is the proposed residuals management plan adequate? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If no, please explain:
r
FORM WQROSSR 04-14 Page 1 of 5

6. Are the proposed application rates (e.g., hydraulic, nutrient) acceptable? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If no, please explain:
7. Are there any setback conflicts for proposed treatment, storage and disposal sites? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, attach a map showing conflict areas.
8. Is the proposed or existing groundwater monitoring program adequate? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If no, explain and recommend any changes to the groundwater monitoring program:
9. For residuals, will seasonal or other restrictions be required? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If yes, attach list of sites with restrictions (Certification B)
Describe the residuals handling and utilization scheme:
10. Possible toxic impacts to surface waters:
11. Pretreatment Program (POTWs only):
III. EXISTING FACILITIES: MODIFICATION AND RENEWAL APPLICATIONS
1. Are there appropriately certified Operators in Charge (ORCs) for the facility? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
ORC: Certificate #: Backup ORC: Certificate #:
Are the design, maintenance and operation of the treatment facilities adequate for the type of waste and disposal
system? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If no, please explain:
Description of existing facilities:
Proposed flow:
Current permitted flow:
Explain anything observed during the site visit that needs to be addressed by the permit, or that may be important
for the permit writer to know (i.e., equipment condition, function, maintenance, a change in facility ownership,
etc.)
Are the site conditions (e.g., soils, topography, depth to water table, etc.) maintained appropriately and adequately
assimilating the waste? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If no, please explain:
4. Has the site changed in any way that may affect the permit (e.g., drainage added, new wells inside the compliance
boundary, new development, etc.)? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, please explain:
5. Is the residuals management plan adequate? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If no, please explain:
6. Are the existing application rates (e.g., hydraulic, nutrient) still acceptable? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If no, please explain:
7. Is the existing groundwater monitoring program adequate? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If no, explain and recommend any changes to the groundwater monitoring program:
8. Are there any setback conflicts for existing treatment, storage and disposal sites? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, attach a map showing conflict areas.
9. Is the description of the facilities as written in the existing permit correct? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If no, please explain:
10. Were monitoring wells properly constructed and located? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If no, please explain:
FORM: WQROSSR 04-14 Page 2 of 5

11. Are the monitoring well coordinates correct in BIMS? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If no. please complete the followina (expand table if necessarv):
Monitoring Well
Latitude
Longitude
0 1 II
0 I I/
0 I It
0 1 if
0 I II
0 1 II
0 I It
0 1 II
0 / It
0 I It
12. Has a review of all self -monitoring data been conducted (e.g., DMR, NDMR, NDAR, GW)? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
Please summarize any findings resulting from this review:
Provide input to help the permit writer evaluate any requests for reduced monitoring, if applicable.
13. Are there any permit changes needed in order to address ongoing BIMS violations? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, please explain:
14. Check all that apply:
❑ No compliance issues ❑ Current enforcement action(s) ❑ Currently under JOC
❑ Notice(s) of violation ❑ Currently under SOC ❑ Currently under moratorium
Please explain and attach any documents that may help clarify answer/comments (i.e., NOV, NOD, etc.)
If the facility has had compliance problems during the permit cycle, please explain the status. Has the RO been
working with the Permittee? Is a solution underway or in place?
Have all compliance dates/conditions in the existing permit been satisfied? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If no, please explain:
15. Are there any issues related to compliance/enforcement that should be resolved before issuing this permit?
❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If yes, please explain:
16. Possible toxic impacts to surface waters:
17. Pretreatment Program (POTWs only):
FORM: WQROSSR 04-14 Page 3 of 5

IV. REGIONAL OFFICE RECOMMENDATIONS
1. Do you foresee any problems with issuance/renewal of this permit? ❑ Yes or ❑ No,
If yes, please explain:
2. List any items that you would like the NPDES Unit or Non -Discharge Unit Central Office to obtain through an
additional information request:
Item Reason
3. List specific pen -nit conditions recommended to be removed from the pen -nit when issued:
Condition Reason
4. List specific special conditions or compliance schedules recommended to be included in the permit when issued:
Condition Reason
5. Recommendation: ❑ Hold, pending receipt and review of additional information by regional office
❑ Hold, pending review of draft permit by regional office
❑ Issue upon receipt of needed additional information
❑ Issue
❑ Deny (Please state reasons: )
6. Signature of report preparer:
Signature of regional supervisor:
Date:
FORM: WQROSSR 04-14 Page 4 of 5

OF VVA T ER Qt1ALITY
AjaRECEIVED
DIVISION
NCDENR
Nov 2 5 2013
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
SVVP SECTION
Division of Water Resources MOORESVILLE REGIONAL OFFICE
Water Quality Programs
Pat McCrory Thomas A. Reeder
John E. Skvarla, III
Governor Director
Secretary
November 20, 2013
PAUL COCHRANE —PRESIDENT
EXCHANGE STREET, LLC
POST OFFICE BOX 23029
CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA 28227
Dear Mr. Cochrane:
Subject: Permit No. WQ0036676
Blue Dot Readi-Mix — Exchange Street
Closed -Loop Recycle System
Mecklenburg County
In accordance with your permit application request received July 29, 2013, and subsequent
additional information received October 9, 2013, we are forwarding herewith Permit No. WQ0036676
dated November 20, 2013, to Exchange Street, LLC for the construction and operation of the subject
wastewater treatment and closed -loop recycle facilities. This permit shall be effective from the date of
issuance until October 31, 2018, and shall be subject to the conditions and limitations as specified therein.
If any parts, requirements or limitations contained in this permit are unacceptable, the Permittee
has the right to request an adjudicatory hearing upon written request within 30 days following receipt of
this permit. This request shall be in the form of a written petition, conforming to Chapter 150B of the
North Carolina General Statutes, and filed with the Office of Administrative Hearings at 6714 Mail
Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-6714. Unless such demands are made, this permit shall be final and
binding.
One set of approved plans and specifications is being forwarded to you. If.you need additional
information- concerning this pgmit, please contact Nathaniel Thornburg at (919) 807�-6453. or
nathaniel.thomburg@a,ncdenr.gov.l
Sincerely,
hot Reeder
cc: Mecklenburg County Health Department
Mavresuill aReg on ice Water Quali%�`y_! egioeal%"Opexations-Sect"on
W.Dwight S. Kurtz, PE
Beth Buffington, Public Water Supply Section — Protection and Enforcement Branch
Permit File WQ0036676
Notebook File WQ0036676
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
1636 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1636
Location: 512 N. Salisbury St, Raleigh, North Carolina 27604
Phone: [phone] FAX: [phone]
Internet: htto:llportal.nodenr.org/web/wq
An Equal Opportunity 1 Affirmative Action Employer

THIS PAGE BLANK

NORTH CAROLINA
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
RALEIGH
CLOSED -LOOP RECYCLE SYSTEM PERMIT
In accordance with the provisions of Article 21 of Chapter 143, General Statutes of North Carolina as
amended, and other applicable Laws, Rules and Regulations
PERMISSION IS HEREBY GRANTED TO
Exchange Street, LLC
Mecklenburg County
FOR THE
construction and operation of a 3,600 gallon per day (GPD) wastewater treatment and closed -loop recycle
facility consisting of:
an aggregate reclaimer and a filter press both served by a 200 gallon per minute (GPM) pump; a 35,882
gallon dirty water chamber with two 15 horsepower (hp) mixers; an 11,736 gallon settling chamber; an
11,669 gallon settled water chamber and a 19,613 gallon clear water chamber both served by a 200 GPM
pump; a 24,310 gallon overflow basin; an 11,736 gallon manual wash pit; a 22,000 gallon water tank; a
heat pump; and all piping, valves, controls and appurtenances
to recycle captured process water generated from loading truck spills and drum cleaning, as well as water
generated from aggregate reclamation at Blue Dot Readi-Mix — Exchange Street, with no discharge of
wastes to surface waters, pursuant to the application received July 29, 2013, and subsequent additional
information received by the Division of Water Resources, and �in conformity with the project plans,
specifications, and other .supporting data subsequently filed and approved by the Department of a
l Environment and Natural Resources and considerdd a part of this permit. 1
This permit shall be effective from the date of issuance until October 31, 2018, and shall be subject to the
following specified conditions and limitations: ,
I. SCHEDULES
1. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0116, upon completion of construction and prior to operation of
this permitted facility, a certification (attached) shall be submitted from a licensed North Carolina
Professional Engineer certifying that the permitted facility has been installed in accordance with this
permit, Division approved plans and specifications, and other supporting documentation, including
the location of all monitoring wells as applicable. If this project is to be completed in phases and
partially certified the Permittee shall retain the responsibility to track further construction approved
under the same permit and shall provide a final certificate of completion once the entire project has
been completed. Mail the Certification to the Division of Water Resources, Water Quality Permitting
Section, 1636 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-1636.
WQ0036676 Version 1.0 Shell Version 131016 Page 1 of 6

2. The Mooresville Regional Office, telephone number [phone], shall be notified at least 48
hours in advance (excluding weekends and holidays) of operation of the installed facilities such that
an in -place inspection can be made. Notification to the regional supervisor shall be made from 8:00
a.m. until 5:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday, excluding State Holidays.
No later than six months prior to the expiration of this permit, the Permittee shall request renewal of
this permit on official Division forms. Upon receipt of the request, the Division will review the
adequacy of the facilities described therein, and if warranted, will renew the permit for such period of
time and under such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate. Please note Rule 15A
NCAC 02T .0105(d) requires an updated site map Io be submitted with the permit renewal
application.
H. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
1. The subject non -discharge facilities shall be effectively maintained and operated at all times so there
is no discharge to the surface waters, nor any contravention of groundwater or surface water
standards. In the event that the facilities fail to perform satisfactorily, including the creation of
nuisance conditions due to improper operation and maintenance, the Permittee shall take immediate
corrective actions including Division required actions, such as the construction of additional or
replacement wastewater treatment or recycle facilities.
2. This permit shall not relieve the Permittee of their responsibility for damages to groundwater or
surface water resulting from the operation of this facility.
3. The facilities permitted herein shall be constructed according to the following setbacks:
a. The setbacks for storage and treatment units permitted under 15A NCAC 02T .1000 shall be as
follows (all distances in feet):
i. Any. habitable residence or place of public assembly under separate -ownership: 100
ii. Any private or public water supply source: 100
iii. Surface waters: 50
iv. Any well with the exception of a Division approved groundwater monitoring well: 100
v. Any property line: 50
III. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
1. The facilities shall be properly maintained and oper ted at all times. The facilities shall be effectively
maintained and operated as a non -discharge system to prevent the discharge of any wastewater
resulting from the operation of this facility. The Permittee shall maintain an Operation and
Maintenance Plan pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .1007, which at a minimum shall include operational
functions, maintenance schedules, safety measures and a spill response plan.
2: Upon the Water Pollution Control System Operators Certification Commission's (WPCSOCC)
classification of the subject non -discharge facilities, in accordance with 15A NCAC 08G .0200 the
Permittee shall designate and employ a certified operator in responsible charge (ORC) and one or
more certified operator(s) as back-up ORC(s). The ORC or their back-up shall visit the facilities in
accordance with 15A NCAC 08G .0200, and shall comply with all other conditions specified in the
previously cited rules.
3. Public access to the wastewater treatment facilities closed -loop recycle system shall be prohibited.
4. The residuals generated from the wastewater treatment facilities shall be disposed or utilized in
accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .1100. The Perinittee shall maintain a residual management plan
pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .1008.
WQ0036676 Version 1.0 Shell Version 131016 Page 2 of 6

V. INSPECTIONS
The Permittee shall provide adequate inspection and maintenance to ensure proper operation of the
wastewater treatment and recycle facilities.
The Permittee or their designee shall inspect the wastewater treatment and recycle facilities to prevent
malfunctions, facility deterioration and operator errors resulting in discharges, which may cause the
release of wastes to the environment, a threat to human health or a public nuisance. The Permittee
shall maintain an inspection log that includes, at a minimum, the date and time of inspection,
observations made, and any maintenance, repairs, or corrective actions taken. The Permittee shall
maintain this inspection log for a period of five years from the date of the inspection, and this log
shall be made available to the Division upon request.
3. Any duly authorized Division representative may, upon presentation of credentials, enter and inspect
any property, premises or place on or related to the wastewater treatment and recycle facilities
permitted herein at any reasonable time for the purpose of determining compliance with this permit;
may inspect or copy any records required to be maintained under the terms and conditions of this
permit, and may collect groundwater, surface water or leachate samples.
VI. GENERAL CONDITIONS
Failure to comply with the conditions and limitations contained herein may subject the Permittee to
an enforcement action by the Division in accordance with North Carolina General Statutes 143-
215.6A to 143-215.6C.
2. This permit shall become voidable if the permitted facilities are not constructed in accordance with
the conditions of this permit, the Division approved plans and specifications, and other supporting
documentation.
3. This permit is effective only with respect to the nature and volume of wastes described in the permit
application, Division approved plans and specifications, and other supporting documentation. No
variances to applicable rules governing the construction or operation of the permitted facilities are
granted, unless specifically requested and approved in this permit pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T
.0105(n).
4. The issuance of this permit does not exempt the Permittee from complying with any and all statutes,
rules, regulations, or ordinances, which may be imposed by other jurisdictional government agencies
(e.g., local, state, and federal). Of particular concern to the Division are applicable river buffer rules
in 15AINCAC 02B .0200; erosion and sedimentation control requirements in 15A NCAC Chapter 4
and under the Division's General Permit NCGO 10000; any requirements pertaining to wetlands under
15A NCAC 02B .0200 and 02H .0500; and documentation of compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of
Chapter 143 of the General Statutes.
S. In the event the permitted facilities change ownership or the Permittee changes their name, a formal
permit modification request shall be submitted to the Division. This request shall be made on official
Division forms, and shall include appropriate property ownership documentation and other supporting
documentation as necessary. The Permittee of record shall remain fully responsible for maintaining
and operating the facilities permitted herein until a permit is issued to the new owner.
6. The Permittee shall retain a set of Division approved plans and specifications for the life of the
facilities permitted herein.
7. The Permittee shall maintain this permit until all permitted facilities herein are properly closed or
permitted under another permit issued by the appropriate permitting authority pursuant to 15A NCAC
02T .01050).
WQ0036676 Version 1.0 Shell Version 131016 Page 4 of 6

5. Diversion or bypassing of untreated or partially treated wastewater from the treatment facilities is
prohibited.
IV. MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIItEMENTS
Any Division required monitoring (including 'groundwater, plant tissue, soil and surface water
analyses) necessary to ensure groundwater and surface water protection shall be established, and an
acceptable sampling reporting schedule shall be followed.
2. Per 15A NCAC 02H .0800, a Division certified laboratory shall conduct all laboratory analyses for
the required effluent, groundwater or surface water parameters.
3. A record shall be maintained of all residuals removed from this facility. This record shall be
maintained at the facility for a period of no less than five years, and shall be made available to the
Division upon request. At a minimum, this record shall include:
a. Name of the residuals hauler;
b. - Non -Discharge permit number authorizing the residuals disposal,.or a letter from a municipality
agreeing to accept the residuals;
c. Date the residuals were hauled; and
d. Volume of residuals removed.
4. A maintenance log shall be maintained at this facility. This log shall be maintained at the facility for
a period of no less than five years, and shall be made available to the Division upon request. At a
minimum, this log shall include:
a. Visual observations of the plant and plant site; and
b. Record of preventative maintenance (e.g., changing of equipment, adjustments, testing,
inspections and cleanings, etc.).
5. Noncompliance Notification:
The Permittee shall report -by telephone to the Mooresville Regional Office, telephone number (704)
663-1699, as soon as possible, but in no case more than 24 hours, or on the next working day
following the occurrence or first knowledge of the occurrence of any of the following:
a. Any occurrence at the facility resulting in the treatment of significant amounts of wastes that is
abnormal in quantity or characteristic, including the known passage of a hazardous substance.
bt Any process unit failure (e.g., mechanical, electrical, etc', due to known or unknown reasons,
rendering the facility incapable of adequate wastewater treatment.
c. Any facility failure resulting in a by-pass directly to receiving surface waters.
d. Any time self -monitoring indicates the facility has gone out of compliance with its permit
limitations.
Any emergency requiring immediate reporting (e.g., discharges to surface waters, imminent failure of
a storage structure, etc.) outside normal business hours shall be reported to the Division's Emergency
Response personnel at telephone number [phone], [phone], or [phone].
Persons reporting such occurrences by telephone shall also file a written report in letter form within
five days following first knowledge of the occurrence. This report shall outline the actions taken or
proposed to be taken to ensure the problem does not recur.
WQ0036676 Version 1.0 Shell Version 131016 Page 3 of 6

8. This permit is subject to revocation or unilateral modification upon 60 days notice from the Division
Director, in whole or part for the requirements listed in 15A NCAC 02T .0110.
9. Unless the Division Director grants a variance, expansion of the permitted facilities contained herein
shall not be granted if the Permittee exemplifies any of the criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0120(b).
10. The Permittee shall pay the annual fee within 30 days after being billed by the Division. Failure to
pay the annual fee accordingly shall be cause for the Division to revoke this permit pursuant to 15A
NCAC 02T .0105(e)(3).
Permit issued this the 20th day of November 2013
NORTH CAROLINA ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
om A. Reeder, Director
Division of Water Resources
By Authority of the Environmental Management Commission
Permit Number WQ0036676
WQ0036676 Version 1.0 Shell Version 131016 Page 5 of 6

Permit No. WQ0036676 Closed -Loop Recycle System
Exchange Street, LLC November 20, 2013
Blue Dot Readi-Mix — Exchange Street Mecklenburg County
ENGINEERING CERTIFICATION
❑ Partial ❑ Final
In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0116, I,_
as a duly registered Professional Engineer in the State of North Carolina, having the Permittee's
authorization to ❑ periodically ❑ weekly ❑ fully observe the construction of the permitted facility,
hereby state to the best of my abilities that due care and diligence was used in the observation of the
construction, such that the facility was built within substantial compliance and intent of this permit, the
Division approved plans and specifications, and other supporting documentation.
❑ Any variation to this permit, the Division approved plans .and specifications, and other supporting
documentation has been documented in the attached as -built drawings, and shall serve as the
Permittee's minor modification request to amend the permit accordingly.
Provide a brief narrative description of any variations:
THE COMPLETED ENGINEERING CERTIFICATION, INCLUDING ALL SUPPORTING
INFORMATION AND MATERIALS, SHALL BE SENT TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
NON=DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service:
1636 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
By Courier/Special Delivery:
512 N. SALISBURY ST.
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1636 RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
WQ0036676 Version 1.0 Shell Version 131016
Page 6 of 6

'�WW�Y1!AFC4►7p � a .F f-d.
+ � �. f _ OA
.. •:i ' �
s �
.. ,
1 � s :s/y fi`. t{� � %� •N
� k. '�r`KS�t� }�.� ky'It l�r y.�l.f W�� �` •
l
Rot
.r,q• ;, `flrFtllllll 6 y
a '� a •+
`•
'���i- .+u
' `a
I•�hM ��N Y F} 1 �1
^+.. I .�- ,h ern Ur-
�;��
,
„aka. `
.
•sue'-r�?. a.,`
�.}e
�. :
• } ;..� I V ' rq •. a '
Blue
Do( Read -Mix-)E,xchange
Stir , tNil
a t
L.
I
.
� f �•` f } i3
°�� s I * fli a I
l
,ate`
�M ,k*.
VAT { "i
fg... � ���(+ 1
�„ �
., �• _
�I q,{�-�j1.4 ���$'�f�M"'f ���•
♦ ' • 1 �•�V �a1�
'
• b� Ifi*aj t�'_
at
1�^
'
1.:. y`{� �� 'Vfii+eH{aA.:
D �. r•'s ro%..r
. j�� 1 °.ul" j
.Ci..
h�
,•l.Il; � n �
}.. .
�x ... •
. •
i ,f: t IX �. �
, {`x� •i S? ` fit •
y.?} f. }F �p 's�r 5
"�"'
�ya.. s. `j •
•'ibill ,` � i
- , •
�1ryrysii}t
y
k.y� k�,'i fy1 i'�4hk7f"V�R�k'
;hg aj ' 'f_'.'f • 4 'i..fl'I.;
44..rj
•
�Y s s
° � •
'
, i {5 ! I I
'�itCC��A
r
1 i` 1 ,.----•"_+
iwoe
ter�^}}
jr-
kPw

Figure 2 — Directional Map
WQ0036676
1022 Exchange St., Charlotte, NC 28208
Exchange Street, LLC
Latitude: 35.272628'
Blue Dot Readi-Mix — Exchange Street
Longitude: -80.905460'
"A
Nils N-Iblic,
co u ve0o
Golf
Cori Ok,
C�
W
y
T94 1
0
vt
ol+
vVes 0
�16(grlih off POC) d
A0.
r ILJrCh
51
Dastfict Park
tPu t
Park
Sri
Rd
1 =.84
A;
On Hwy
F�izjer Park,
I mi.
—M
1. k
C?41
@k,
-:.,o?gkc
9 rod in a 5,
r 12, I TETma cf Use 30
1% .

Permit No. WQ0036676
Exchange Street, LLC
Blue Dot Readi-Mix — Exchange Street
ENGINEERING CERTIFICATION
❑ Partial Final
Closed -Loop Recycle System
November 20, 2013
Mecklenburg County
In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0116, I,- —DAP
as a duly registered Professional Engineer in the State of North Carolina, having the Permittee's
authorization to ❑ periodically ❑ weekly ❑ fully observe the construction of the permitted facility,
hereby state to the best of my abilities that due care and diligence was used in the observation of the
construction, such that the facility was built within substantial compliance and intent of this permit, the
Division approved plans and specifications, and other supporting documentati6n.
❑ Any variation to this permit, the Division approved plans and specifications, and other supporting
documentation has been documented in the attached as -built drawings, and shall serve as the
Permittee's minor modification request to amend the permit accordingly.
Provide a brief narrative description of any variations:
-DG+T S `K
y,,,�cq •....•••oQ����,.�`
AT
; �Q�N ..•., O�j
- SEAL
18866 s
' ••••
NC PE S Signature & to
Professional Engineer's Name
Engineering Firm _ _ _ _ _ _
Mailing Address
City State Zip
Telephone E-mad
THE COMPLETED ENGINEERING CERTIFICATION, INCLUDING ALL SUPPORTING
INFORMATION AND MATERIALS, SHALL BE SENT TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
13y U.S. Postal Service:
1636 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
By Courier/Special Delivery:
512 N. SALISBURY ST.
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1636 RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
WQ0036676 Version 1.0 Shell Version 131016
Page 6 of 6

Operation and Maintenance flan
Recycle System
Project
Blue Dot Readi-Mix
1022 Exchange Street
Charlotte, NC
Parcel Number 475384582
October 3, 2013
Operator
Blue Dot Readi-Mix
PO Box 23029
Charlotte, NC 28227
Engineer
Dwight S. Kurtz
3693 Buffalo West Springs Hwy.
Buffalo, SC 29321
[phone]

Table of Contents: Blue Dot Readl Mix — Exchange Street
Operations and Maintenance Plan
I. Narrative Description of System
2. Required Maintenance of Systems
3. Safety Measures
4. Spill Prevention
5. Contact Information
6. Permit
7. Residuals Management Plan
8. Maintenance Log

1. Narrative Description of System:
General ° Operation
The responsibility for maintenance and operation of the system is the responsibility of the plant
The recycle system is for capturing process water generated from loading trucks, rinsing out
mixer drums and reclaiming rock and sand at the ready mix concrete batch plant. The recycle system
consists of a sloped washout bay, sloped settling chamber, settled water chamber, overflow basin, clear
water basin, dirty water chamber, drum fill station, auger style aggregate reclaimer, filter press and
pumps for recycled water.
Process water that enters the system is generated by spills during truck water tank filling, rinsing
of the outside of the mixer track/drum, rinsing the inside of the drum at the end of the day and water
generated by reclaiming of aggregates.
The area (6,063 square feet) that these operations take place in are grade separated from the
balance of the site by curbs, walls and ramps. The layout directs process water to the recycle system.
The area draining to the recycle basin was minimized to reduce the amount of stormwater runoff
collected.
Aggregate Reclaiming
The aggregate reclaimer, dirty water chamber, agitators, filter press and clean water chamber are
designed to reclaim fine and coarse aggregate from returned concrete. Returned concrete is generated
when a customer orders too much concrete or concrete does not meet specifications. Water is added to
returned concrete, agitated in the mixer drum and discharged to the aggregate reclaimer. .
The aggregate reclaimer utilizes an enclosed inclined spiral auger to wash the aggregates. The
aggregates are conveyed by the auger to the top discharge point and classified by a vibrating screen into
sand and coarse aggregate. The fine sediment laden water is discharged to the dirty water chamber.
Fines are kept in suspension by the agitators. This prevents the cement fines from setting.
Dirty water is pumped to the filter press by an air diaphragm pump. The filter press separates
fines from the water. Water is discharged to the clean water chamber.
Heated and Chilled Water
Water from the clean water chamber is pumped to the heat pump to be chilled in the summer and
heated in the winter. Water from the heat pump goes to an insulated water storage tank or the. tank can
be bypassed with the water going directly to the water weigh scale or the surge tank that feeds the scales.
Recycling Process Water
Process water is pumped from the settled water chamber to the surge tank that feeds the water
scale. Water from the settled water chamber is utilized to maintain the freeboard in the overall pit
system.
Upset Conditions
The system is designed to capture and recycle process water generated by spills during truck
water tank filling, rinsing of the outside of the mixer truck/drum and rinsing the inside of the drum at the
end of the day in the event that the aggregate reclaimer and/or filter press are inoperable.
If the aggregate reclaimer, agitators and/or filter press are inoperable, returned concrete would be
used to cast bunker blocks or used to pave the yard. In this case there would be no water entering the
dirty water chamber.
If the heat pump is inoperable, water can bypass it and go directly to the surge tank on the
concrete batch plant.
If power is lost, the entire operation is shut down and no process water is. generated.
The system is designed with enough freeboard to contain the 24 hour 25 year storm event with V
additional freeboard.

2. Required Maintenance of System
Maintenance of the system includes removal of residuals from the system and equipment
maintenance.
Residuals in the manual washout pit and the settling chamber shall be removed when the average
depth is 1'.
Residuals from the aggregate reclaimer and the filter press will be removed on a daily basis.
Check handrails/chain for damage or deterioration. Replace or repair as required.
Piping and Valves shall be checked for leaks and proper operation. Repair or replace as required.
Agitaors:
Bearings are sealed and do not require grease. Replace bearings as required.
Agitator shaft and impeller shall be checked for alignment and damage if agitator is out of
balance. Replace or repair as required.
Impeller shall be checked for wear if cement fines are not kept in suspension. Replace if worn.
Other equipment will be maintained according to the appropriate Installation and Operations
Manual: See attached manuals
3. Safety Measures
Handrails and chains are used to prevent accidental access to the basins that contain water.
Curbs or walls elevated above the adjacent ground surface are utilized to prevent vehicular traffic
from entering the system.
Site is fenced around perimeter to prevent public access.
Fence gates are locked when plant personnel are not present.
Site is lighted for night time operations.
4. Spill Prevention
Operations that generate process water spills are limited to areas that are contained within the
drainage area to the basins.
Pipes and tanks shall be checked for leaks. Any leaks shall be promptly repaired.
Overflow tank shall be monitored. Water entering overflow tank requires that more recycled
water be consumed to maintain overflow buffer for 25 year 24 hour storm with 1' of freeboard.
Any spill over 1000 gallons or any spill that reaches Waters of the State must be reported to
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources

5. Contact Information
BLUE DOTEMERGENCY NUMBERS
1. Paul Cochran
President
[phone] (office)
[phone] (mobile)
AGENCY CONTACTS
1. Emergency Services (Fire, HAZMAT, Police, EMS, etc.) — 911
2. North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
o Mooresville Regional Office — (704)-663-1699
3. North Carolina Emergency Management (after normal working hours and weekends) —
1-800-858-0368
4. Environmental Protection Agency (Region IV — Atlanta) — Phone No. [phone]
5. National Response Center — Phone No. 1-(800)-424-8802
Other emergency numbers for assistance with chemical releases
CHEMTREC 1-800-424-9300
6. Residuals Management
Residuals generated by this system are utilized as follows:
Coarse Aggregate; Coarse Aggregate is placed on the aggregate stockpile at the plant and fed to the
overhead storage bins for consumption.
Fine Aggregate: Fine Aggregate (Sand) is placed on the sand stockpile at the plant and fed to the
overhead storage bins for consumption.
Cement Fines: Cement fines will be stockpiled and metered into low strength concrete mixes such as
flowable fill.
Trash and Debris: Trash and debris are not normally part of the wastewater. Any trash or debris that
makes its' way into the recycle system will be removed and deposited in a dumpstei.

Dwight S. Kurtz, PE
3693 Buffalo West Springs Hwy.
Buffalo, SC 29321
(FAX: [phone] EMAIL: dwi
July 23, 2013
Stormwater Permitting Unit
Division of Water Quality
1636 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
Attn: Nathaniel D. Thornburg
Jill OCT 1 i
RECEIVEwDENRim
OCT 09 2013
Aquifer Protection Secdon
Subject: Application No. W00036676, Closed Loop Recycle System, Exchange Street, LLC, 1022
Exchange Street, Charlotte, NC
Dear Mr. Thorburg,
Protection
A Cover Letter
1.The source of water for wetting of aggregate stock piles is city water, i.e. potable water.
C. Application
1. Item I.2 of application amended.
2. The perimeter of the operational area will be fenced. The undeveloped portion of the site will
be outside the perimeter fence.
3. Process water generation is halted when power is lost. Concrete hatching operations generate
process water. Concrete hatching equipment requires power to operate.
4. Item V.La of application amended
5. Item V. Lb of application amended
6. Item V.Ld of application amended
7. Item VI.2 of application amended. The drainage area tributary to the Settling Chamber
includes the recycle system impoundments.
S. The low point in the recycle system is the top of the ramps for the Settling Chamber and the
Manual Washout Pit therefore this would be the overflow point of the system. Overflow would drain to
the catch basin west of the recycle system which drains through a 15" diameter RCP to the stormwater
detention basin. The recycle system is designed to contain the 25 year 24 hour storm plus 1' of
freeboard prior to overflowing.
G. Specifications
Specification enclosed
J. Power Reliability Plan
1. The system is completely shut down in the event of a power failure. Process water generation is
halted if power is lost. Concrete batching equipment requires power to operate.
K. Operation and Maintenance Plan
1. Operation and Maintenance Plan attached.

L. Residuals 1VManauement Plan:
1. Residuals Management Plan is included in the Operations and Maintenance Plan.
M. Additional Documentation
1. A printout from the Natural Heritage Program is attached. No endangered or threatened species
of T, lants or aquatic animals are shown to be present within a 2 mile radius.
Call if There are any questions or additional information is required.
Thank you,
Dwight S. Kurtz, PE
Attachments:
Revised Application (Pages 5-10)
Natural Heritage Printout
Specification
Operations and Maintenance Plan
Electrical Drawings

O�0 W A T F�QG
State of North Carolina
y Department of Environment and Natural Resources
>_ Division of Water Quality
Y CLOSED -LOOP RECYCLE SYSTEMS APPLICATION
FORM: CLRS 12-06
(THIS FORM MAYBE PHOTOCOPIED FOR USE AS AN ORIGINAL)
Application Number: (to be completed by DWQ)
I. GENERAL INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name (See Instruction A): Exchange Street, LLC
Applicant type: ❑ Individual ® Corporation ❑ General Partnership ❑ Privately Owned Public Utility
❑ Federal ❑ State ❑ Municipal ❑ County
Signature authority's name: Paul Cochrane per 15A NCAC 02T .0106) Title: President
Applicant's mailing address: PO Box 23029
City: Charlotte State: NC Zip: 28227-
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: [phone] Email Address: pcochrane(@bluedotreadimix.com
2. Facility name: bluedot-Exchange Street
Facility's physical address: 1022 Exchange Street
City: Charlotte State: NC Zip: 28208- County: Mecklenbure
Closed -Loop Recycle Facility: Latitude: 35' 16' 20"N Longitude: 80' 54' 19"W USGS Map Name: Mountain Island Lake
3. Consulting Engineer's name: Dwight S. Kurtz License Number: 18866 Firm:
Engineer's mailing address: 3693 Buffalo West -Springs Hw3
City: Buffalo State: SC Zip: 29321-
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: (NA) _- Email Address: dwightkurtzna depaul-engineering com
H. PERMIT INFORMATION:
1. Project is: ® New ❑ Major Modification ❑ Minor Modification
2. Fee submitted: $360.00 (See Instruction Existing Permit No.: NA, issue date:
3. Facility status: ❑ Existing ® Proposed
L —> Was this system approved under 15A NCAC 02H .0200?
Yes or®No
Does this system meet the criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .1003?
El Yes or®No
Complete FORM: RRPWRS and discontinue using FORM: CLRS
4. Does this project utilize: ❑ public funds and/or ® private funds; ❑ public lands and/or ® private lands
RECEIVEDIDENEWO
OCT ® 9 2013
AquiferPmtection Section
FORM: CLRS 12-06 Page 5

5. What is the status of the following appropriate permits/certifications?
Permit/Certification
Submitted
Approved
Permit/Certification No.
Agency Reviewer
Erosion & Sedimentation
Control Plan
YES
YES
LDC-2013-00093
City of Charlotte
Nationwide 12 or 404
N/A
Wetlands 401
N/A
Stormwater Management Plan
YES
YES
LDC-2013-00093
City of Charlotte
Dam Safety
N/A
Sewer System
YES
YES
334324
Mecklenburg County
Other:
6. Does the project comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 2B .0200)? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, list non -compliant setbacks:
III. INFORMATION ON WASTEWATER GENERATION:
1. What is the origin of the wastewater (i.e., hospital, municipality, industry, etc.)? industry
2. 'Volume of wastewater flow for this project: 3,600 gallons per day (GPD)
3. Explanation of how wastewater flow was determined (15A NCAC 02T .0114(c)):
Type of Establishment
Basis of Flow
Flow Per Unit
Number of Units
Total
READY MIX CONCRETE
Gallons/DAY
3600
1
3600
Gallons/
Gallons/
Gallons/
Total
3600
4. Nature of wastewater: ❑ 100% Domestic Waste (residential, commercial, etc)
+ 100 % Industrial
❑ Combination of Industrial and Domestic Waste: _% Domestic % Industrial
❑ Municipal waste (town, city, etc.)
" Is there a Pretreatment Program in effect? ❑ Yes or ® No
CrEl DInEN II'DVio
OCT 0 9 2013
Aquillerpmt9 i®nou
FORM: CLRS 12-06 Page 6

IV. GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION:
1. Brief project description: The proposed system is for capturiniprocess water generated from loading trucks and reclaiming
rock and sand at the ready mix concrete batch plant The recycle system consists of a sloped washout bay, sloped settling
chamber, settled water chamber, overflow basin clear water basin dirty water chamber, drum fill station, auger style
aggregate reclaimer, filter press and pumps for recycled water. Process water that enters the system is generated by spills
during truck water tank filling rinsing of the outside of the mixer truck/drum rinsing the inside of the drum at the end of the
day and water generated by reclaiming of aggregates The area (6,063 square feet) hat these operations take place in are
grade separated from the balance of the site by curbs walls and ramps The area draining to the recycle basin was minimized
to reduce the amount of stormwater runoff collected
2. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .1006, provide the minimum distance in feet from the facility to each parameter
(distances greater than 500 feet may be left blank):
Setback Parameter
Treatment/Storage
Units
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership or not to be maintained as
art of the project site
N/A
Any private or public water supply source (City Water Lines)
260'
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbodies, and wetlands)
460'
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
N/A
Any property line
200'
FORM: CLRS 12-06 Page 7

3. The closed -loop recycle facilities must be secured to prevent unauthorized entry. Details and notations of restricted access
measures shall be shown on submitted plans and specifications. Briefly describe the measures being taken in accordance
with 15A NCAC 02T .1005(a)(1): HANDRAILS AND CHAINS RESTRICT ACCESS to BASIN AND PERIMETER
FENCE RESTRICTS PUBLIC ACCESS.
4. Is potable water proposed to supplement the closed -loop recycle system? ® Yes or 0 No
If yes, is there an air gap separation between the potable water system and the closed -loop recycle system? ® Yes or 0 No
5. Can the recycle facility: Stop production of effluent? Production of wastewater can be stopped.
❑ Return the effluent back to the treatment facility?
® Store the effluent
❑ Did scharge the effluent to another permitted wastewater treatment facility?
" Permit Number:
❑ None of the above
Are essential treatment units provided in duplicate? ❑ Yes or 0 No
6. What is the 100-year flood elevation? feet mean sea level. Source:
✓ Are any treatment or storage units located within the 100-year flood plain? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, briefly describe which treatment/storage units are affected: , and the measures being taken to protect them
against flooding:
If yes, does the Applicant have documentation of compliance with §143 Article 21 Part 6? ❑ Yes or 0 No
7. Method to provide system reliability per 15A NCAC 02T .1005(b)(3) (See Instruction N): Process water generation is halted
if power is lost. The operation (concrete batching) cannot be performed without power. The concrete batching equipment
requires power to operate.
FORM: CLRS 12-06 Page 8

V. DESIGN INFORMATION FOR NEW OR MODIFIED PORTIONS OF THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY
1. Provide the number and dimensions of each treatment unit, and provide their location in the specifications and plans. If an
item is not applicable, do not fill in the requested information:
a. TREATMENT (i.e., physical operations such as large solids screening and equalization to remove problem
characteristics such as abrasive grit and clogging rags, as well as to dampen high flows):
Number
Manufacturer
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Treatment Unit
of Units
or Material
/ Spacings (in)
(gallons)
Number
Page Number
Aggregate Reclaimer
1
Liebherr
S7
Division 11
LRS 708
Filter Press
1
Mantec
S7
Division 11
400x400x2O
Division
Dirty Water Chamber
1
CIP Concrete
12x39x10.25
35882
S7/S8
03/05
Division
Settling Chamber
1
CIP Concrete
12x39x4
11736
S7/S8
03/05
Settled Water
1
CIP Concrete
13x12x10
11669
S7/S8
Division
Chamber
03/05
Division
Overflow Basin
1
CIP Concrete
13x25x10
24310
S7/S8
03/05
Division
Clear Water Chamber
1
CIP Concrete
6x38x11.5
19613
S7/S8
03/OS
Division
Manual Wash Pit
1
CIP Concrete
12x39x4
11736
S7/S8
03/05
b. PUMPS
Number
Manufacturer /
CapcityaPlan
Sheet
Specification
Location
of Pumps
purpose
Type
Number
Page Number
GPM
TDH
Water to
Recycle Basin
1
Water
Goulds
200
105
U-3
Division 11
Scale/Surge
Tank
Water to
Reclaimer
1
Reclaimer
Goulds
200
105
U-3
Division 11
and Filter
Press
c. BLOWERS
Location
No. of
Blowers
Units Served
Manufacturer /
Type
Capacity
(CFM)
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Page Number
d. MIXERS
No. of
Manufacturer /
Power
Plan Sheet
Specification
Location
Mixers
Units Served
Type
(h)
Number I
Pa a Number
Dirty Water
2
Dirty Water
Agitator
15
S-7
Division 11
Chamber
Chamber
FORM: CLRS 12-06 Page 9

e. RECORDING DEVICES & RELIABILITY
Device
Number
of Units
Maximum
Capacity
Manufacturer
Location
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Page Number
VI. DESIGN INFORMATION FOR STORAGE IMPOUNDMENTS
1. Provide the number of earthen impoundments in the system: N/A
2. Are any impoundments designed to receive adjacent surface runoff? ® Yes or ❑ No
If Yes, please specify which impoundment: SETTLING CHAMBER and the drainage area: 6,063 ft2.
3. Are impoundment(s) designed to include a discharge point (pipe, emergency spillway, etc)? ® Yes or ❑ No
4. Provide the design measures proposed for impoundment liner protection from wind driven wave action: N/A (CONCRETE)
5. Provide the location of each design element in the specifications and engineering plans for each storage unit:
Storage Impoundment
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Page Number
Liner material (15A NCAC 02T .1005(b)(7) and
8 ?
❑ Synthetic ❑ Clay
® Concrete ❑Steel
Liner installation and testing requirements
Inside berm surface dimensions (L x W x H)
ft ft ft
Bottom dimensions (L x W)
ft
ft
Embankment side slope
Mean seasonal high water table depth *
ft
Finished grade elevation
ft
Depth from bottom to top of embankment
ft
Total volume
fe
gallons
Design freeboard
ft
Depth of minimum liquid level (above permanent
liquid level
ft
Effective volume provided *'k
ft3
gallons
Effective storage time provided
days
* NOTE: The liner shall be protected from impacts of the seasonal high water table as necessary.
** NOTE: The storage volume should be calculated between the top of any permanent liquid level (as indicated by outlet
pipe) and maximum allowable liquid level in the impoundment.
FORM: CLRS 12-06 Page 10

✓C NlL-- 1V rIr lvlap viewer
http://portal.ncdonr.org/web/nhp/nhp-map-viewer
NC Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Natural Heritage Program - NHP Map Viewer
Natural Heritage Program Map Viewer
(Data last updated on July 2, 2013)
. ..... Help and Definitions (http://portal. ncdencorg/c/document library/get file?uuid 3cc617c9 ce7( 4664-b318-43bo26eb6et8&groupld=61587 )
Please Note: Search results can locate Significant Natural Heritage Areas or Managed Areas. Element Occurrence searches are no longer available using this map viewer.
1201 Exchange Street, Charlotte, NC 28208, USA
-..._._.-_... - ...... -._........__._......._............. ,
35.27390683
..... -80.90709686...
Search Radius: 12 miles:
Search{ Clear Fields and Reset Map ��
Hide Legend
Enter an Address
OR
Latitude and Longitude
(decimal degrees)
OR
just click a map location below...
No search results found
The Natural Heritage Program Map Viewer provides information on significant natural- heritage areas and managed areas occurring within a 1- to 5-mile radius of a
user -selected location. Below are brief notes on use of the map viewer. For more information on use of the map viewer or for an explanation of the values returned by the
search, see the "Help and Definitions" link above.
• Results are displayed for significant natural heritage areas by default. To display results for managed areas, click the appropriate radio button in the "SHOW RESULTS
FOR" section above the results table.
• Clicking on a column name in the results table will sort all entries in that column; clicking a second time on the column name will reverse the sort.
• The results can be further refined by entering a text string in the "Filter search results' field. Entries not containing the text string will be removed from the table of
results.
f 2 9/30/2013 8:44 AM

1vt✓1)> lNK - 1vYir Map viewer
http://portal.nedenr.org/web/nhp/nhp-map-viewer
• Clicking the "Download Results' button will give you the option of saving the results table to a comma -separated -values file: This type of file can be opened in most
spreadsheet programs, including Microsoft Excel.
• If you have any questions regarding the data contained on the map viewer, contact Natural Heritage Program staff lhtt�uporta ncdenr.o q_iwe_bmhp/contact) . For technical
issues regarding the application, contact the Conservation Information Manager
Use of North Carolina Natural Heritage Program data should not be substituted for actual field surveys, particularly if the project area contains
suitable habitat for rare species. If a database search lists no records for a project area, it does not necessarily mean that they are not present. The
area may not have been surveyed by biologists, or the data may not have been reported to NC Natural Heritage Program.
Information obtained from the North Carolina Natural Heritage Program Map Viewer should be cited as follows: North Carolina Natural Heritage
Program Online Map Viewer. [search date]. Department of Environment and Natural Resources, Office of Conservation, Planning, and Community
Affairs, Raleigh, NC. Available at: www.ncnhp.org.
NOATN CAROU..
Natural
Heritage f ( http://portai.ncdenr.org/web/nhp )North Carolina Natural Heritage Program • 1601 Mail Service Center • Raleigh, NC 27699-1601
Program
SCIENCE GUIDING CONSERVATION
N.C. Department of Environment and Natural Resources
1601 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699.1601
Headquarters (Environment and Natural Resources Building): 217 W. Jones St. &A
Archdale Building: 512 N. Salisbury St.
Toll Free: [phone]
)f 2 9/30/2013 8:44 AM

Specification
Recycle System
Blue Dot Readi-Mix
1022 Exchange Street
Charlotte, NC
Parcel Number 475384582
September 30, 2013
Operator
Blue Dot Readi-Mix
PO Box 23029
Charlotte, ETC 28227
S 1 Y. fiQdQ9
s
N 8 t A L
'i.
Dwight S. Kurtz
3693 Buffalo West Springs Hwy.
Buffalo, SC 29321
[phone]
Cover
Sep 2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS (N/A)
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (N/A)
DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS (N/A)
DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE
031000 Concrete Forming
032000 Concrete Reinforcing
033000 Cast -in -Place Concrete
DIVISION 05 - METALS
055000 Metal Fabrications
DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES (N/A)
DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION (N/A)
DIVISION 08 — OPENINGS (N/A)
DIVISION 09 - FINISHES
099100 Painting
DIVISION 10 — SPECIALTIES (N/A)
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
Filter Press
Aggregate Reclaimer
Agitator
Pumps
Heat Pump
DIVISION 12 — ELECTRICAL
SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.
DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK
31 1100 Clearing and Grubbing
312200 Grading
31 2300 Excavation and Fill
DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
321313 Concrete Paving
321500 Aggregate Surfacing
Seeding See Sheet C-4 of Drawings
323113 Chain Link Fences an Gates
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
TOC-1 Table of Contents
Sep 2013

SECTION 03 1000
CONCRETE FORMING
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Forms for cast -in -place concrete, with shoring, bracing, and anchorage.
2. Form accessories.
3. Stripping of forms.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI):
1. 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.
2. 347 - Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork.
B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) A17.1 - Safety Code for Elevators and
Escalators.
C. Engineered Wood Association (APA) PRP-108 - Performance Standards and Qualification Policy for
Structural -Use Panels.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for Review:
1. Shop Drawings: None
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Design formwork in accordance with ACI 301 and 347 [under supervision of Professional Structural
Engineer licensed in State in which project is located].
PART PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers - Form Accessories:
® 1. Burke by Edoco. %
r 2. Conspec Marketing and Manufacturing. !
3. Dayton/Richmond.
4. Greenstreak, Inc.
5. Nox-Crete Products Group.
B. Substitutions: [Under provisions of Division 01.1 [Not permitted.]
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Forms:
1. [Recycled] Wood, [reusable] metal, [reusable] glass fiber, or other approved material that will
not adversely affect surface of concrete and will provide or facilitate obtaining specified surface
finish.
2. Wood:
a. Concealed surfaces:
1) Lumber, No. 2 Common or better, dressed to smooth contact surfaces, or:
2) APA Rated [Plyform Class 1] [Plyform Structural 1] [with HDO faces].
b. Exposed surfaces: Non absorptive medium density overlay plywood.
03 1000-1 Concrete Forming
Sep 2013

B. Tubular Forms:
1. Round, spirally wound laminated fiberboard, surface treated with release agent, non reusable.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Form Ties: [Snap off] [Removable] type, adjustable length, [1] [_] inch back break dimension, free of
defects that could leave holes larger than [1] [`j inch in concrete.
B. Form Release Agent: Nonstaining, colorless mineral oil that will not absorb moisture, stain concrete,
or impair adhesion of coatings to be applied to concrete.
C. Anchors and Fasteners: Size as required, sufficient strength to maintain forms in place while concrete
is placed.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 CONSTRUCTION
A. Construct formwork, shoring, and bracing to produce concrete of required shape, line, and dimension.
B. Arrange and assemble formwork with minimum joints, located to allow dismantling without damage to
concrete.
C. Make joints watertight.
D. Provide chamfer strips in corners of forms to produce beveled external corners.
E. Camber formwork to compensate for deflection during concrete placement.
F. Adjust -supports to take up settlement caused by concrete placement.
G. Provide temporary openings in formwork to allow cleaning and observation; locate at bottom of forms.
Close with tight fitting panels flush with face of forms.
H. Construct forms for beams and girders so that sides may be removed without disturbing bottom of
form or its support.
Clean contact and screed surfaces prior to concrete placement.
Install architectural form liners [at locations indicated on Drawings.]
1. Attach liner to forms before installing form ties.
2. Install liners square in form, with pattern aligned.
Q. Seal joints to prevent grout leaks.
r4. Dress joints and edges to match liner pattern. !
K. Construction Joints:
1. Unless otherwise indicated on drawings, each unit of construction is a single unit; place
concrete continuously to provide monolithic construction.
2. Obtain Architect's approval of construction joint locations not indicated on Drawings.
3. Provide keys and dowels in joints.
4. Use construction joint form for joints in floor slabs. Set screed edge at required elevation.
Secure to prevent movement.
L. Form Release Agent:
1. Apply form release agent to formwork prior to placing reinforcing, anchoring devices, and
embedded items; follow manufacturer's instructions.
2. Do not allow agent to puddle in forms or to contact hardened concrete against which fresh
concrete is to be placed.
M. Waterstops:
1. Install waterstops at [below -grade joints in concrete.]
Concrete Forming
03 1000-2
Sep 2013

2. Install continuously without displacing reinforcement.
N. Inserts and Embedded Parts:
1. Before concrete is placed, install inserts, anchor slots, anchor bolts, and embedded parts
required for attachment of work.
2. Provide formed openings where required for pipes, conduits, sleeves, and other work passing
through concrete members.
3. Maintain in position during concrete placement.
0. Form Removal:
1. Do not remove formwork until concrete has attained sufficient strength to resist dead loads plus
applied live loads.
2. Remove formwork in manner that will not damage surfaces of concrete; patch work damaged
during form removal operations.
3. Provide shoring, reshoring, and bracing as required.
P. Installation Tolerances:
1. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301.
END OF SECTION
163 011W
Concrete Forming
Sep 2013

SECTION 03 2000
CONCRETE REINFORCING
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Reinforcing bars, wire fabric, and accessories for cast -in -place concrete.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 01: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. , American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. ASTM International (ASTM):
1. A185/A185M - Standard Specification for Welded Steel Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for
Concrete.
2. A615/A 615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement.
3. A767 - Standard Specification for Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
4. D3963 - Standard Specification for Fabrication and Jobsite Handling of Epoxy -Coated
Reinforcing Steel.
C. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel.
D. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI):
1. Manual of Practice.
2. Publication 63 - Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars.
3. Publication 65 -Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and
Nomenclature.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for Review:
1. Shop Drawings:
a. Include bar sizes, spacings, laps, locations, and quantities of reinforcing bars, wire fabric,
and accessories.
b. Propide bending and cutting schedules.
C. Shdw complete layout plan for each layer of reinforcing.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver reinforcing to project site in bundles marked with tags indicating bar size, length, and mark.
B. Store reinforcing above ground in dry, well drained area; protect from corrosion.
PART PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing Bars:
1. ASTM A615/A615M, deformed billet steel, Grade [40.] [60.] [70.] [as indicated on Drawings.]
2. Finish: [Plain.] [Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A767, Class [I] [II].] [Epoxy coated in
accordance with ASTM D3963.]
B. Welded Wire Fabric:
03 2000-1 Concrete Reinforcing
Sep 2013

1. ASTM A185/A185M. [Furnish in flat sheets].
2. Finish: [Plain.] [Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A767, Class [I] [II].]
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Spacers, Chairs, Bolsters, and Bar Supports:
1. Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during concrete placement.
2. Galvanized or plastic coated steel for surfaces exposed to weather.
B. Tie Wire: [Annealed] steel, minimum 16 gage.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate in accordance with ACI 301 and CRSI Manual.
B. Bend bars cold; do not heat or bend by makeshift methods. Discard damaged bars.
C. Welding: AWS D1.4.
D. Fabrication Tolerances:
1. Sheared length: Plus or minus 1 inch.
2. Bends in stirrups and ties: Plus or minus 1/2 inch.
3. All other bends: Plus or minus 1 inch.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Before placing in work, thoroughly clean reinforcing of loose rust, mill scale, dirt, oil, and other
materials that could reduce bonding.
B. Inspect reinforcing left protruding for future bonding or following delay in work, and clean if necessary.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install reinforcing in accordance with ACI 301, and CRSI Manual and Publications 63 and 65.
B. Accurately position reinforcing; securely tie at intersections.
C. Welding: AWS D1.4.
D. Install wire fabric reinforcirkg in longest practical lengths. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent
continuous lap. i
E. Do not displace or damage vapor retarder.
F. Locate splices not indicated on Drawings at points of minimum stress.
G. Clean and reprotect [galvanized] surfaces cut or damaged during installation.
END OF SECTION
Concrete Reinforcing 03 2000-2 Sep 2013

SECTION 03 3000
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Cast -in -place concrete for [piers,] [foundations,] [paving,] [slabs on grade,] [structural frame,]
[and] [supported slabs].
2. Equipment pads,
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 01: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI):
1. 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
2. 305R - Hot Weather Concreting.
3. 306R - Cold Weather Concreting.
4. 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.
5. 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.
B. ASTM International (ASTM):
1. C31 - Standard Test Method for Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the
Field.
2. C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
3. C39 - Standard Test Method for Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete
Specimens.
4. C94 - Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete.
5. C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement, Concrete.
6. C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
7. C171 - Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete.
8. C172 - Standard Test Method for Method of Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete.
9. C231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure
Method.
10. C260 - Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
11. C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete.
12. C330.- Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete.
13. C494 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.
14. C618 - Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolans for Use as a
Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete.
15. C1116 - Standard Specification for Fiber -Reinforced Concrete and Shotcrete.
16. D1752 - Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers
for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for Review:
1. Concrete Mix Designs: Include:
a. Proportions of cement, fine and coarse aggregates, [fibrous reinforcing,] and water.
b. Combined aggregate gradation.
C. Aggregate specific gravities and gradations.
d. Water/cement ratio, design strength, slump, and air content.
e. Type of cement and aggregates.
f. Air dry density and split cylinder ratio for lightweight concrete.
g. Type and proportion of admixtures.
03 3000-1 Cast -In -Place Concrete
Sep 2013

h. Special requirements for pumping.
i. Range of ambient temperature and humidity for which design is valid.
j. Special characteristics of mix requiring precautions in mixing, placing, or finishing
techniques to achieve finished product.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Concrete Mix Design: In accordance with ACI 301, Method 1 or 2.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Mix and deliver concrete to project ready mixed in accordance with ASTM C94.
B. Schedule delivery so that pours will not be interrupted for over [15] minutes.
C. Place concrete on site within [90] minutes after proportioning materials at batch plant.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Cold Weather Placement - Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that
could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. Comply with ACI 306R and following
requirements:
1. Air temperature at or expected to fall below [40] degrees F, uniformly heat water and
aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than [50]
degrees F and not more than [80] degrees F at point of placement.
2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on
frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, and other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical
accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs.
B. Hot Weather Placement - Place concrete in accordance with ACI 305R and following requirements:
1. , Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement below
[90] [ ] degrees F. Use chilled mixing water or chopped ice if water equivalent of ice is
calculated in total amount of mixing water.
2. If required, cover reinforcing steel with water soaked burlap so that steel temperature will not
exceed ambient air temperature.
3. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before concrete is placed.
4. Use water -reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or
other adverse placing conditions.
PART PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers - Concrete Chemicals:
1. Burke by Edoco. (www.burkebyedeco.com)
2. Conspec Marketing and Manufacturing. (www.conspecmkt.com)
3. Dayton/Richmond. (www.da) tonrichmond.com)
4. BASF Admixtures, Inc. (www.masterbuilders.coml
5. -W. R. Meadows, Inc. (www.wrmeadows.com)
6. Nox-Crete Products Group. (www.nox-crete.com)
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or III, gray color.
B. Aggregates:
1. , Fine: ASTM C33, clean, hard, durable, uncoated natural sand, free from silt, loam, and clay.
Cast -In -Place Concrete 03 3000-2
Sep 2013

2. Coarse: ASTM C33, clean, hard, durable, uncoated crushed stone, maximum size No. [467,]
[_;] Table No. 2.
3. Lightweight: ASTM C330, expanded shale or clay produced by rotary kiln method.
C. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, maximum 2 percent loss on ignition.
D. Fibrous Reinforcing: ASTM C1116, 100 percent virgin polypropylene, free from reprocessed olefin
materials and specifically manufactured for use as concrete secondary reinforcement.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Water: Clean and potable.
B. Admixtures:
1. Water reducing or water reducing/set retarding: ASTM C494, Type A or D.
2. Air entraining: ASTM C260.
C. Expansion Joint Filler: ASTM D1752, non asphaltic type.
D. Non Shrink Grout: Premixed, consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and
plasticizing agents; minimum [7,000] psi compressive strength at 28 days.
E. Bonding Agent: Two component modified epoxy resin.
F. Curing Compound: ASTM C309, [solvent] [water] based type.
G. Curing Paper: ASTM C171, waterproof paper or polyethylene film.
2.4 MIXES
A. Proportions: In accordance with ACI 301.
B. Design concrete -to yield characteristics [scheduled at end of Section.] [indicated on Drawings.]
C.. Air Entrained Concrete: Provide air entraining admixture to produce [4 to 6] [— to _] percent air by
volume of concrete.
D. Fibrous Reinforced Concrete:
1. Add fibrous reinforcing to concrete at time concrete is batched to provide [_] pounds of
reinforcing per cubic yard of concrete.
2. Ensure complete distribution.
i E. Use accelerating admixture in cold weather only Iwhen approved by Architect. Use of admixtures will
not reduce cold weather placement requirements.
F. Fly Ash Content: Minimum [30] percent by weight of cementitious material in mix.
.PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Notify Architect [and Testing Laboratory] minimum [24] hours prior to placing concrete.
B. Accurately position anchor bolts, sleeves, conduit, inserts, and accessories. Do not cut reinforcing
steel to facilitate installation of inserts or accessories.
C. Remove water and debris from forms and excavations.
D. Close openings left in forms for cleaning and inspection.
03 3000-3 Cast -In -Place Concrete
Sep 2013

E. Prepare previously placed [and existing] concrete surfaces by cleaning with steel wire brush and
applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
F. Where new concrete is doweled to existing, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels, and
pack holes solid with non shrink grout.
3.2 PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE
A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318.
B. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, and embedded parts are not disturbed during concrete placement.
C. Deposit concrete as nearly as possible in its final position to minimize handling and flowing.
D. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction joints.
E. Do not place partially hardened, contaminated, or retempered concrete.
F. Do not allow concrete to free fall over 8 feet; provide tremies, chutes, or other means of conveyance.
G. Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. Hand compact in corners and angles of
forms.
H. Screed slabs level, to flatness tolerance of [1/4] inch in 10 feet.
3.3 PLACEMENT OF GROUT
A. Remove loose and foreign matter from concrete; lightly roughen bonding surface.
B. Just prior to grouting, thoroughly wet concrete surfaces; remove excess water.
C. Mix grout in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not retemper.
-D. Place grout continuously, by most practical means; avoid entrapped air. Do not vibrate grout.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold
temperatures, and mechanical injury.
� 0 _
B. f Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively gonstant temperature for period necessary
for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete.
C. Provide artificial heat to maintain temperature of concrete above minimum specified temperature for
duration of curing period.
D. Keep forms sufficiently wet to prevent cracking of concrete or loosening of form joints.
3.5 CURING
A. Cure concrete in accordance with ACI 308:
1. Horizontal surfaces:
a. Surfaces to receive additional toppings or setting beds: Use curing paper method.
b. Other surfaces: Use either curing paper or curing compound method.
2. Vertical surfaces: Use either wet curing or curing compound method.
B. Curing Compound Method:
Cast -In -Place Concrete 03 3000-4
Sep 2013

1. Spray compound on surfaces in two coats, applying second at right angle to first, at minimum
rate recommended by manufacturer.
2. Restrict traffic on surfaces during curing.
C. Curing Paper Method:
1. Spread curing paper over surfaces, lapping ends and sides minimum 4 inches; maintain in
place by use of weights.
2. Remove paper after curing.
D. Wet Curing Method: Spray water over surfaces and maintain wet for 7 days.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Remove efflorescence, stains, oil, grease, and foreign materials from exposed surfaces.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing and Inspection Services:
1. Certify each delivery ticket.
2. Record time at which concrete was discharged from truck.
3.. Monitor and record amount of water and water reducing admixture added to concrete at project
site.
4. Determine ambient temperature and temperature of concrete sample for each set of test
cylinders.
5. Test cylinders:
a. Make test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C172; one set of 3 cylinders for each [100]
cubic yards or fraction thereof placed in any one day, for each different class of concrete.
b. Mold and cure cylinders in accordance with ASTM C31; test cylinders in accordance with
ASTM C39; one at 7 days and two at 28 days.
6. Slump tests: Make slump tests at beginning of each day's placement and for each set of test
cylinders in accordance with ASTM C143.
7. Air content: Determine total air content of air entrained concrete for each strength test in
accordance with ASTM C231.
3.8 CONCRETE SCHEDULE
inimum 28 Day
Compressive Strength Slump
Comments Uses
[4000] Rsi
[4 to 6] inches Air Entrained
[3000] 6si
[3 to 5] inches Air Entrained
[3000] psi
[¢a]riahbes Air entrained
[4000] psi
[3 to 5] inches Flay ash
END OF SECTION
[Piers] [Walls]
[Paving]
[WQtihV]L]
[Columns, beams, and
elevated slabs]
03 3000-5 Cast -In -Place Concrete
Sep 2013

SECTION 05 5000
METAL FABRICATIONS
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Shop fabricated metal components.
2. Gratings.
3. Ladders and safety cages.
4. Guard rails and handrails.
5. Bollards.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA):
1. 611 - Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum.
2. 260.3 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented
Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels.
3. 2604 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for High
Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels.
4. 2605 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test'Procedures for Superior
Performing Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels.
B. American Welding Society (AWS):
1. D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.
2. D1.2 - Structural Welding Code - Aluminum.
3. D1.6 - Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel.
C. ASTM International (ASTM):
1. A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.
2. A47/A47M - Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings.
3. A48/A48M - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings.
4. A108 - Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold -Finished, Standard Quality.
5. Al23/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel
Products.
6. A167 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium -Nickel Steel Plate,
Sheet, and Strip.
7. A283 - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates,
Shapes.,and Bars.
8. A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners.
9. A354 - Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts, Studs, and Other
Externally Threaded Fasteners.
10. A500 - Standard Specification for Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural
Tubing in Rounds and Shapes.
11. A501 - Standard Specification for Hot -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural
Tubing.
12. A510 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round
Wire, Galvanized Steel.
13. A780 - Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot -Dip Galvanized
Coatings.
14. A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold -Rolled, Carbon, Structural,
High -Strength Low -Alloy and High -Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability.
15. A1011 /A1011 M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot -Rolled, Carbon,
Structural, High -Strength, Low -Alloy and High -Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability.
16. 13209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate.
17. B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire,
Profiles, and Tubes.
05 5000-1 Metal Fabrications
Sep 2013

18. B241 - Standard Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded
Tube.
19. E985 - Standard Specification for Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings.
D. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM):
1. AMP 503 - Finishes for Stainless Steel.
2. MBG 531 - Metal Bar Grating Manual.
E. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC) - Painting Manual.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Minimum design loads:
1. Pedestrian loading:
a. Uniform load of [100] PSF.
b. Concentrated load of [300] pounds.
C. Maximum deflection under loading: [L/180.] [L/240.]
2. Vehicular loading:
a. Uniform load of [500] L] PSF.
b. Concentrated load of [2000] pounds.
C. Maximum deflection under loading: [L/180.] [L/240.]
3. Guard rails and handrails:
a. [50] pounds per linear foot applied in any direction at top, transferred via attachments and
supports to building structure.
b. Concentrated [200] pound load applied in any direction at any point along top, transferred
via attachments and supports to building structure.
C. Maximum deflection under loading: [L/120.] L.]
4. Concentrated and uniform loads do not need to be applied simultaneously.
B. Fabricate guard rails and handrails in accordance with ASTM E985.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for Review:
1. Shop Drawings: Show dimensions, metal thicknesses, finishes, joints, attachments, and
relationship of work to adjacent construction.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: Minimum 5 years experience in work of this Section.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
2.2 MATERIALS - STEEL
A. Shapes: ASTM A36/A36M.
B. Plate: ASTM A283.
C. Checkered Plate: ASTM A1011/A1011 M
D. Sheet: ASTM A1008/A1008M.
E. Pipe: ASTM A501.
F. Tube: ASTM A500.
Metal Fabrications
05 5000-2
Sep 2013

G. Bars: ASTM A108.
2.3 MATERIALS - CAST IRON
A. Cast Iron: ASTM A48/A48M, Class 30, or ASTM A47/A47M.
2.4 MATERIALS -ALUMINUM
A. Extrusions: ASTM B221, 6063-T5 alloy and temper.
B. Sheet: ASTM B209, alloy and temper best suited to application.
C. Pipe: ASTM 8241, extruded, anodizing quality, 6063 aluminum pipe, Schedule 40.
2.5 MATERIALS - STAINLESS STEEL
A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167, Type [304] [or] [316], rollable temper.
B. Bolts, Nuts and Washers: ASTM A354.
2.6 MATERIALS - BAR GRATINGS
A. Formed Steel Sheet for [Welding:] [Riveting:] [Pressure Locking:] ASTM All 011/A1011 M, [rectangular]
�I shape.
B. Steel Rod for Cross Bars: ASTM A510.
C. Aluminum for [Riveting] [Pressure Locking]: ASTM B221, [rectangular] shape.
2.7 ACCESSORIES
A. Exposed Screws: Same material as metal being fastened; Phillips flat head, countersunk, unless
noted otherwise.
B. Bolts: ASTM A307, hexagonal head type.
C. Primer Paint: SSPC Paint 15, Jype 1, red oxide.
D. Anchoring Cement: [Non -shrink cementitious] [Two component epoxy] type.
2.8 FABRICATION
A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site.
B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.
C. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight,
flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.
D. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts, unobtrusively located,
consistent with design of component except where specifically noted otherwise.
E. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related
components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise.
05 5000-3 Metal Fabrications
Sep 2013

F. Conceal fastenings where possible.
G. Welding to conform to AWS [D1.1]
1. Use welds for permanent connections where possible. Grind exposed welds smooth.
2. Tack welds prohibited on exposed surfaces.
2.9 FINISHES
A. [Exterior] Ferrous Metal: Galvanized; ASTM A123/A123M, to [1.3] ounces per square foot.
B. [Interior] Ferrous Metal:
1. Shop painted except steel to be encased in concrete and surfaces to be welded.
2. Surface preparation: SSPC SP2 - Hand Tool Cleaning or SP3 - Power Tool Cleaning.
3. Application: One coat; follow coating manufacturer's instructions.
4. Minimum dry film thickness: [2.0] mils.
C. Stainless Steel: NAAMM AMP 503; [No. 4 satin.] [No. 8 mirror polished.] L_.]
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install items in accordance with approved Shop Drawings.
B. Install components plumb, level, and rigid.
C. Welding: AWS [D1.1]. Grind and fill exposed welds; finish smooth and flush.
D. Install sleeved components with anchoring cement.
E. Prevent contact of [exterior] aluminum and dissimilar metals by use of zinc rich paint, bituminous
coating, or non -absorptive gaskets.
3.2 ADJUSTING
A. Clean and touch up damaged primer paint with same product as applied in shop.
B. Clean and touch up galvanized coatings at welded and abraded surfaces in accordance with ASTM
A780, Annex [Al.] [A2.] [A3.]
3.3 SCHEDULE
A. This Schedule includes principal iterps only; refer to Drawings for additional items not listed.
B. Guard Rails and Handrails:
1. Fabricate from [aluminum] [steel] [stainless steel] [pipe] [or] [tube] stock of sizes [and types]
indicated.
2. Make bends uniform and free from buckles and other defects.
3. Cut intersections square to within [2] degrees and to length within [1/8] inch. Remove burrs
from cut ends.
4. Miter and cope intersections within [2] degrees, fit to within [1/8] inch.
5. Continuously weld connections.
6. Where length exceeds that suitable for shipping and handling, fabricate in sections with
concealed internal sleeves forming slip joints. Extend sleeves minimum [2] [_] inches on both
sides of joint; field weld and grind smooth.
C. Ladders:
1. Side rails: Continuous steel flat bars, [1/2 x 2-1/2] inches, eased edges, spaced [18 inches
- apart.
Metal Fabrications 05 5000-4
Sep 2013

2. Rungs: Round steel bars, [3/4] inch diameter, spaced [12] inches on center. Fit rungs in
centerline of side rails and plug weld on outer rail face.
3. Support ladders at top, bottom, and at intermediate points spaced maximum [5'41] on center
with steel brackets, welded or bolted to supports.
D. Ladder Safety Cages:
1. Primary hoops: [5/16 x 4] inch steel bars at top, bottom, and at intermediate hoops spaced
maximum [20'-0"] on center.
2. Secondary intermediate hoops: [5/16 x 2] inch steel bars spaced maximum [48] inches on
center between primary hoops.
3. Vertical bars: [5/16 x 2 ] inch steel bars secured to each hoop, spaced approximately [9] inches
on center.
E. Nosings for Exterior Concrete Steps: Cast [iron,] cross hatched, [1/4] inch nosing, [3] inches deep x
step width less 6 inches.
F. Bollards:
1. Fabricate from steel pipe of sizes indicated.
2. Set into concrete footing.
3. Fill pipe with concrete; rod to consolidate. Dome top to shed water.
END OF SECTION
05 5000-5 Metal Fabrications
Sep 2013

SECTION 09 9100
PAINTING
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Texturing of gypsum board.
2. Surface preparation and field application of paints.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International (ASTM) D4442 - Standard Test Method for Direct Moisture Content Measurement
of Wood and Wood -Base Materials.
B. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC) - Painting Manual.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for Review:
1. Product Data: Manufacturer's data on materials proposed for. use. Include:
a. Product designation and grade.
b. Surface preparation materials and procedures.
C. Product analysis and performance characteristics.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: Minimum [2] years [documented] experience in work of this Section.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code,
coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions
for mixing and reducing.
B. Paint Materials: Store at ambient temperature from [45 to 90] degrees F in ventilated area, or as
required by manufacturer's instructions.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
I A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient tefmperatures or relative humidity are outside !
ranges required by manufacturer.
B. Provide lighting level of [80] footcandles measured mid -height at substrate surface.
1.7 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials: [1 gallon] [[ gallons] of each color and sheen.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Benjamin Moore and Co. (www.beniaminmoore.com)
2. Devoe Paint Co. (www.devoei)aint.com)
3. Fuller O'Brien Paints. (www.fullerpaint.com)
09 9100-1 Painting
Sep 2013

4. Glidden. (www.gliddenr)rofessional com)
5. I.C.I. Paints. (www.icipaintstores.com)
6. Kelly -Moore Paints. (www.kellymoore.com)
7. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. (www.pittsburahpaints.com)
8. Pratt and Lambert Paints. (_www.prattandiambert.com)
9. Sherwin Williams. (www.sherwin-williams.com)
B. Substitutions: [Under provisions of Division 01.1 [Not permitted.]
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Paints: As scheduled at end of Section, or approved substitute.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Accessory Materials: Paint thinners and other materials required to achieve specified finishes;
commercial quality.
B. Patching Materials: Latex filler.
C. Fastener Head Cover Materials`. Latex filler.
D. Gypsum Board Texture: [ by or approved substitute.
2.4 MIXES
A. Uniformly mix to thoroughly disperse pigments.
B. Do not thin in excess of manufacturer's recommendations.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Test shop applied primer for compatibility with subsequent coatings
B. Measure moisture content of surfaces using electronic moisture meter. Do not apply coatings unless
moisture content of surfaces are below following maximums:
1. [Gypsum board] [and] [plaster]: [12] LJ percent.
2.0 [Masonry] [and] [concrete]: [12] [_] percent.
3.l Wood: [15] [_] percent, measured to ASTM D4442.
4. Concrete floors: [8] [__] percent.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. General:
1. Protect adjacent and underlying surfaces.
2. Remove [or mask] electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings prior to
preparing surfaces or finishing.
3. Correct defects and clean surfaces capable of'affecting work of this section.
4. Seal marks that may bleed through surface finishes with shellac.
B. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of trisodium phosphate and bleach.
Rinse with clean water and allow to dry.
C. Gypsum Board:
1. Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair.
2. Apply light [orange peel] [stipple] [ I texture in accordance manufacturer's instructions.
Painting 09 9100-2
Sep 2013

D. [Concrete] [and] [Masonry]:
1. Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt and alkali powder, and other foreign matter.
2. Remove oil and grease with solution of trisodium phosphate; rinse and allow to dry.
3. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with solution of sodium metasilicate
after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry.
E. Concrete Floors:
1. Remove contamination, acid etch, and rinse floors with clear water. Allow to dry.
2. Verify that required acid -alkali balance has been achieved.
F. Plaster:
1. Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching plaster. Finish smooth
and flush with adjacent surfaces.
2. Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces.
G. Galvanized Steel: SSPC Method S01 - Solvent Cleaning.
H. Aluminum: SSPC Method SP1 - Solvent Cleaning.
Uncoated Ferrous Metals:
1. SSPC Method SP2 - Hand Tool Cleaning or Method SP3 - Power Tool Cleaning.
2. Spot prime paint after repairs.
Shop Primed Ferrous Metals:
1. SSPC Method SP2 - Hand Tool Cleaning or Method SP3 - Power Tool Cleaning.
2. Feather edges to make patches inconspicuous.
3. Prime bare steel surfaces.
K. Interior Wood:
1. Wipe off dust and grit.
2. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer.
3. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats.
L. Exterior Wood:
1. Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter.
2. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections.
M. Existing Surfaces:
1. Remove loose, flaking, powdery, and peeling paints.
2. LiQhtly sand glossy painted surfaces.
3. Fill holes, cracks, depressions and other imperfections with parching compound; sand flush with
surface.
4. Remove oil, grease, and wax by scraping; solvent wash and thoroughly rinse.
5. Remove rust by wire brushing to expose base metal.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply primer -or first coat immediately after surface preparation is complete to prevent .
recontamination.
B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry.
C. Apply coatings to minimum dry film thickness recommended by manufacturer.
D. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless specified otherwise.
E. Apply coatings to uniform appearance without laps, sags, curtains, holidays, and brush marks.
09 9100-3 Painting
Sep 2013

F. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied.
G. Sand between coats on interior [wood] [and] [metal] surfaces.
H. Match final coat to approved color samples.
Where clear finishes are specified, tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into grain before set. Wipe
excess from surface.
J. Prime concealed surfaces of [exterior wood] [and] [interior wood in contact with masonry or
cementitious materials] with one coat primer paint.
K. Mechanical and Electrical Components:
1. Paint factory primed equipment.
2. Remove unfinished and primed louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels; paint separately.
3. Paint exposed and insulated pipes, conduit, boxes, ducts, hangers, brackets, collars, and
supports unless factory finished.
4. Do not paint name tags or identifying markings.
5. Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment in finished areas.
L. Do not Paint:
1. Surfaces indicated on Drawings or specified to be unpainted or unfinished.
2. Surfaces with factory applied finish coat or integral finish.
3. Architectural metals, including brass, bronze, stainless steel, and chrome plating.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Touch up or refinish disfigured surfaces.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Remove paint from adjacent surfaces.
3.6 PAINT SCHEDULE
A. Types of paint listed herein are set forth as standard of quality and type of coating required for each
type of surface.
1. ' Exposed surfaces of type listed in following schedule areto be painted.
2. Other exposed surfaces not.specifically listed shall receive not less than two coats of
appropriate type of coating.
B. Prime coat shall cpnsist of touch up only on shop primed [and existing] surfaceq.
SUBSTRATE MANUFACTURER PRIMER TOP COATS
Exterior Surfaces:
Ferrous and Galvanized
Metals
Wood, Opaque Finish
Wood, Transparent
Finish
Concrete Unit Masonry
Concrete
Painting 09 9100-4
Sep 2013

SUBSTRATE
MANUFACTURER PRIMER TOP COATS
Plaster
Pavement Markings
Interior Surfaces:
[Plaster] [Gypsum
Board], Latex Flat Finish
[Plaster] [Gypsum
Board], Latex Enamel
Finish
[Plaster] [Gypsum
Board], Alkyd Enamel
Finish
[Plaster] [Gypsum
Board], Epoxy Finish
Exposed Roof Structure
Ferrous and Galvanized
Metals
[Concrete] [Masonry],
Latex Flat Finish
[Concrete] [Masonry],
Latex Enamel Finish
[Concrete] [Masonry],
Alkyd Enamel Finish
[Concrete] [Masonry],
Epoxy Finish
Wood, Opaque, Latex
Enamel Finish
Wood, Opaque, Alkyd
Enamel Finish
Wood, Transparent
Finish
1 coat 2 coats
SSPC Paint 15, Type Yellow Acrylic
1, red oxide.
END OF SECTION
09 9100-5 Painting
Sep 2013

Division 11
Equipment
Filter Press: The filter press shall be a Mantec 400x400x2O Filter Press: Press shall have the ability
to cycle 5 times per hour. Filter press shall remove water from cement laden slurry and produce a cake
of cement that is a maximum of 15% moisture.
Aggregate Reclaimer: The aggregate reclaimer shall be a Liebherr LRS 708 Reclaimer. The reclaimer
shall be an inclined auger type and capable of washing cement from an aggregate cement slurry. The
reclaimer shall discharge aggregates from the upper end and cement laden slurry lower end.
Agitators. Agitators shall be direct drive with a shaft mounted impeller with a 15 HP motor rated for
continuous duty. Agitators shall be capable of keeping cement in suspension.
Pumps Pumps shall be Gould 3656 7.5 HP 21/a x 3-7, Model No. 4BF1KK5G9. Pump shall be
capable of producing 200 gpm at 105 feet of dynamic head.
Heat Pump: Heat pump shall be American Geothermal AHP-4805 Air Source Heat Pump. Heat Pump
shall have a 40 Ton capacity.
01 — 11®0

SECTION 31 1100
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Removal of surface debris and paving and curbs
2. Removal of plant life and grass.
3. Grubbing roots.
4. Topsoil excavation.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 31 2200 - Grading.
PART2 PRODUCTS
Not used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 SITE CLEARING
A. Remove vegetation, debris, and obstructions from areas of [structures] [walks] [paving] [and planting
beds].
B. Apply herbicide to remaining stumps and plant life to inhibit growth.
C. Strip existing topsoil from areas of structures, walks, and paving. Stockpile on site for reuse
D. Grub out roots and underground obstructions to minimum depth of 12 inches.
E. Remove waste material from site as it accumulates. Comply with applicable codes and ordinances
regarding waste transportation and disposal.
END OF SECTION
31 1100-1 Clearing and Grubbing
Sep 2013

SECTION 31 2200
GRADING
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Cutting and grading of site.
2. Topsoil placement.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 31 1100 - Clearing and Grubbing.
1.2 SUBMITTALS None
PART PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Topsoil:
1. Stockpiled on site material, specified in Section 31 1100. Stockpile location shown on
drawings.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 CUTTING AND GRADING
A. Excavate subsoil to permit placement of structures, paving, and site improvements, and from areas to
be regraded.
B. Uniformly grade areas to smooth surface at required grades and elevations. Adjust contours to
eliminate water ponding and provide positive drainage. Make grade changes gradually. Blend slopes
into level areas.
C. Leave areas to receive topsoil 4 inches below final required grade.
D. Leave areas to receive planting beds 6 inches below final required grade.
® E. Tolerances: Within plus or minus 1 inch of requiredasubgrade elevation.
3.� TOPSOIL PLACEMENT i
A. Place topsoil to [4] U inch depth over areas modified by work of this Contract that are not covered
by [planting beds,] structures or paving.
B. Uniformly distribute to required grades; feather back to where grades remain unchanged.
C. Uniformly grade areas to smooth surface at required grades and elevations. Adjust contours to
eliminate water ponding and provide positive drainage. Make grade changes gradually. Blend slopes
into level areas.
D. Remove rubbish, debris, vegetation, and concentrations of rocks. Rake areas smooth; leave suitable
for seeding or sodding.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Remove surplus materials and those not suitable for reuse from site.
31 2200-1 Grading
Sep 2013

3.4 PROTECTION
A. Protect graded areas from traffic and erosion; keep free of trash and debris.
B. Repair settled, eroded, or rutted areas.
END OF SECTION
Grading 31 2200-2
Sep 2013

SECTION 312300
EXCAVATION AND FILL
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Excavating for structures and site components.
2. Filling.
3. Trenching.
4. Backfilling.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 01: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International (ASTM):
1. C136 - Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.
2. D698 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
Standard Effort (12,400 ft-Ibf/ft) (600 kN-m/m3).
3. D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
Modified Effort (56,000 ft-Ibf/ft3) (2,700 kN-m/m3).
4. D2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes.
5. D2922 - Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in Place by Nuclear
Methods (Shallow Depth).
6. D4254 - Standard Test Methods for Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative
Density.
7. D4318 - Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Limits of Work: Do not extend earthwork beyond areas of excavation or construction shown on
Drawings or reasonably necessary for 'performance of Work.
B. Contractor is responsible for design of temporary earth retention systems.
1.4 SUBMITTALS: None
I
PART PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Common Fil:
1. Type: ON SITE SOILS
2. Tested to ASTM D4318
3. Free from trash, debris, roots over 1 inch in diameter, matted roots, rocks over 3 inches in
diameter, topsoil, and other deleterious matter.
B. Engineered Fill:
1. Type: ON SITE SOILS,
2. Tested to ASTM D4318
3. Free from trash, debris, roots over 1 inch in diameter, matted roots, rocks over 3 inches in
diameter, topsoil, and other deleterious matter.
31 2300-1 Excavation and Fill
Sep 2013

2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing and Inspection Services: Test Engineered Fill prior to placement:
1. Liquid limit, plastic limit, and plasticity index: Test to ASTM D4318.
2. Moisture/density relationship: Test to ASTM D698.
3. Provide soil description; determine compliance with gradation and quality requirements.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXCAVATING
A. Excavate to grades and subgrades indicated. Make excavations large enough to permit placing and
inspection of work.
B. Stockpile excavated materials that are suitable for reuse separately from subgrade material.
C. Remove and dispose of excavated material that is unsuitable or not required for backfilling. Remove
underground obstructions.
D. Brace sides of excavations where necessary; maintain until permanent construction is in place.
Remove temporary shoring and bracing as backfill is placed.
E. Excavation for Structures:
1. Form bottoms of excavations reasonably level.
2. Maintain moisture level in excavations as near their natural level as possible.
F. Keep excavations free of water.
3.2 FILLING
A. Prior to placing fill on existing subsoils:
1. Proof roll to detect soft and weak zones. Remove soft and spongy soils down to firm subsoil.
2. Replace undercut areas with [Engineered] Fill placed in maximum 8 inch deep loose, even,
horizontal lifts. Compact each lift to[95 percent of ASTM D698 standard Proctor maximum dry
B. Do not fill over porous, wet, frozen, or soft subgrades.
C. Bench fill into slopes.
D. When moisture must be added to aid in compaction, uniformly apply water to surface, but do not
flood. Free yater shall not appear on surface during or after compaction operations.
E. Scarify soil too wet for proper compaction and allow to dry. Replace and recompact.
F. Uniformly grade areas to smooth surface at required grades and elevations. Adjust contours to
eliminate water ponding and provide positive drainage. Make grade changes gradually. Blend slopes
into level grades.
G. Tolerances: Within plus or minus 1 inch of required subgrade elevation.
3.3 TRENCHING
A. Cut trenches sufficiently wide to allow for installation of utilities and for inspection of work.
B. Hand trim excavations; remove loose matter.
C. Remove rocks and obstructions.
Excavation and Fill 31 2300-2
Sep 2013

SECTION 32 3113
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Fence framework, fabric, and accessories.
2. Excavation for posts.
3. Concrete post foundations.
4. Gates and hardware.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 01: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements.
2. Section 03 3000 - Cast -In -Place Concrete.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International (ASTM) C94 - Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete.
B. Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (CLFMI) - Product Manual.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Fence Height: [L] feet.] [As indicated on Drawings.]
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for Review:
1. Shop Drawings: Include layout, spacing of components, post foundation dimensions, hardware,
and schedule of components.
2. Samples: Fabric samples illustrating construction and finish.
PART PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
0 A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Ameristar. (www.ameristarfencing.com) i
2. Master-Halco, Inc. (www.fenceonline.com)
3. Merchants Metals. (www.merchantsmetals.com)
4. Perfection Fence Corp. (www.perfectionfence.com)
5. Southwestern Wire, Inc. (www.southwesternwire.com)
B. Substitutions: [Under provisions of Division 01.] [Not permitted.]
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Materials and Components: Conform to CLFMI Product Manual.
B. Framing:
1. Intermediate posts: Type I - round
2. Terminal, corner, rail, brace, and gate posts: Type I - round
3. Framing sizes: Per CLFMI Product Manual.
4. Finish: Galvanized, to CLFMI Product Manual.
32 3113-1 Chain Link Fences and Gates
Sep 2013

C. Fabric:
1. Classification: Standard Industrial.
2. Finish: Galvanized to CLFMI Product Manual.
D. Barbed Wire: [Galvanized steel.] [Aluminum coated.] [Aluminum alloy.]
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Extension Arms: [Galvanized steel,] [Molded plastic,] [single] [double] arm, [vertical,] [sloped at 45
degrees,] to accommodate [three] [six] strands of barbed wire.
B. Post Caps: [Cast steel or malleable iron, galvanized,] [Molded rigid vinyl,] sized to post diameter.
C. Concrete: [ASTM C94;] [Specified in Section 03 3000;] minimum [2500] U PSI compressive
strength at 28 days, [3 to 5] L to _I inch slump.
D. Hinged Gate Hardware:
1. Two hinges per gate leaf, sized to gate weight and conditions.
2. Fork latch with gravity drop [and padlock provisions].
3. Center gate stop and drop rod for double gates.
E. Sliding Gate Hardware: [Overhead supported] [Cantilevered] type.
2.4 FABRICATION OF GATES
A. Fabricate to CLFMI Product Manual.
B. [Welded] [Fitting and truss rod] frame construction
2.5 FINISHES
A. Framing: Galcv color.
B. Fabric Galy color.
C. Hardware and Fittings: Color to match framing.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install fencing in accordancl with CLFMI Product Manual. i
B. Space posts maximum 8 feet on center.
C. Drill post holes into undisturbed or compacted soil, with diameter equal to [3] times post diameter.
D. Set posts minimum [36] inches below grade, with bottom of hole [3] inches below bottom of post.
Excavate deeper in soft or loose soils and for posts with heavy lateral loads.
E. Place concrete around posts in continuous pour, tamp and dome top away from post. Check for
vertical and top alignment; brace posts until concrete has set.
F. Pour top of footings [2 inches below] [flush with] [2 inches above] finished grade.
G. Stretch panels taut and secure to posts with wire post brackets.
H. Install gates plumb and level. Adjust for smooth operation.
Chain Link Fences and Gates 32 3113-2 -
Sep 2013

Install extension arms sloped [inward] [outward] and attach [barbed wire;] [barbed tape;] stretch taut
and secure to arms.
3.2 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: [1/4] inch in 10 feet.
B. Maximum Offset from True Position: [1] inch.
END OF SECTION
32 3113-3 Chain Link Fences and Gates
Sep 2013

Table of Contents: Blue Dot Readi Mix - Exchange Street
Operations and Maintenance Plan
1. Narrative Description of System
2. Required Maintenance of Systems
3. Safety Measures
4. Spill Prevention
5. Contact Information
6. Residuals Management Plan

1. Narrative Description of Svstem:
General Operation
The responsibility for maintenance and operation of the system is the responsibility of the plant
The recycle system is for capturing process water generated from loading trucks, rinsing out
mixer drums and reclaiming rock and sand at the ready mix concrete batch plant. The recycle system
consists of a sloped washout bay, sloped settling chamber, settled water chamber, overflow basin, clear
water basin, dirty water chamber, drum fill station, auger style aggregate reclaimer, filter press and
pumps for recycled water.
Process water that enters the system is generated by spills during truck water tank filling, rinsing
of the outside of the mixer truck/drum, rinsing the inside of the drum at the end of the day and water
generated by reclaiming of aggregates.
The area (6,063 square feet) that these operations take place is are grade separated from the
balance of the site by curbs, walls and ramps. The layout directs process water to the recycle system.
The area draining to the recycle basin was minimized to reduce the amount of stormwater runoff
collected.
Aggregate Reclaiming
The aggregate reclaimer, dirty water chamber, agitators, filter press and clean water chamber are
designed to reclaim fine and coarse aggregate from returned concrete. Returned concrete is generated
when a customer orders too much concrete or concrete does not meet specifications. Water is added to
returned concrete, agitated in the mixer drum and discharged to the aggregate reclaimer.
The aggregate reclaimer utilizes an enclosed inclined spiral auger to wash the aggregates. The
aggregates are conveyed by the auger to the top discharge point and classified by a vibrating screen into
sand and coarse aggregate. The fine sediment laden water is discharged to the dirty water chamber.
Fines are kept in suspension by the agitators. This prevents the cement fines from setting.
Dirty water is pumped to the filter press by an air diaphragm pump. The filter press separates
fines from the water. Water is discharged to the clean water chamber.
Heated and Chilled Water
Water from the clean water chamber is pumped to the heatpump to be chilled in the summer and
heated in the winter. Water from the heat pump goes to an insulated water storage tank or the tank can
be bypassed with the water going directly to the water weigh scale or the surge tank that feeds the scales.
Recycling Process Water
Process water is pumped from the settled water chamber to the surge tank that feeds the water
scale. Water from the settled water &amber is utilized to maintain the freeboard in the overP pit
system.
Upset Conditions
The system is designed to capture and recycle process water generated by spills during truck
water tank filling, rinsing of the outside of the mixer truck/drum and rinsing the inside of the drum at the
end of the day in the event that the aggregate reclaimer and/or filter press are inoperable.
If the aggregate reclaimer, agitators and/or filter press are inoperable, returned concrete would be
used to cast bunker blocks or used to pave the yard. In this case there would be no water entering the
dirty water chamber.
If the heat pump is inoperable, water can bypass it and go directly to the surge tank on the
concrete batch plant.
If power is lost, the entire operation is shut down and no process water is generated.
The system is designed with enough. freeboard to contain the 24 hour 25 year storm event with 1'
additional freeboard.

2. Required Maintenance of System
Maintenance of the system includes removal of residuals from the system and equipment
maintenance.
Residuals in the manual washout pit and the settling chamber shall be removed when the average
depth is 1'.
Residuals from the aggregate reclaimer and the filter press will be removed on a daily basis.
Check handrails/chain for damage or deterioration. Replace or repair as required.
Piping and Valves shall be checked for leaks and proper operation. Repair or replace as required.
Agitaors:
Bearings are sealed and do not require grease. Replace bearings as required.
Agitator shaft and impeller shall be checked for alignment and damage if agitator is out of
balance. Replace or repair as required.
Impeller shall be checked for wear if cement fines are not kept in suspension. Replace if worn.
Other equipment will be maintained according to the appropriate Installation and Operations
Manual: See attached manuals
3. Safety Measures
Handrails and chains are used to prevent accidental access to the basins that contain water.
Curbs or walls elevated above the adjacent ground surface are utilized to prevent vehicular traffic
from entering the system.
Site is fenced around perimeter to prevent public access.
Fence gates are locked when plant personnel are not present.
Site is lighted for night time operations.
4. Spill Prevention
Operations that generate process water spills are limited to areas that are contained within the
drainage area to the basins.
Pipes and tanks shall be checked for leaks. Any leaks shall be promptly repaired.
Overflow tank shall be monitored. Water entering overflow tank requires that more recycled
water be consumed'to maintain overflow buffer for 25 year 24 hour storm with 1' of freeboard.
� 0
Any spill over 1000 gallons or any spill that reaches Waters of the State must be reported to
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources

5. Contact Information
BLUE DOTEMERGENCY NUMBERS
Paul Cochran
President
[phone] (office)
[phone] (mobile)
AGENCY CONTACTS
1. Emergency Services (Fire, IIAZMAT, Police, EMS, etc.) — 911
2. North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
• Mooresville Regional Office — (704)-663-1699
3. North Carolina Emergency Management (after normal working hours and weekends) —
1-800-858-0368
4. Environmental Protection Agency (Region IV — Atlanta) — Phone No. [phone]
5. National Response Center — Phone No. 1-(800)-424-8802
Other emergency numbers for assistance with chemical releases
CHEMTREC 1-800-424-9300
6. Residuals Management
Residuals generated by this system are utilized as follows:
Coarse Aggregate; Coarse Aggregate is placed on the aggregate stockpile at the plant and fed to the
overhead storage bins for consumption.
Fine Aggregate Fine Aggregate (Sand) is placed on the sand stockpile pt the plant and fed to the
overhead storage bins for consumption.
Cement Fines: Cement fines will be stockpiled and metered into low strength concrete mixes such as
flowable fill.
Trash and Debris: Trash and debris are not normally part of the wastewater. Any trash or debris that
makes its' way into the recycle system will be removed and deposited in a dumpster.

ar�i • �
AIR SOURCE HEAT PUMP MANUAL
Model AHP-4804-5 Serial Number 13H610
Concrete Automation Technologies/Blue Dot Readi NIA
American Geothermal Inc.
1037 Old Salem Road
Murfreesboro, TN 37129
Phone [phone] • Fax [phone]
www.arngeo.com

Table of Contents
MODEL AHP-2404-3 DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................. 3
MODEL AHP-4802-5 DESCRIPTION..................................................:.............................................................. 4
THEORYOF OPERATION................................................................................................................................. 6
PANELSWITCHES.............................................................................................................................................. 7
SCREENOPERATIONS......................a................................................................................................................ 8
MAINDISPLAY.............................................................................................................................................. 8
FAN................................................................................................................................................................ 9
DILUTION CONTROL..................................................................................................................................10
PRESSUREFAULT..............................................:........................................................................................11
FAULT...........................................................................................................................................................12
ALARMSUMMARY.......................................................................................................................................14
TECHNICIANONLY.....................................................................................................................................15
CALIBRATE...........................................................................................................................................:.......16
FANOPERATION................................................................................................................................................18
LOWPRESSURE SWITCH................................................................................................................................18
HIGHPRESSURE SWITCH...............................................................................................................................18
HOTGAS BYPASS...............................................................................................................................................19
COMPRESSORMODULES................................................................................................................................20
INTEGRALS.........................................................................................................................................................21
ZOUBLESHOOTING........................................................................................................................................22
TM168 CONTROLLER/EXPANSION MODULE.............................................................................................25
TANKPLUMBING..............................................................................................................................................38
POWERSUPPLY.................................................................................................................................................42
ELECTRICALDRAWINGS................................................................................................................................44
20 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP.............................................................................................................................54
40 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP.............................................................................................................................61
% I
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem. Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129.615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - www.amgeo.com
2

MODEL AHP-2404-3 DESCRIPTION
WATER TEMPERATURE RANGE 350 to 1200
20 TON UNIT
MODEL
AHP2404-3
SYSTEM VOLTAGE
NOMINAL-460VAC
RANGE -10%
FREQUENCY
60 HZ
PHASE
3
MAIN FUSE TRIP CURRENT AMPS
NONE
MAIN PANEL BUSS RATING
90 AMPS
# OF REFRIGERATION UNITS
2 CIRCUITS
REFRIGERANT
R-410A
20 Ton Unit Complete Charge
48 lbs.
COMPRESSOR AMPERAGE
18.6 AMPS
LOCKED ROTOR AMPERAGE (Each Compressor)
142 AMPS
PUMP AMPERAGE
4.6 AMPS
AIR SOURCE FAN ASSEMBLY
1.3 AMPS PER MOTOR
20 Ton Unit
3 Motors
SERVICE FACTOR —ALL UNITS
110%
120 VAC CONTROL CIRCUIT
6.5AMPS
24 VAC CONTROL CIRCUIT ®
4 AMPS
CONTACTOR OVERLOAD (R6frigerant Models)
30 AMPS
CONTACTOR OVERLOAD PUMP
5 AMPS
MAXIMUM WATER TEMPERATURE
120OF
MINIMUM WATER TEMPERATURE
35OF
24VDC CONTROL CIRCUIT
.5 AMP
UNAUTHORIZED SERVICE WILL VOID WARRANTY
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 •615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com

MODEL AHP-4804-5 DESCRIPTION
WATER TEMPERATURE RANGE 350 to 1200
40 TON UNIT
MODEL
AHP-4804-5
SYSTEM VOLTAGE
NOMINAL-460VAC
RANGE -10%
FREQUENCY
60 HZ
PHASE
3
MAIN FUSE TRIP CURRENT AMPS
NONE
MAIN PANEL BUSS RATING
90 AMPS
# OF REFRIGERATION UNITS
2 CIRCUITS
REFRIGERANT
R-410A
40 Ton Unit Complete Charge
100 Ibs.
COMPRESSOR AMPERAGE
37 AMPS
LOCKED ROTOR AMPERAGE (Each Compressor)
215 AMPS
PUMP AMPERAGE
7 AMPS
AIR SOURCE FAN ASSEMBLY
1.3 AMPS PER MOTOR
40 Ton Unit
6 Motors
SERVICE FACTOR —ALL UNITS
110%
120 VAC CONTROL CIRCUIT
6.5 AMPS
24 VAC CONTROL CIRCUIT
7 AMPS
CONTACTOR OVERLOAD (Refrigerant Models)
50 AMPS
CONTACTOR OVERLOAD PUMP
8 AMPS
MAXIMUM WATER TEMPERATURE
120OF
MINIMUM WATER TEMPERATURE
350F
24VDC CONTROL CIRCUIT
1 AMP
UNAUTHORIZED SERVICE WILL VOID WARRANTY
61
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129.615-890-6988 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
4

d
MAMA
fAIr"W
r
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 •615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
5

THEORY OF OPERATION
The American Geothermal, Air Source Heat Pump System is a unique,
reverse -cycle, air -to -water heat pump; capable of producing large quantities
of heated or chilled water at fractional operating costs compared to other
systems.
In the heating mode, air flows through the outdoor heat exchanger, carrying
large quantities of heat to the refrigerant coils. The heat absorbed from the
air is transferred via refrigerant lines to the compressor, where the
-amperature of the gas is increased to approximately 200°F. Hot gas is
then piped to the heat exchanger and is forced to provide heat to the
circulating water in an insulated storage tank. The gas is condensed to a
warm liquid, fed to a pressure -reducing valve, and then sprayed into the
outdoor heat exchanger as a cold liquid. Thp liquid absorbs heat from the
air, continuing the cycle until the thermostat is satisfied.
In the chilling mode the process is reversed.
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129.615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - www.amgeo.com
6

PANEL SWITCHES
Mode Switch (Center of Panel)
The front panel switch offers three position selections: heating, cooling, or
off. The switch controls both heating and cooling sides. The system
recognizes the heating or cooling set point based on selection. In the "off
position", power remains on the system but both set points are ignored'and
the system remains inactive.
Reset Switch
The reset switch is only used in the event that a module has faulted,
prompting a warning message on the display. It should only be utilized
when the mein cause of the fault has been deterrnted and corrected. When
faults no longer exist, it will reactive. There is a reset switch for each side.
Consult Service Section.
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129.615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
7

SCREEN OPERATIONS
MAIN DISPLAY
Homo A (PNLI)
Thls,`Jsthe; main ispiay screen. Th
eusor can cha' Iheheating ",A cod ing.set points by
ot, the for hoatifig is
16p01691h 1.10*160ch 000.'Wlteifaid- - t! - the .0, lots oWiffium
.,jqs,. ngibe s o e
&the: minimum for cooling is 3.5...
0db46,VNL,$j ifth t' "Al -J- pp A 0 0.: 00c pod figure Z*ill b 161 appear s*.seen.. * W.-
Pikyrd 2 (ON Lg)`
'The--luser can view the compressor,niformati6won the WLtscreen as seen above.
$Utb Temperature
Liquid Lin' '0
Discharga;pressure 5upex Heat
.'su ion ..
0
.pef—UrO
Pre(ran pad, figure :3,1001tappear
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 - 615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - www.amgeo.com

SCREEN OPERATIONS
FAN
'Figmr 4. (Fan -A'
with t
t6e:VFQ, ft#lro'l t (Unlocl � touxt pad; figure 4 rv�tl appear. (See the "CNrrent:User"
.notes <hone�, meaningthe.user is lackedout).
FIgUre 41,(UnIt6dk),'
After -successfully, logg.iqg4n, thwscreewabovemikappear. (fee the turrent.User. PAN) The
0er ks n'o r to gedinto -the system;,a 0 00n Oy—pia�mtlljeVFD,� it
Vneed.0.0,06mlogthwhome
lcoltrbh 'the t6uc'W:p"6d' figure l -, ill4etu
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 - 615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - www.amgeo.com

SCREEN OPERATIONS
DILUTION CONTROL
Figure, 5 (011utim Cpntrol),
-AUTO MODES Thtzcljl.ut1op.control '
'fijl'valveand pressur.es c4.w.iii.aut.p.MiocallyO.Ilta6k;
OFF MODE- w: The tankwill notfill.
,MANUAL MODE— The dilutiort control is bypassed anal -the pressure switch will control the
01119 g of the',taln.kl.
Tapping the yellovttouch pad, -a number pad will appear. Theurer then Will be able to
change the dilution1cciritrol §qt:p
0ev, 001 P control &1a on insideof I9W oagq panel,fpr s 't.up,and details,,)
Ais.screen will also Asplay the tankfernperaiurei 6y, tapping the IPNL 1) touch pad, figure
Once back the home scree,!; re , PV;hqqs . in thp(Atorm.7ltog�.h.p,a.dit,he'gcr.,6 $c:
peat
By';oppiq9.'*tk tq40 pad. the user tO 0011 t4,qqgh't.hd'faU
I
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 - 615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - vmw.amgeo.com
10

SCREEN OPERATIONS
PRESSURE FAULT
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 •615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
11

SCREEN OPERATIONS
FAULT
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo:com
12

SCREEN OPERATIONS
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 •615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - www.amgeo.com
13

SCREEN OPERATIONS
ALARM SUMMARY
Fi.gur'e6(Alarm Sure-mi-ary).
All faults "will -0004 e, 6 U What
occurred.4nd time of When it was corrected.
Choosinthe (ExkYtouch pad,'.fi ure I will -appear;
4theAdme pad, figure 7 Will 8i0peor,
.S I Ekv'1d1-'TVt1H.N1CtAN`0NLV
Figure 7 N t4tute!krethsl
d th'' ', . LY,. typing 1
All;S060ni acces" ough: this. screen 19 used forS89, ON gy '* 0 nit ft
the Correct.useuand password figure a will appear.
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 - 615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - vmw.amgeo.com
14

SCREEN OPERATIONS
TECHNICIAN ONLY
SERVICE E TECHNICIAN ONLY
:
Figure S. Setow'
A serWoi�tecbrijciatvcan r,,olibrat..e-,..the unit with the help df customer
Figure.
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 - 615-8.90-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - www.amgeo.com
15

SCREEN OPERATIONS
CALIBRATE
.gure IQlaefrost. Calibrate)
Figure lt.Qkuto Calibrate)
FigU-re. X.2.,
(Comp, A Calibrate)
f
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 - 615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - www.amgeo.com
16

SCREEN OPERATIONS
Figkpro 13.
tUa-fauft, ha% occurred, first: -,do a-, check lfst,of all' poss'ible reasons f.bvthe1auft.
The possible: - i1s5kUe mrqp;�t likptycause to least
on pachfaultscreenI
.Ilk IV' cause. List lh,6tdoj,r, if the unit tbnvnu&t't0,, It, it 11 c�u stoiiijar service:
ei:
N& 14iATT-iEFttTHE,c,"fk(tUrWsTAN4tiE; NtVEftJUMJP'1:dUTA PlItSS;UAESWITCH TO
,R 'By . --S.6t'&.ULlJIE5WLT �;MiOUS�:INAMAOE TO THE UNITOAULT, 6Y 6otN0'
AKD,TH.E WARRANTY WILL. E'VOIDED,
'FOR MORE INFORMATION REGARDIN'G-.FAULTS CALL CUSTOMER SERVICE.
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 - 615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - www.amgeo.com
17

FAN OPERATION
Heating
All fans should be running full speed. The air should be blowing upward.
Cooling
All fans are variable controlled by head pressure. Fans will change speed to maintain
400 PSI Discharge (Head) Pressure.
LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
The low-pressure switch is located on the module. It will open if pressure of suction
goes below 50 PSI on a R410A system. Reset on switch is 90 PSI on a R410A
System.. If the switch goes below set point, and does not climb over reset point after 1
minute the module will shut down .and display fault on the screen. When'the pressure
goes above "cut in" point, the reset switch can be selected to restart module, after fault
corrected.
See trouble -shooting guide.
DO NOT RESET MORE THAN 3 TIMES IN A 6 HOUR PERIOD WHILE IN
COOLING MODE. THIS WILL CAUSE THE HEAT EXCHANGERS TO
FREEZE AND RUPTURE - DESTROYING THE MODULE.
r r
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
The high-pressure switch is located on the module. It will open at 650 PSI and resets
at 550 PSI. When the pressure rises above 650 PSI the unit will shut down. It will only
restart 2 additional times. After the second restart, it will shut down. It will not restart
until the pressure has dropped below 550 PSI, the problem has been corrected, and
the reset switch must be selected.
See trouble -shooting guide.
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 - 615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
18

HOT GAS BYPASS
Heating Mode
The following conditions must occur for operation: reversing valve powered, suction
pressure drops to 75 PSI, and a head pressure. over 440 PSI. The head pressure will
be reached when water temperatures are over 100°F, the suction pressure will be
reached when ambient is-35°F, and reversing valve energized. When these points are
reached, gas will be released from the discharge side of the compressor. This causes
a rise in suction pressure., allowing the unit to operate without going off on low
pressure.
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd..• Murfreesboro, TN 37129 •615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
19

COMPRESSOR MODULES
SEALED REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
These units are complete, self-contained, hermetically sealed refrigeration units. They
were cleaned, vacuumed, charged, and electronically leak -tested to a rate of less than
1/2ounce of refrigerant in 5 years. It is impossible for these units to'need additional
refrigerant unless a leak exists. The sight glass alone is not sufficient criteria to
warrant refrigerant charging.
Unauthorized service will void the warranty.on all units.
PLEASE CONSULT THE FACTORY PRIOR TO ATTEMPTING SERVICE
IEFROST CYCLE (Air Handler has excessive ice exposure)
Heating Only
Operation of Defrost:
1. Liquid Line Solenoid Closes and the system pumps down to 50 PSI, and the
module will shut off.
2. System will restart, without the fans operating; allowing the air handler to thaw.
3. When liquid line temperature sensor reaches approximately 100°F, the unit
repeats pump down to 50 PSI, causing shut down.
4. System will remain in a 1 minute delay until restart of the heating mode.
5. If defrost cycle continues to cycle without ice buildup or exposure, call technical
support for further assistance.
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890; 6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
20

INTEGRALS
In a compact, well -engineered motor controller, you are given a combination of
capabilities by the integral self -protected starter. It combines short circuit, as well as,
contactor and dual -function overload relay for coordinated circuit protection.
A unique operating mechanism, of separating the moving contacts from the inertia of
the magnet, allows the integral to use the same set of contacts for both short circuit
and contactor functions. Contactor and short circuit functions are entirely independent
of one another.
Optional. isolator contacts allow complete control system testing without energizing any
loads and can be padlocked open for maintenance safety. The integral starter
provides complete status indication locally. Auxiliary contact blocks can be added to
multiply the interlocking and signaling capability of each integral starter.
Advantages
The integral starter is the smallest self -protector starter in the industry (10 hp and 480
VAC). Iris a combination starter that meets the regyirements of U: 508, category E for
self -protected controllers. As a contactor, the integral 32 starter has a minimum life
expectancy of 1.5 million operations. Even after interrupting 100x rated current ten
times, the contactor has a minimum expected life of 500,000 operations at rated load.
Wiring is made easier, only requiring six power wire connections, resulting in fewer
potential field problems. After interrupting short circuit faults, no damage to contactor
or overload relay will occur. This is verified by UL to meet "Type 2" coordinated
protection per IEC 947-4-1.
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 •615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
21

TROUBLESHOOTING
]Do not reset the unit more than 3 times in a 6 hour
period whifle in cooling mode. It will freeze and
rupture the heat exchangers - destr®-Vint the module!
Problem Possible Cause & Solution
No Power Loss of 460 volts. Check all disconnects, fuses
and breakers.
No lights on controller Loss of 460 volts or loss of 115 VAC.
1) Transformer is open. 2) Fuse is blown. 3)
24VDC Power Supply not working or shorted.
High Pressure Fault on Heating
Thermostat set too high or. I Check temperature of water operating 120OF for R
not correctly 410A. 120°F is maximum temperatures unit will
heat.
Not enough circulation flow Minimum flow should be 120 GPMS for 20. Ton
Unit and 240 GPMS for 40 Ton Unit. Pressure
should be 30-40 PSI on header gauge.
Defrost sensor not operating If the unit continues to defrost every.hour and there
correctly isn't ice on the outdoor coil, clean or replace
sensor. Contact factory for assistance with the
defrost sensor.
Low Pressure Fault on Heatlna
Tank water too cold
Restrict circulation flow. To run full water flow,
tank temperature should be near or 90°F. Usually
occurring at start-up of heating.
Fans are not operating in
1) The unit is in defrosting mode.
heating mode
2) Fan motor fuses are blown.
3) Motors have failed.
If not in defrost, all fans should be operating in
correct direction, and discharging from the top.
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129. 615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
22

TROUBLESHOOTING
High Pressure Fault in Cooling
Tank water is too hot
Restrict circulation flow above 900F. To
run full water flow the temperature
should be below 700F. Usually
occurring at start up.
Fans are not running at correct speed
1) Fans cycle on liquid line temperature
through a sensor. All fans are variable &
should be turning, but may be slow.
2 Turning in wrong direction.
Dirty Coil
CLEAN or could cause compressor
-problems.
Low Pressure Fault in Cooling
Tank water is too cold in the system
Increase the thermostat setting.
tank below 350E
The coil in box on module is iced up
1) Turn system to heat and run for 10
minutes.
2) Return to cooling.
This will melt the ice in water coil.
Fans are operating incorrectly
Head pressure should be about 450 PSI
with an R-410A system.
The sensor for the fan may be defective
orspeed control is set incorrectly.
Basket strainer may be plugged
Header pressure gauge should have 30-
40 PSI.
1) If the pressure is higher, the coils
could be iced up, restricting flow.
2) If it is lower, the basket strainer is
probably plugged or a water valve is
restricted between tank and the entering
side of the pump.
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F:615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
23

TROUBLESHOOTING
Low Flow
Restricted basket strainer
Check and clean.
Valves restricted
Verify they are open.
Unit has iced up in cooling
See solution in low pressure cooling
section.
Flow switch out of calibration
Check with factory.
Heaters
Coil or Header does not have heat
1) Breaker has tripped.
2) Thermostat not requiring heat.
3) Water is too hot.
4) Bad heat tape.
5 Loose connections.
Crankcase Heater not hot
1) Blown fuse on front panel.
2) Integral pulled in so auxiliary is open.
3 Heater is defective.
Miscellaneous Problems
Unit runs with some modules in heating 1) Fuse blown on front panel.
and some modules in cooling 2) The 1- amp glass fuse rated at 250
AC reversing. valve is de -energized.
Unit stays in pump down stage _ 1) Fuse blown on front pauel.
2) The 1- amp glass fuse gated at 250
AC, this keeps liquid line solenoid de-
ener ized.
Do not reset the unit more than 3 times in a 6 hour
period while in cooling mode. This will freeze and
rupture the heat exchangers — destroying the module!
Factory Assistance: 615-890-6985
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 - 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
24

TM168 CONTROLLER/EXPANSION MODULE
INPUTS & OUTPUTS
MAIN CONTROLLER OUTPUTS
COM1-2
1 TB 2-3
N01
COMP.1
COM3
2TB2-3
NO3
COMP.2
COM4-5
24VAC+
N04
PUMP
COME-7
24VAC+
N06
REV. VALVE 1
N07
REV. VALVE 2
EXPANSION MODULE 1 OUTPUTS
COM1-2
24VAC+
N01
HOT GAS
BYPASS
COM3
DIL. CONTROL
NO3
DIL. CONTROL
COM4-5
24VAC+
N04
LL SOL. 1
N05
LL SOL. 2
EXPANSION MODULE 2 OUTPUTS
COM1-2
24VAC+
N01
VFD FANS 1
NO2
OVER -RIDE
FANS1
COM3
24VAC+
NO3
VFD FANS 2
60M4-5
24VAC+
N04
OVER -RIDE
FANS2
MAIN CONTROLLER INPUTS
A11
WATER PSI TRANSDUCER
Al2
SUCTION 1 PSI TRANSDUCER
A13 (
SUCTION 2 PSI TRANSDUCER
AI4
DISCHARGE 1 PSI TRANSDUCER
AI5
DISCHARGE 2 PSI TRANSDUCER
D11
HIGH PSI SWITCH 1
D12
HIGH PSI SWITCH 2
D13
HIGH TEMPERATURE SWITCH 1
D14
HIGH TEMPERATURE SWITCH 2
D15
LOSS OF CHARGE 1
D16
LOSS OF CHARGE 2
DICO M
24VAC-
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 •615-890-6985 • F:615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
25

TM168 CONTROLLER/EXPANSION MODULE
INPUTS & OUTPUTS
EXPANSION MODULE 1 INPUTS
A11
SUCTION TEMPERATURE 1
Al2
LL TEMPERATURE 1
A13
DEFROST 1
5V-S
DEFROST POWER
D11
COOLING SWITCH
D12
HEATING SWITCH
D13
RESET SWITCH
DICOM
CENTER OF ALL SWITCHES
EXPANSION MODULE 2 INPUTS
A11
SUCTION TEMPERATURE 2
AI2
LL TEMPERATURE 2
A13
DEFROST 2
5V-S
DEFROST POWER
D11
COMPRESSOR 1 AUX
D12
FAN OVERLOAD 1
D13
FAN OVER -RIDE 1
D14
MOTOR PROTECTION 1
DICOM
COMMON FOR EXP.2 D11, D12, D13, D14
EXPANSION MODULE 3 INPUTS
All
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
Al2
TANK TEMPERATURE
AI3
FREEZE TEMPERATURE
D11
COMPRESSOR AUX. 2
D12
FAN OVERLOAD 2
D13
FAN OVER -RIDE 2
D14
MOTOR PROTECTION 2
DICOM
COMMON FOR EXP.3 D11, D12, D13, D14
D17
PHASE MONITOR
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F:615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
0

TM168923d / TM188E1;I
tTM168*23s
7125800
z
t�,t5s
.-r•+..„cv pc xtv aYY!vt^rarc..rv.4*wIv yUtuv IOJ 1ntS"
egoiprdent.
. Akvays usa a propody rated voltage settling dovlce fo
canram fhe poitiM,is atfwhere andwhen ind cate4.
r Replace"and sa 5irr: aii covers, bdcessodos, hardware,
tables, and X r, and eonfard that a.proper ground.
tonnacgonextsC5 ooforeapplying povrorto ttte��it.
• use onlrthe specified vagage wben operating itas
egdpment and any assveiated Products,
Fellora to follow those.Lnstruetions will result in
death or sesicus injury.
D'
r
TMISBE17
conditions',, as darts to guide do tcference&mat7idei
t}e Fdqu pemant cw cema..
r.utifteztoujoutsonddlegteurde. lonslor correclementr6gid
p+tur vartget qua i'afrifte�Satied est Ceupee et larsque lei
ursbuctions i`=21t.
rRentpacoiet &ez taus tea cadres, a4xessoGaS, cables of
Ms. at yenliez Clue requipeatont est bleb rated a la,tene event
do it ramotNq sous lenswn,
r t uta"isez que la teasfon inergaee pour We laneganner cat
equrperdent Ades ptoduits ossocias•
La ntxt•ra&pactdeces instnrcUons.provoquera la
atom ou des blpssures,grayes.
uranten van aer SRRannungsvafsorgung, Etna Ausnah
Melva. bilden die im itudwarahand'I', des Gerats
angegebenen Sonderbedingungeo.
a Venvenden Sie stets elnertgeetgnelen Spannonowc
um zutnahgegebenen Zei punkt an deraugagabanen
our spannungsbttihelt zu rthetprdtcm,
• Bdilgen$4 aleAbdeckungea. Zubab"ite, Hardwor
Kobel undWhte sicherwtederan undvergawPssem
Sim doss else geeignete Erdung gewahrb>tstei ist, ba
Sie dasGetSt emeut fait Sportnutio vewargen.
r Yenvenden Sie wr den eatheb' des Gerats 5otvia oiler
tPgchdrigan Prddukto ausschrtealich dia angegobone
Spannung.
RIESGO O 'ELECTROCUC16N, EXPLOSION O RISCHIO Di SCOSSA ELMRICA, DI ESPLOSiONE O
ARCO ELECTRtCO Di oFTALMIA,DA FLASH V0143m,�•
0 Dascohae s sodas las hientes dealiinentaddn do Was v hteltare Wgri tenstone tutte to appamuctr ature'indwst 1 +tr tr' tt' t7 l:1it; i:y.+2Fld lYtd6i=ij' oft, ILI
as eyutpos trtluitlos'tos W$pcUilivvs comxtados atdos tt5pesi tv! cotegaa ildma 41 rinluovem %qW� unque <aperCh o
do rauml,$xtniqutor cS+6lertn o puerle otnsEaiar ta:qunat a spartetto, o'p mndl tnstaltarard3stnstdllare nccossoti, a4l') fdf ir:',', P1 I ?r:,stlrl }`,rti4iY':>.f•t r. AI•.
�ciralgtiiaraaesodo:Ttardwaro,cat7leacabteadtisaWaen4'"•�.hatdy+arei,ahviofui irat�d'6'bnepartacptWizrorirsP�lftale-s;ft"rgplTrr�iY!i'�,}„�}'(�'3iJt,l.Ey�'�`i#3i�ttp�ilar(tlLi..� ,
Ias cendicionasespgcificas indicadas en la gufa de netloppo..sta:Gulda hardwire per quests apparacchtotdro Yr',ItdWl!11f 3-;f3
he(divare de esioequipo - r OgMquaivoitanc� uono inaicato dkvarificare to mesa rood. • �:ir' 3t"'rejF°TI;t'eL Rt r�.. 5y.41• tht2&i 7x3, 9Ffi+J.
r UUfica siempfe un dispo�iGvo da detocrJdn de iensibn de lenstane del dispos.Gvi, usare sempro on voltmatm regoiato 4 7r akr:?;:1 cr.9; P_ ul
capacidaa adocuada Para con6rrnsr is ausenaia do parit vabie npminais do misorare; n #t;l ip l; t@ ?kt49.r #. +N}f ldljil f tCw
alimantao&sal@cidca cuanva y doaga sa krddlqutj, 0 Pdma Of appticare to tension art uidti rtmoninro a rissare 14 R .M J9 i�1.4. N ,� �-k-R�
r Vuelv2 ms?isWr y ajar li�das Fas cuhianas. aes;esnrigs. t cope(grtrl mmpotfenii.hardware a i Cool. a yertfinfa anntia
elemental ahetduare ycablesyt»rnppruabe.que Kaye Ia presenza tlt un cotlagaaiento di!afro adegualo,
unatonsubnstieua.adextadaantesdeaptILarr Per ptiiizzaraquestaapparedchiaWraetutu IprodoW
mruneata4adti efbctfjca'a la unidad. assacfati usare W Is tensions spa8ifirata.
r-Apkqueso[oW.tensibnespeeifrcadawandao[itioeesta`timanWSo:ri&patto'di:qutistatstkpzioni ravocharo
equtPo y Ias ptadtdos asoaados, P
rnorta 4 gtavt inf#rtunL
Sf Ito se siguan estas irtsttticeiones proyocara£
lestones r�fayos: o'inctpsdta muode.
_J�gwg. CREW AR
EXPLOSIVE POTENTIAL POTEHTIELD'EXPLOStON. EXPLOSIONSGEFAHR
Installand,o"etts`equipfneptinnoa=hazardous tnstallezatutilseztat.kquipemontdons des,%ogesnot) piesosav*dad nor ingefahranit PunBeroichaninstalliert
iacatlons onty, dangereuses unNuernent. and verwendet werden,
Failure to; follow these Instructions will result in La nott•raspeatdo-mAnstructions-provoquora la Die flichlbeachtung dieser Anweisungan Wild zu
death'.ors'edous-Injury. snort ou des blessurey graves. Tod oderschwerer Karporverletzung.
POTENZIRLE'ESPLOSIVO. POSIBILIDAP-DE EXPLOSION i i.7SHjy%M`
Instalsyutilice,Oil equipoiWaementeenub€cadonosno Instsoltre0olilizzamquestaapparecchraturasolo In.most!
a
ytg°Ztdi f J arp } kt 1T1�E [ro.
i omsas.. non Sescttio,
tno sa sguarrestas instrueeones pr#vocarS 1t m3neato rispetta di questo tsUurtont provoche(n
Inslones.graves o incluso la tnuerte. rnorte o gravi infortunl;
Eisdtrealequipment,0outd be tnsta4led operated, 58tvceit: and maintained only by qualified personnel.
No'responsihufty is assumed by SclinclUer Electric for any consequences arising out ofit a use Of this matetiai,
?t) Les dgeipemenis etedrrr{ues doNent.$t a instalyds, expfoWs et eafratentis.Par un personnel quallP$
SctdierderElectricWassumeaucune 8spansaM to des coasEquencesevenlueilesdaceutantddru0sationdo;cetappareil,
Q) Elelddsche Gerlito dilden. nor Yon Fachpersonal-instaltion, betriehea; gawartet Pact instand gosetzt'werdeo,
Schneider Elecric hiftet eticht filr Sch Idea, Ole aurgnrnd`der Verwendungdiese$ Materials eirtstehen.
s Side el ppeersona! de serYido.walircadapads inslalar, utifizar, reparar y piantener o{ equips eteddca, .
Sdt neider Ele<tfto no asum a las respottsabdtda4esquo pudiaran:surgrr cord* conssedencQa de Ya udLizact&n ds este taatar al.
d Lts apparegchtature etoltpChe dovoao essere. instaiiate, usatQ o nparate soto.da personals qualillcata...
Schneider Electric nonassume nessunatesponsahilito per riva{ungds conseguenza dedva ite datyuso di gtiesto rnatedate.
€4 rrii<i #f f $tFit ##A,fi k# . #7 { tl # i3r51ik l fu7 3 , SehnetderElaciric ?#fijri .
d 2010 Schneider Ele(rk.: it Rights Reserved,'
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • R 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
27

TM.168*23s f TM16BE17
www.schneider-electric.com
A WARNING/ AVERTISSEMENT / WARNUNG / ADVERTEN CIA
i AVVERTENZA i '
'UNINTENTED,EQUIPMENTOPERATION -
COMPORTEMENT INATTENDU DE L'EQUIPEMENT
UNSEABSICHTIGTER BETRIESSZUSTAND DES GERXTS
•Use appropriate safetylrgerrocksvrhere personnel andtor
• Lorsque des risgges de btessu2s corparelFesou de dommagos
.1Xerv:andert SIe geeignata SfcherhoiEssperen,.urenn oine
equipment hazards e7dst,
inatedels et45Eont, ahTisaz des venousde sewrue apprapdes,
Gelahrti2r Parsonaf undloder C.er51e gagehen tar,
r: w6tiand operate Mis equipment in an onclosure
appr6pdalely:rated for its mtended,envirantuent.
• fASIO110Z at atllfseZGei equipernent dans un bo€tier ayont fes
caractilristiques nominates adaptEes,
i Itistallieron and bafrolban Sie des Gerat fn ehtem GahBuso
Spannuag
• Usu the sansor ppovrer supply only tar supplying pavier to
sensors tone. ettad to the modulo,
• Nut87sea l•alimentalton des copleurs quo pour atimenter Jos
capteurs canneries module,
relit geolgneter far dieZfelumgebung.
• Vervenrren Se diet Sonsar-Spa:mungsversorgung aus=_chfieStfdE
.:Pavertina.andoutputcircui(smustbe, wiledand itisedin
au
•WrifiezqueIe.c3biage-&I[as fpsiblesutilisespour Jos eftcuile
zut Versoroung der an dos Modal argesditossa=tan sensate«
.Die -Stromvetsorgungs•andAusgangskreisi mossenin
compliance wish local and national rogulalory
d'alimentallan at do sortie sont contormas aux reglemenlations
flbeteinstimmung:rrat alien anCichen, regfonaleh and
requirements!Oahe rated cunentand voftage of the
Panrtular eryuipmonL
locales it nationales relatives au courant at latenston de
I'6quipemant conceme.
nationalen Anforderungen rat Nennstrom and Normspannung
far des joweirge perAlt venimhtet und. abgasiche(t Werden•
• Use,anty Isolating SELV at Qiass 2 pawerrsupplies to
supply powerandwspad the current itm(tatians speared
• Uillisez uniquamen(les alimentation lsoleas.SELV ou Ctasse
2 pour Nvmtr du coutant et respeclez los linutes'sndJqu$es
. verwDndon sin ausschliomich t�o{ontialryetrorinto Stromvar-
so�vo@en, do SELV oderderflasso 2 entsprochen, and
in this documenC.
daris ce dowmeht,
hallo« Sie die rn dfesom Dokument angegebenen
Use fuses designod to TypaY standards per EEC 60127,
Rerommerided: R!C JDYX210 or Listed
• U66sez des fuslbles conformer auxspedficalionsType T
d€fin+•es la �Recoibmandations':
Strombegreuzungen ein,
JDDZ; these fuses
are:U4retagnlied and CSA appravod:
dans norms )EC 60127 RIC
JDYXZtB ou JODZiiste cesfusitiles sent co lrorrnds Aux
• Wrwenden Ste Sicherungen des Typs'Tttemtia IE.0 60.127.
Einplahlen: RIC JDYX218 Oder Listed JDDZ; die-Sictlemngon
`; • Do not uge this'equipment in solety c. 66tairanchine
norrhes Ulet appmuvesparto CSN
veffOgen Ober UL•Zorlirrzierung vnd CSA>Zulassung.
Junctions,
0N'utll)sex.paseet0,qulpementpourdes-fonciionssensibiesSur
•SerzenWodasferihniclttftirsiehefieitsfvi;isctte
• bit not disassemble, repair, or modify this equipmett,
a Do not cagnecf any whing to unused connections, or to
fa plait do to secudlG.
• tie d€sassemblez pas, ne rdparez pas at ne mod.fiez pas. cat
h9asehinenfunkt.ven ein.
• Ras Produkt dart weder zarfegtnoch repariert odor verdnaed
congecltorisuesignatedasNot Connected -(N;O.).
equllroment,
Wool..
� Failure to (allow those Instructions can result -in
• No 6006Mez pas'do`cables A des connaxionstnutltis8es ou
suerdr.Won Sie keine'nlchtvetweadeten biw. als Nxtit
' death.sarious Injury, or oqu€pmont damage.
d6signees comme non connectoes (,v.C.I,
angeschtossen (N,C.r ausgewiesene AnschWase.
Le non-mspert de tea lnstructtons peut pravoquer In,
Dia Wetttboachtung iliteer-Anwelsungen kattn zu Tod,
rnorC dos biossures I;Mves'ou die domrvi matsrierts.
schwerer)(brperverletzung Oder MateHalscitAderi f0hren.
1`0146014AWENTOINESPERADO Wit. EQUIPO.
FUNZIONAMENT0 ANOMALO
VhOtjUEMIgi'v
. Eh rasp de quo O:dsla riesgo Para al personal a ins.
DELL-APPARECGHiATURA
• z}7 6 r i, fg Nor.; l j F, -1619 �(rtp
egtirpos,ubece losdisposftivos do bloqueo do soguridad
adetaados.
p Ottatu a sdsaistaiCrisdri6 di d6nni of petsa'iate ale, ntte
3 Pa t
a tntafo y utihca osta equip. en arts Caja can capatidad
appoipCtltiature, utilivarugii Interbiocchi di:sicutezza
necessar4
@?t +" : {Y ; r f gnM 2 pcp.:��y:{p'i�.;0iii
All
adocuada pare su entarna,
.UiTcefatuenCorioa�mentaddndaannsofossdlot7ara
0 Insfallare 0 utirrzxare la Preseme Apparectbfatura in un
dab€«olio«foist.«eroltmateadattaairani(ieniediu4lzzo.
.
• #,r{py,., s {-.7xAR.t�. 'IIS X.Ei'{y fL3a<(S ,
alit�entatfas.sensorescdnettadosatn>bdulo.
•.U6fizzarei'allmentaioreserisofisolo per al:merdare).sensori
eitb'}r'.�M_x�ts�rf4s�tsntarrrb�fttg3�{�
{n?•rL, R9'L,ieJ€,t;titrtf$a:yjy7iis4, E tL2p�..,
La Ifnea de alintenmtibn y'Ios drWItosde Salida deb an
estarequipados wn eabtes y fusfbtes quo eumpian Ws
rotiegali-at modulo.
• Peril couagatpeMo a i fusibil'[ dot cir-uiti dolts Wee of
•:,t'�,,#rh(SEtV sc2i.Gryrrt 6"t 4' #tSN"5r•"''C 't':U
`r_91'L53w i,
toga,stosnoaiativasioratasynac6neles(efalivosata
tahiente namiEaF y Io kotisidn dal equip. en cuost� t
olimentazione6dfuscila ossemareimqulsilinormletivftocatT
a na7ionali rafOW Wirt corxept6 a Wla tensiona nomloalf '
r
o s{awJ( pr IEC&0127 �lE T IftiNg7f Ai' . 3£i„: RIC
• UsTice 0niramante fttentes de alimeMAdtin de tonsfdn
dolQappamocpiolura fn oso,
;yN
J DYX29 Jrtt .Wff ,IOAA ik&ia, � S`ri.` �-4 UL U`.:aT`
exl{aba}a da szgirridad (SELV} o dti tease B eisiada5 parA
♦ Usara. solo aliments;tont dl tip} SEW isolate a di Classe 2 poi
111 CSA f'stlk '
'surtinistrara64t6ntu'clbn.yrespotolasltmftadoites
foinirePormonlaziooe6dspatiaref8m(tlnioorrent,specifieafi
ei;S
aduale5'pue SE,espec ficarie.apste doWmO I
to kugslp document6.
a Wiilllcerusibles diseiiadosdeacuerdo cantos O;i dotes
'
0Uzarelusibili praiatn11i per gli standard Typo T c per la norms
eeYwBl%3ilf=r`'k' %.^'`"`.xQ Ill lzY a'`�rb. a7:WP;9-16
de tpo T. segiin las normas IrC60127,'Recomat,6:
EEC 60127• Tiol'taccomandag: RIC JDYYV&0 dalla Usta
RIC JDY� , o de to fists JDDZ, EstosiusibteSOS tAn
recanpeidospomiULyapmOados.partoOSA.
JDDZ; quosli fusibOE sono dconoscluU UL a approvati do
cendirazio6a05A.
0 No rillca rite a�i iga anrundones 00 maquinada rt'ittaas
• Non utlizzare 14 I reseale, apparecmlahna in condlztont dL
���¢
pars la sagudda ,
s Wrezza criuche
• No desmorrW, iopore 01 mudifique esie 41UIoo.
a Non stpbntarri,rtparara a modiftcato I'appareechlatura.
, _ _
.06;coneclonlrig6n,cobj4 a,caoeziopas.namilizodasp_a,
Non_collegare,alcun:gbiagpio;rlle corrnession4nutiiiztale.o.
0
Thls.dooumentprovldas fnstagawn kishvegans only; Refer to Nardwarfl Guide EIOODOMD533 for complete: M168 conuNlerset up and operation instructions,
Ce document no fournil,qua des lnstruclions d1nstalfallon.
Cuiisuftez le = Guide Jer6farence ddtfu3terii t SJOW00000533 pour des iashuGtlons.cpmpte4tes sur to confuguragon of le fonctfonneinent du conin leur M768.
Wesas Dokumant entmitaussGh[iefAicg H nv a se;xur InsialWidom
Dataiifiertt3ArtWktsutVon zurE4onligutalionund zom emrPebdotspeldtarprdf}rammierbaren Sletierung.Mf66linden Ste im ttariiwarehanddurh EID0lX1000tl533.
Esfe documenur s6€a proporciona frt tmcdones do l stalacl6a.
Can suite la gufa deP itdwarQ'E1006GO000633 pain obtenerfnsbmr}anescerilpletsssabre, la eon6gtaoci6ny of fundanam(enta dot cantreladorM188,
- west6:dbcumonto fomis66 solotsirtizion di in5talfezfotie:
Fare rirerfr ieato at manuale Gulch "totm '6t000f W5;33 per istruxlonl to plele sulia—Jiguraztonee-51..zi.namenlo dot c.niratrer M168,
1 1Rt�",t {feA. >e 5rM196fi_}�Wr� pt { { sA. i%P4's3 *MWi E16w6GO01533�
AMt 0E20o AM1 DP200 AMI E0200
iECIEN 60715 ?
JfT�T'-"4J 2&
0,59 0:3Q 1750
0.
r
10 f0
... 0.39. '0.33. .
a
TF �_ �ti+
rntn�
O,DB:i«5
0,?5.,.2.5
0;25:.t,5
2xm25._Zx0,75
AWG,
20-14
24,,.14
24... is
2x 24...2x v§
Use copper conductors only. Ltse shielded ea bles for Modbus.
VbUriseZ cave das conducteurs cufvm. Ufi ser des cables blirid6s pour Modbus.
fur.Kepteilsiter verwencien, F& Modbus geschirmie Kobel vervenden.
$610 util"ce canductores de cable, Ublice cab es blindados pans Modbus,
tjsara unieam, enle conduttori. In ratne. Usare"At schemiad per fete Modbus
Rivgig,ft, t- MadWs l WI;79y ri-d&
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 . F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
28

TMI68*23o / TMI68E1.7 -Www.schneider-electric,com
TIV16.81323 TMI881323C
w I -IF 4 W, W,
-YR
. . . . . .....
-rnji4a*r%69^
I'Mal wook
I bbck
bw
a) bbCk
MW wd MaSzKoal 110!
I*rg W4 polaftsqqa
podtfifftmQ do'"kad Orly)
TNf10WRdG
-F
IUSB Wii
fi
6 0.) d) & 6
for 041ar dag5tva
WArIalogavognbe
iste tqr SerWI6 M861. WW
Jarminlemrg and Polwloa=4.
..VBUS)
ftwWWkwpq'%'Igd
American Geothermal - 1037. Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 - 615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - www.amgeo.com
29

TM16.8Q23*./ TM16'8E17
1AAA..1 —h-64-1
Serial communication i Communication s6rja I Serielle:K6mmunikation I Cornunicacit5r; serie lComunicaZione seriale I T AUR
not 00nn ed f non cdnnect&
nicht angeschlossen I m coneclado;
4 W01 0-0 MRj45 non collegajo
DIP switch configuration'.1
Configura . tion des commutalaurs Dip
-SM16 I ON Modbu� I terminated
Ctjjitniutaiteur 1:ON:. Modbus I termind
JsWltCh 2 ON Madbus 2 terminated
Ca,"Mutateur 2, ON.Modbus 2 lemtin6
Switches 3 i0d 4,ON:
14000s 2 polarized
COMI-Atilitat6i 3 at 4 ON
Ur$ Modixis 2 potatl&i
Configuracl6n del conmWador DIP_
Schaller i. 51N;Modbu!; I teiminjart
cl?nm6tador I en:ON: 1,4664s I terrmnado
Schaper 2. EftWod1bus 2 termlnted
S;h tier 3 and 4 EIN,
00nmQta&>r 2 en ON: Modbus 2 terminado
hIcidbus Zpdladska
Modbus 2 poarizad . o
configuiazionezw4ch Dlp�
Dip ff')cMW
Swi#ch'1 ON:
S I con teeminazione
To I rl" Modbus I Qt,'
Switch
h 2 ON:
Modbus �*caft terrohlaitone
A�", 2.)za: klodbvt;241;M
30 ,� 3 AT 4 Mod.bu s.2 IRI),
Switch ld 4 ON; Modbus'2 pojarjjzdjo
'T Y_ "k i; o F'?._n Z
OP
01
ATV 21
I I RJ45
VW3A8306R.. RJ45
(1103 fl = 0,3 in i O. 98 ft)
(RID 0=1 m/.3,280)
D ! I (R3- 3 m,9.84 H)
I R145
VW3A8346R** RJ45
(RIO 1= 1 M(3,289)
(R30 : I w 3 m i 9.84 to
EXP.,+ : Signol + I S19661 + I Signal + i Sefial +1 Segliale + 1.
Cable:
Cable"
Exp­' Signal - I siignal - I Signal - I se6af - I seg"ate - I Q lf7j
GNO : common I commun I c6enmoni com'vne I 11R, 41VA
raaTUCANCxy
available In
T6XCA1Mty
Le table e)dsfi en
:Dipswilch co,�"P1atioft,
6 ON3US terminated
i4
�
TMI68GDB vatStaoos
.dart=dd,W.tch
Vesfons W,A
Conflg6rpto� des domrwta(eur� DfP.,
8 Flame resistant
U - Heavy Dkfl)�
8 - tgr4fook
D - Pa charges z at on
Commutaltour 5 ON, ExpWs t&rnln6:
ona vanouslengills (y):
imusmurs longueurs (y)
DIP-Schaller-Konfigutationz
in (W.OZ�ft).
M -pDa 5t) R
Schaper 5,. EIN: SiSUS.Iermlnien
100 - far 100 M (32a I ft);
100 -pow 100 Tr&
Configorati6r; det conmuled& DIP.
300- for.300 m (984.3 ft).
SW- pwrMrn,
0driffilLAWOr 6 on: ON: EiPBUS Wimlinado Cable
ON ExpBUS con tarltlinazona
Kabol,
Coble:
Cava:
*.M
Dt
TSXCANr-xy. TSXCANCxy
Des Kakel Ist in vwscbfoamiin 91 cabloesth disporiiblp en
Ve d1ferentoSNTr*h0n"4X):
TUCARUY
it cave adisponibile
'1SX0ANjCX1j4�gj
Ml*_a i; 1�
in Valle vmlolli 1#
4%3%
10 0lS6tq 1 V6iiU'fld*e /An Molay I Para mastrar I Devi"lizzare f,fAj F�
A-
8 - Feftibestandjg
-A-EslAndar
B - Res"Stente a la Noma
A -Standard
a - lileugo
A - tfigi
GND.,C&.'4mn
D - Gran re
. I swencla Y
D - Robusto, (Hemry Duty)
-k
\(dc pa*ef.sup
24 V,,VS
:. , , junq fm. 0 ft- lad 4 V &,"T'
Dar6ber "au!� steheh
diferlent.1gs (ongitteles W:
"'_Pahk offi""
Al vane lunghene
fyi:
D - 1-41 rk" A 4
Alknenlmor6 a 24 Vdc124 Vdc ejl
K0 �ft .�Av,,1 (
100 , Para 160 M,
50 - per 56 1,
zo-Ql` 50
;= I','.rID
I00-t60n
AQO-Pam44Pin,
100-peri0opr,
160-t'7'i00
Mo - WWII M
300 7 pior 300 m
30a - J�T� 300'�K'
Xf#",`j Power Supply I Alimentation Sparmungsversorgung.1 Fuente de alimentact6n I Ali , mentazione I
20_40 V
(9 2,5 A. Type T fuse I Fusible 2,6 A Type'r I Sich erting 2,5 A, Typ T, flin k
Fusible do 2,5; A, do tipo, T I Flisibile dzi Z6 A di Upo T 12.5 A T q_g Vjgj
L
(V) TMI 68#23* �4. V Inputs I TMI 68 o2ao Entr6es 24 V I TMI 6842.3o '24-V-Eingllnqo I TMI 68*Z3 *,gritradas de 24 V I
TMI 68#23lo jingressi a.24 V /,TUI 68*23* 24 V jhWk
Connection example for 341re PNP
active switch I Fxemole de connexion
ftri i1ommultateur 6clif PNP 3 510
Ansclilussbeispiel fur
aRtWentl-adrigam PNP-Schalteri
Ej6mpld da'6on6x!6r'1A are
P5 P conmutador activo Cie 3
66ndti&ores /'Esernpio di connessione
or Uh inteau"ore altiV4 PNP a+3 fill 1
tk PNP
+ P . N . Fr
+
'j, nrn
1.
7"
...........
---- tl
(1) Q5 A to st-bldw fuse f
Fusibile ad atone rapida
A,'Frihk6.Schmefzsi'therungO,SA/Fusibt6,YtVidodOG.SA(
(YI
Connection example for3-wire NPN
active switch I Exert le cis connexion d'un
Cornmuleteur 6c6f NPN a fits I
Anschfussbeispiel fOr I
aktiven 3-adrigen WN-Schalter I
Ejelmplo de conexi6n Or!
cOnn'ttitador activo NPN de 3
condutlores 1. Esemipic, di connessioneper
un intwruflore attido NPN a 3 fill /
3. NPN %1;ff -X-0ij­JP, Vl�
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 - 615-B90-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - www.amgeo.com
30

TIVII68E1T Dry Contact Inputs i TM168E17 - Entr§es contact sec /
TiN168E17 Freie Kontakteingange./ Entradas de.contactosin pofencial TM16SE17 /
TM'16SE17-Ingressipercontattiltberi!'iM168E17 �i$�,;�SSB
Note; Only on 110 Expansion modute TM168E17
'tRemUniquementsurlemoduiedexenston des ES TM168E17
IiiaisqNur bei EA-ErveiterunUsrnQ61 TM'68E17 r
Nola.;Wo1 :en mddulos de am1oli3c16n de EIS TM168E17
i Nota Soto sui modulidt espanione degli VO TM16t3E17 tt „
110 st FEt,4:f;j� TM16BE17 i 4i
..
�5
t
�
rvE^-'--01G4TAL
fNPI77S--k� i
A GAUT1ON / ATTENTibN / AGNTU..NG. I AVISO'IATTENZIONE
'INOPERABLE EQUIPMENT
EQUIPEMENT iNOPERANT
SETRIESSUNFAHIGES GERAT
Do nof.connect an exlemal power supply10 the
Ne conneotez pas une:ef tnentalion exleme aux EIS
Kelne extemb Spaonungsversorgung an die freien
dry eontactti0aftneExpansionModule digitalinputs;
-
contact secdesenfieesnumtriquesdumodule
KontSkt•E7AderDlgitaieingitnge, des Enveiterungsmoduls
d'extensiop.,
anschliersen:,
Failure•tolollolrr theseinstructions'ean.result
to, non -respect ae Cos. Instructions petit pr6voqu0
Die Nlchtbeachtung dleser.Anweisungen Kann ztr
inInjury-or equipment damage,
des blessures omdasdommages7 materiels.
Kbrpervertetzungen Oder Materialsch3den fuhren.
EQUIP.O' NO QPERATiVO
APPARECCHIATURA.MON FUNZIONANTE
No co iecfa u ie tuente de atime itac do exlerna a; la
Nap coliebam un alimenlatore 6sterno ai contatti libed di 1[0
FJS del eootacto sin potenpai de las entradas digitales
dagfi irgressi'digitali dei moduo di espanslone.
EW IN
de los mbdulasoo amptiaa6n.
Si no siguen estas instrucciones pueden
11 rnancato.rispetto di queste istruziont pub
producirse lesiones personales o datlos en
provocare Infortuni 9 danni aile apparecchiature.
el 061po.
Q_ Digital Outputs 1Sorties num6riques 1 Digitalausgiinge.I Sa[idas digitales i Uscite digitalil 0*lpft
TM16t3s23e
F
I7771
VRELitYi/iTPUS a v
Y i �
mg I
r" al i ti
`�'�`
a
u`'2 0 �+. � o � g_ r �•.__.,
,
(4) !3) (f) !�) (3) (1).
L L-._+ L(2) + L L ri *L L (2) L L(?)
TM'{68E17
v a RE LA{f OUTPUTS
' j M •,. M„Ac�' uN t{O� F xOg "f; j (�
(1) (3) (3) (3)
+ - llL + L. (2) t 1. t. * L. L (2)
(21_ (2).
(1) 5 A max. fuse! 5uslble;6 A max Sicherung mitmax. 5 A 1 (2) Protection for inductive. bad ,.t,)U U.
Ftisibleimdximo de 5 A 1 Fusl6iie 5 A mail! 5A Cyul � j;r{izrt) Protect c Ypourcharge inductive
(3) �U+f
8 A max fusel Fusible 8 A max! Sicherung alit max_ 8 A I Schutz fur onduktive Last r
Fusible m$ximode. 8AiFusibilegAmax l8A�1 ii kjie1 ? a) Proteccizinpara'cargainctyctva
(4)10 A max fuse I Fusible 10 A maxi Sichenmg alit max t0 A P. Proteztoile per caeca indullivp
Fusible M,z me ;qe 1 Q A l F0sibAe 0 A t}tax / 16 A
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F:615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
31

68. 23o / TM1,6.8EI7
Analog inputs: voltage. mode
Entrees analogi'ques.:-mode tension
Analotgaingange: Spannungsmodus
Entradas aii lbgitas: Modafided de tensi6n
tggressr:analogini: Modali(A di tensione'
#k#ktwffox.- Iiko'.
Analog Inputs; Current mode
Entrses analugiques : mode. courant
Anatogaingtinge; Strommodus
Entradas analkgicas: Modalidad do corriente
Ingressi analagict:IMadaift3 di corrente
#1T#kt�3f�?.: E�:ni#fit
E 3 Analog. outputs. l Sallies anatogique's7 Analogausgnge ! Saiidas.anal6gicas4 Uscite.analogichC t 0419 t
1jValtagelcurientactuatorlAclionnrurtenslonlcourant tSpannungs-/Strom-Stellgtied 1Actuadordelensi6ntoometite !
,Attuatore tensioneloormnle Y tur/ftWin. iF g,
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 •615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
32

Pump & Compressor Starter & Overload
II WARDSIOf hOAAR FC ASH K RPEVL O.'PON OV OCUiION, OERANR VO LOSI TRL9CREM pELWflOO DESCARCA g15CW0'P(gCARMA ELErYfi1CA, Onnuia*a nnpaxaxpnn
E7(pLOgtON, OR AAC FIASI/ O'EMpKOgjbN OU gCF1EAG,E%PLOg10N UDER ELECTRIC/+.,EXPLOg(6N ESPLOWNEOARCOELETTRICO iMnpuxepax4 naafi, axacxacee
®— DIsiOMOLK.a¢P.h.arlicro:V O•ARCELECTRIOUE L1Ct1T60GEN OARCD ELFCTRIC4 Sa�eyese.raygxxmio do cdiii w bni Mnx aCnaN%xA
AuPT.arM1. CWpex lwFna 4aari!norrtjV Ts VcsdPFa Ai^citPn am Qots al!a Oes $Gp ld:asfaP aGmaatacl5nds grGci, di NsavinUatW,e Pdma dl RaPP.T aGCR'rk}�9alatF4 {N�evaxtou
tpgow tti a1 _, tnan(deka 1,icr s;n.,rraP�a tl, $pFni;In svn. argJnpSn _usctvskn. &�ica do ntartyNar ci };owctn: Wobtesi (nlGic:rto, yti'gtNfcce.,nd r+nxnvo a*rinrim,.n:
;� fn Wctloni wm rodutt in-deiiry Le non•roapest da us nl9 tilchibelchtuRg tlka r. 9i fist atguin aatAs Il msrtcaY91{IP91t0 d; pusste Fkcobnwgaxxi alxa xx
� p Of taAd118In/ary. IMI(aG4Faf,4 ! 61"I, A *.k n cspyx m
ttVV Pr°'�°ttuaf 1 $(tgen tOtu/za Tnd ader (n{Etucdapra Provow+d lgiionIIs tawtiaN provochirP MoAeo np„apyia cuaRTM Mnq eeR{,eaiwk
�n ou.ass bla6sur9syrivea; sahairar K&par,YirWtzurcg,. grAY alrtGuso to M—tr . grrrl lx-4d L tpAaua.
m 6
} ~mA
�LUCAILUGB
LUCCJLUCD
»LUCa•,� '`^y, 0 l a - � � Click)
14.
'� t � . \ ( "" i. \ � Fa. \ t� ; VAY.S•Chr,FiddfRigCFfIC.Cdnl
LU912lLU832j� 1. ' li Isa:t5p
\x7i r
ad A Ir(t LUCK41
F`
Q a 0r a Q1 h�"
4 i
^`
LUB1291 LU8324
J �
CU9BN91
'}
Tdait$rrra8na:c Faditrasided: �kn:Lemom w¢e8 uno.sury�tomc4!
in' 4 �.� AUs1,dPs,gstOst txi�Rttaflson tldAssSPmi.lts:da dspara'pot eataethferiskiedt
O.fB�. Tapt da sCWcm .td�T?vataNe/R
�y 511)
tie fwaopfie nCnPa ramp vmnn*Naonyaw enn npx atryrxamn
P V ray Vr P a . � 0 0
tfd}� 45. w_ a : 67tRYq sd3st Ir I ar
.l IV
i 0p �.r \` ;¢3(f psxnna d; tDatl laplf(Tant4dk acpemrdta tc$une smaMvgg nam3quof sSaN Dalaa nSUM
alfck4 fib g�.- 0 ".•` L7ar scsUan Ciu asYomsliosi ga am seordcar,Ya tdrr oattost cfEbbao dopo xxaawim tarrtwrol'
rpMPM fWW..PM6N b, caR3aiMY1a ,B'V,DaolA MN'PYJaca ..
LU9SPo IT u If
❑ :9t a K2 C 42 4, ' ' �'r r A:rzr Te11 t
15L Q r i ��r
r t
R G 4 .Y '�.r3`�' L{{}�w ': Tact rfp-thArina;ovsrbad boil bFeAe+SLid LUGS, LUOC drLUGD;T6M tro ddc�vncPtertgntggwLy $una uvcberrggc
K t I�d,Fem q.icpm LUCB L4CCrAl tl7C0 a°reNc JAtnldaungafesl9a(gClf.9d Mef LlcP,(s+.9taA I169dastduKh GUC6.
iii tUCC Oder LUCO.demRSpGannung$voreorSd WeaHen/T s(do dsparo tras sah tsa idm,So, por LUC8: LOW.
LucQEtinlanatdl Tas(dlePlors d0p laNaflariCl l4nIlC3IFdIr9:9"LU,.B L11Cf:PLUCO nU, 9lata'
1}Q� tIg .w"� .n I 1 R,504ePnfi woxttpa amA>tbWi>x,RpP annawP eappr,yfu l,Gnnwnisn Yc:FwvmOLllCB,WCC—LU.
r "
tdadd comdiria9tYn i
w 0 1T Nn, P' n!rRIUe 0.nn;10 sY t P P
tvih edactar.LUC'SPD: 4^��• `cx L
a•af n ns ancr V' 4hr
Y
S 0, it @]b,:' 7, t0 maw i3.R QttF i fe rrm,- 1..Amm
t0 ,i00rvn 'OJrsrsf
2dA�
�.
AVJti ftl 0 wL110, ld 01014.E A`At2fd ta. Awt3iSa.B AiNO tg id
ON..L�X,21ax 00.SOin.
P1 F.Yi.
9N.„LGmar,�„K./S rmY 070y,-may./ g lrvYtQ7S, wn' F7g m :0.TG 15 x
tm ' g5 eaRs
t N.n
1.1.
y
A1pT.,A.Jd Ctb`,,.10 AiHCSC.;,i6 AY,V16't$ A14G4.,1a;AWOW1 .10
d<0'w.R0."OkD0.i;fa.taxman
andLUasrwxa
LUBV01 LUB32a
fly
LU9C1 LU9BN11
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
33

� Quick StartGuttle-ATV312
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK; r=XPLOSION, OR ARG PLAS1
Read and understand.this quick start guide before performing any. procedure with'this drive.
. The'user.is responsible foe compliance with alGinternationai and national electrical code requi4ements with respect to grounding of all
equipment
Manypartsof thisdrive, including the printed circuikboards, operate at the line voltage. DO NOTTOUCH. Use only electrically insulated tools.
DO NOT touch unshielded components or terminal strip screw connections with voltage present.
DO NOT short across terminals PA f+and PC/-oracross the DC bus capacitors.
• Before. servicing the drive:
- Disconnect all power, including external control power that may be present.
- Place a"DQNOT TURN ON"labelonalipowerdiscotip2ets,
- Lock all power disconnectsinthe open position.
- WAIT 15MINUTEStoallow the DCbus capacitors todischarge
.
-• MleasurethevoltageoftheDCbbwbdtweenthePA/tandPCf-terminals toensure that the voltageisless than 42Vdc.
If, the CSC bus capacitors do not discharge ccomoletely, contact your local Schn.eiderElectric representative, Do not repair or oporate
thiedrive
• Install. and close all covers before.applying: power orstartingandstopping the drive.
Failure. to follow these instructions will result indeathiorserious,! ury.
ECectrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified personnel. No responsibility is assumed bySchne€der
Electricfor anyconsequences arising outof the use of this product,
Inform atiortibelowis.designed. to use sing ledrlveconnected to.singlem. otorwthamotorcablelengthlessthan90motors (164ft).
In any,othercase; consuitthe ATV312 installation manual (BBV46391) and programmingmanual(BBV46385) onwww schneider-eiectric.com.
Check the delivery of the. drive..
Rd move ATV312from the packaging and .check that it has not been damaged,
WARNING .
notoperate; orinstall any driveor drive accessory that appears damaged.
lureto foliowthese instructions can ros;4If in,death,' serious inju. ry, or equipmentdamage.
• Chedrt�hatthednve:referenc;p?anted;onthelalaelmatchesthodeliverynoteanii:correspond'mgpu,rchaseorder. AIV31H(17M3
Write thedriveModel Reference: arid5erialNumber, _ 0w,37kW-Q,5iP-220/24QVw
Check the line voltage compatibility
• Checkthatthe.iirieitoltagoiscompatiblewiththdsupplyrangeofthedrive, i uflostitzttan
Linevoltage.-Vglts / Drivevgltagerange---Volts -
Ddverahgea ATV312.... M2=2001240Vsingiephase 1&M2e:ooeM3=200/240Vthree-phase,
ATV312«.,. N4=38d/500 V thre'e-phase / 4TV312 ... S6 = 525/600V three.phase
Mount the drive vertically
For asurroundingairtemperature upto50°C (122°F)
G ,
s '
.{ zz V-1
(a) %50 mm.(2 in.)
.(b) >, 10 men (0.4 In.)
See instaliatiottnienual (BBV46391) on www.schne€der-electr€atom forotherthermal conditions.
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
34

4P:Co,hnect power wiring
• Wirethedrivdtothegroun.cl.
eCk circuit breaker rating
or fuse rating (seeSCCR annex)
conipatible.with the drive voltage.
Motor.valtage Volts.
Wire.the ' drivelto the motor.
Wire the drive toAhe line supply.
ATV2'1 �2 0 a
.AT4t312:e * VM3
G
AWMe *,eW. 03 1.2 Nm
ATV312o-
HK
0 Connect control wiring and
select control configuration:
0al ort
jREMOTE configuration]
rat (Control by ext&nal reference)
• Ensure SW1 = ISOURC& Cu
HS—'
• Wirethes,Peed,reference-
&
-Virethecornmand-
Control commm02-wire.,
Contr lcommand3-wire:
�7 0
'ASW- tN�'
ED5
i
7.,
0
vR
"TUAY L
L
L11: forward
Lll:stop
L12. reverse
U2: forward
LIx: reverse
[LOCAL configuration)
(control by internal reference):.- ,.
Do: 0+0+0+11��"
OApply poWertoIhe drive
Ensure that Logic IhpUts are notactive (see Ul; U2, Ux).
• App!yAtfirstppw'p.dW6rtothedfIva.' ENT
• drive rr 5 h (3-wire Contra!) or d'�f enupiihe"' displays di C2 -Wire controD,. after pushed Q drive displays6Fr.
Ontiextstaitupsth4dtiVedisplayt;.nSL- orr:dY--
CodqDescription
-717actbrysettinq
�tomer
�settinE14
A
IStphdarid mot. freclj,
Sta4clartl motor frequency(Hz)
S [Rated motor volt.]:
Nominal motor'Voltage on maLor naT�e
drive.rating
[MOTORCONTROL]
_5 [Rated rnotorfreqj.
N6minalmotorfrequdncyonrridtortiameptatd(Hz)
R C'r
(Rated mot. currentj-Nominal motor current on motor nameprate'(A)
drive rating
[Ratedrnotorsppec].
Nominal motorson m2,t gr nemtp!ate Crpm)
r
driverating
[Mo or
Nominal motorc (p on motor nameplate
drive rating
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 - 615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - www.amgeo.com
35

[4 -PT9RCONTROL]
During ,auto -tuning, the motor _ ope
rates at rated
dUtpent.
• Donots6rvicethemqt4?roqri"gauto-tuning.
F;IiturOiOt011Pwthese ltistrodionsWillresultin.death
•
orserib6shijury,
Set,,. asicparameters
5; F r5j n C r . Ali, S,Pv,,, P. r atfd XG 5
V
Th e'Nominal.Motorftrameters U ri S, F r- S, h C r, n 5 F, ry P r and
C USIMust be tdirractly cdnfigured befors stattiriosuto-tanino.
If one or more of these parameters is- modified after auto -tuning has
been performed, b U h will return to ri a andthe procedure must be
tepe?ted.
will resuftin death or
Menu
code
Description
Factory setting
Customer
R-E C
Setting
—
. Acceleration time (t)
d'E r
[Deceleration]:""-__
3. a
Distetetatickn time 0)
S'8 k -
.1SETTINGS)
L SIP
M.otdrfiequ4ncyatMihim,urtireidrenco(14z)
145P
[Hjgb speed]: -
,
So. 17
M otor fr4equency at nmimurn reference (H7.).
I t_ 14
[Mdt;1h9rm.current]::
drive rating
ONPUTO-A) TPU
tj :r.S'C-FGJ
[ReftrSdaSSIgn.l.
Reverie as� nj;�qnt
F u;n -'>,P 5 5
[2, pres,
P
[PRESETSPEEDS]
5 j
[4preset:SOSWS]i
L 11q
[Summing ref 21
0,
input.
R 12
G.Set 'control choice
:r it L-
Fr I.
EWA 6anhell:
'Re?drenco'c'Olitrol
..
f?. ILI I
tCOMNANbj
IT 112R I 3
[214wirecontrol]..
7_,!re(factorY$dttinq)
"
Ts
-[1NPU-fS/OUTPU i::FG).
Co!nmandc.onifo'i
3 C: 3-wire
.
fit
[REMQTE'configUratfon] tLOCA4cqt)fi'guraUonj
(Factory setting)
Its '000 0
'�*O. QF1 1, Y10
i�aciorysettlngs of parameiers: =LG, E
F T= R I I
Factor settingsof pararnefers:
'Y @
Fr I -_` R I V I
rrS = L IL
5.1
0
P54 = L Iq
' [autixrt frequency} (Hz}
Startthemotor
American Geothermal- 10370idSalem Rd. -Murfreesboro, TN 37129-615-890-6985- F:615-890-6926 - www.amgeo.com
36

Menus structure
Refer to the programm ng manual (BBV46385)forcomprehensive mehu descriptions.
Adash appearsaftermenucodes todifferentiatethem from.parametercodes,
Example:.
[SETTINGSj(5£E -),. RCC,parameter.
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
37

TANK PLUMBING
�+ `,
�W A•4
EiMAL
ouWNer, mavfarcrux®en, aEv oan:
S.HicKEM- Z70—TANK-02 472213
20-40 AHP TANK
PLUMBING
SHEET i a>`
YIT9ti+C TR CP+rRi W rW41G8'N'oPc*Wt
TANK.
s"R�s� aMpILLLBXTENNX1i�1MTN
<LSJ IN9UlnT1ONj
SYEHT
TANK WITH Y i0p&f INODUT"WALM W(TH WHITE FAINT
—------- _—_— ----_
1
1
C 1
r
1
1
!
1
I
1
1
!
1
=02�j�zsl;�}M
1 !
1 1
1
Y 1
( 1
i I
t 1
1 I
1
L----- —_—J_----- ------- _1
40'TON A.IR SOURCE HEAT PUMP
FILL VALVE F!LL.
--—r---- ---------- 1
1. 1
1 I
t I
1 1
C. 1
1 1
! i
-- -----------1
20 TON AIR S.Otik2CE HEAT PUMP
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 - 615-890.6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com

wp►,R'iViiF�F�ARI`I'
�k'4t�Vff�}y�yM�yN�.�,�,}r�u�3y'�yi�}�
S�'t+. u�K �.
fa}pSpn�Y�t tr�ert
$�
gg.
w�.� M.
t�iRa.
aswr,TZ
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 •615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
39

r VENT
2"
INSULATION
(MINIMUM)
I (
i (
fl
I I
II
I. PIPING MUST RETURN TO THE
( I :BACK OF TARK'FOO PROPER.
MCULATION.OF.FLUb AS
I 1 SNOWU N FIGURE;t
it
I
)I
12" ' '12"
MRETURN
PIPING IS
EXTERNAL IT
MUST BE.
INSULATED
oWWNDYr
oxnwu�ICwrtm[Ni
R[V OA[G
.I�lyagzcwN
s. ,,-.,RD
A.RP-ZANY.-o4
o�aaa3
gEOT ERNAL
20-40 AHP HORIZONTAL,
TANK
2e26 DR[pIFQ Z8 P[a�Y1CTAifYllm 86ALL pn! DL
g[tan 6a FZS MFA]Ra DSetiA.m 'N PZIxIRY-
z*xxcvs,xsi ccc[Isx a u axcw amiasuv.
SHEET 3 OF A
UNITSIZE
SUCTION SIZE
RETURN SIZE
20 TON
2"
2"
40 TON
3"
3"
Optional For } .,
�temal {
+ II
r II
II
2"INSULATION. f )
!/ (MINIMUM) i l
11
� f1
I7
q1 1 f° e
xa
05l,�� 08 :a a o
COUPLINO:SIZES
1. 3" COUPLINOjBATCH)
2. (RETURN) SEE CHART FOR SIZING
'3, (SUCTION) SEE CHART FOR SIZING
4. z".CbUPLING (FILL)
5.1 PL" COUPLING (THERMOSTAT)
0.112" COUPLING (PRESSURE SWITCH)
T:. 3" VEtaT.(1 Ll1RGER TRAN FILL)
8. MANHOLE (OPTIONAL)
:NOTES;
TEMPERATUREIPROSE TO. BE INSTALLED NEAR FILL AND
SUCTION
BATCH LINE.OUT TO BE INSTALLED HIGHER THAN.
sutwNLINE
OWECTS 1; 2 .3t4 ARE ALL GAVE
VALVES
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F:615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
He]

J-OA"W*��W
AmEgicAm
711171c]KFORD lAJHV-TANK-Q511r9;43
'4`;,F0WE.qNAL
20-0 AHP
v T
VERTICAL TAM
$HMT 4. OF 4
PIPING MUST RETURN. TO THE BACK';017
TANK F.6k PROPER CIRCULATION
4d. I'd jz^-
V INSULATION.
(MINIMUM) \
�(Wrrgim
sUQTI0N.mzE
RETURN SIZE
2"
V
40 TON
3!.
0.OUPL1lNd:SlZts
1. COUPUNG. (BATC14)
2..(RETURN) SEE C14ART FOR SIZING.
I (SUCTION)'SEE CHART FOR SIZING
4. 9" CoWpUi4q.,(FjLL)
fia 112 "POUPLINQ {THERMOSTAT).
0'A,1Z'COv PLINGJORE$SURE.SW)
-
7,3" VENT (11" LAROWTHAN FILL)
8. MANHOLE., .(OPTIONAL)
NOTES:
7
Optional
For
D
External 2
0 'o
p' For
Extern nal External
II
i II
al
a it
II
o II
II
0 0 2 0
116
50: tj 0� 03 04
TEMPERATURE PROBE 70'BE INSTALLED
NEA.FILLAN66UCTION
BATCH, LIWOUT TO BE INSTALLED
HIGHEKTHAKSUCTiIDN. LIME
OBIECTS-11, 2, 3, 4:ARE-ALL GATE
VALVES
EXTERNAL. IT MUST BE
. INSULATED.
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 - 615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - wm.amgeo.com
41

I
POWER SUPPLY
INSTALLATION MANUAL Models: MDPxx-xx-I
DIN Rail Power Supplies 15W — 50W
SAFETY ALERT FOR YOUR SAFETY; READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE MSTALLATIO.N AND OPERATION,
NOTICE: Products are not lobe used nor are Warranted. in aerospace, nuclear, medical patient connect, or life sarety applications.
This manual is subject to change wtthout prior notice Forany questions please contacC vnvw.micronpower.com
General Electrical Information
a.. Temperature. Range:
b. Output Power Derating;
G. Free .Air .Space Requirements:
d., AC.input ;line voltage Range.
e, Operating Humidity'Ra11
- Models in blue foal below are approved I
Operating: -10 to +60 0C max. Storage: -251a +85 °C,
From +45 to +60 "C Berate lineady from 100W to 50% load
25 mm both above attd.below unit
Gorlfnuous train 10Q-240VA C (710f0 *0).
-Output Adjustment
Connections
ModelNumber
Output Power
factory Setting
(via screwdriver on
Efficiency
(Screw Terminals on
afls Max
Yalta a.f Currenb
front oriel
t ical
standard units
MDP15-12-1
15W
12V @ 1.25A
10 —14V
78%
AC Terminal wires:
12-22 AWG
t4FDP15.241
1$w
24V@0,628A
22-28V
$1°gyp
(3.31-0.325mm2)
........
DC Terminal wiros:
12 14 AWG
(3.31-2.06.mm2)
MDP30-5-1
20W
5V,@ 4.0A
4,5 — 5:5V
751A
�
—
AC Torininai wires:
MDP30-12-1
30W
12V @ 2.5A
10 -• 14V
844`0
12-222 AWG
(3.31--0.325. mint)
s�Tw
ar�w
ty try
__M 14—ltiu
°
DC Terminal woes
(3:31-2.OB m1112)
MDP30-24-1
30W:
24V a 1.25A.
22 — 28V
85%
MDPSQ 12,1
Bow
.12V Q 4.17A
10 —14V
83%
Usa all terminals (°)
AC Terminal wires'
12 22AWG
NIpP50 24-1
wsow
24V. @ 2,1A
22 — 28V
85`/0
(3:31-0.325 mm2)
— �
DC Terminal wires:
M0050;46-1
t011V
48V(_oi.1.04A
46-52V
85f`9
12-14AWG '
(3.31-7.08 mm2)
( (`) 50 waft,unils require using both [+ and both 0 terminals,
&:Safety Instructions WARNING -Avoid Possible fnlurvorDeattz
ARN1N Never work on the power suppiywhen power is applied'. Electric shockand arc risks can cause death, severe personal
injury" or substantial.property damage. Pp
wer source must be Rand properly secured before any Installation, maintenance or modification
work1s completed. Keep away from fire and wafer. Before installing unit, ttloroughiy road these instructions.
1. As a reminder, these products are no,
fa be installed d
professkinats Only products
nally traj mr �ed �sdnnel mavro'n'en thre Po er suppiY olf yauihaveoany.quasfions cane to be instaiteit by
concerning the
Installation or:operatiori of this equipment, piease:contact.the manufacturer identified at the front of this document..
2. 'These units must always be installed with.any national„county or city regulations that apply, Connections to mains supply must be in
eampiiance with national and city regulations : Power sitppiy. and main cables must be stitfidently fused hm accordance with local codes.
Follow all aapplicab'o local and rin ionai cosies that regulate ttte instalialiori and operation of your equipment. These codes vary, and it is
Y.
ur respon.ihility ro determfne.which.cod
es should pe fol[awed, and fo vefity that the equipment, Installation, and operation are in
compliance with the latest revision of these codes: Equipment damage or serious Injury to personnel can result by not following all.
applicable standaMs and codes: We do not guarantee -the products described in. this publication are suitable for your particular
appircaffon,:nor do.We ;ass.", any responsibJrty foryour product design, installation, oroperation.
3 Simfficlent tarirperature Gild cooiipg and spsce olaaranees must be ensured as.Indicated: Operation requires no extemai. cooling but
requires niittfmuni clearances: on top; bottom, aria sides of'uni;s Referto insta{Eation Cooling; and Airflow Requirements below
4. Avoid tential danger of contact.with case. by ensuring all strands of. stranded wire use (if applicable) are fastened in.the terminal blocks.
5. SAFETY' ALERT Hazardous voltages and components storing a substantial amount of energy are present In this unit during normal
operating conditions, Improper handling may result in electric shock or serious bums.
5.. WARNING I Do not.onen the power supply until at faast5 minutes after it has been discq ne led from the mains on all poles;
T Da not>introduce any objects into the powersuppiy. The ut uf;uolt_„ ag•e adustmen n2ftntiameter may only be actuated using
an Insulated screwdriver.
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 - F:615-890-6926 - www.amgeo.com
42

POWER SUPPLY
4& Installation Instructions WAF2NIVG —Avoid Personal Inry or Product Damage
1. Read and follow all instructions before installation as Indicated in this manual. This publication is based on information that was
available at the time it Was printed. We reserve the right to make changes to the products andfor publications at any time Without notice
and Without obligation.
2. DIN Rail Connection: as per local electrical codes and recommended wire sizes.
1 DIN Rail mounted per VDE0160. Please see diagram as noted below.
4. This power supply is designed for professional indoor systems. During operation the power supply must not be accessible. Install and put
into service by qualified personnel only.
& Do not operate without Protective Earth (PE) connection! To comply With EMG and safety standards (CE mark, approvals) the power
supply must be operated only If PE terminal is connected to the non -fused earth conductor.
6. Do not cover any ventilation holes. The correct mounting position for optimal cooling performance must be observed. All free space
re uirements and power de -rating as specified at the beginning ofthim manual must be observed.
T. WAREtItttG The internal fire safety fuse is not accessible. This fuse is not to be replaced by the user. For continued protection
against risk of fire, NO REPLACEMENT OF FUSE IS ALLOWED REGARDLESS. If this internal fuse has blown., the power supply has
an serious internal defect, and fore safety reasons, must be disca rcted, or if underwarranty, returned.
S. Please ensure that the power supply will be recycled properly at of this power supply may be
suitable for recycling, including some that require special disposal,
Cooling, Airflow and Free Space Clearances
1. Airflow must be upward as shown in figure.
2. Always maintain operation conditions Within output power
and temperature ratings.
3. AI units are rated for convectional cooling, and require
free space on both sides and above / below unit for
proper alMow and heat dissipation.
4. Qo_ not to block vent, holes because by doing so, it may
overheat and damage the unit.
Names and Descriptions
1. �+] Poiltive output (50W unit has two terminals)
2. D— Negative output (SOW unit has two terminals)
3. DC OK Indicator
—4. — ADJ1 DC-output.voltage adjustment
S. �jjFSafaty Ground -
6 1AC mains (Neutral)
7* MAC mains (Line)
81 Din Rail rear mounting clip.
Installation Procedure,
1, Do not connect wiringuntilafter unit is firmly in 21ace.
2. Locate mounting bracket clip on back of unit. A sliding
spring release clip is built into the lower channel.
3. First slip the top mounting lip of the clip over the top edge
of Din Rail as shown in the figure, (The bottom of the unit
should be filled out about 10')
4. From the front side, insert a screwdriver and pull the
release (ever all the way downward and hold it.
S. Apply a downward pressure keeping the top lip firmly
seated into the top of the Din Rail.
6, Finally, saving the bottom of the unit downward and slide
the release clip over the bottom of the Din Rail. Move the
release clip upward to ensure a firm fit with the Din rail.
Un-Install and Removal Procedure.
1. Turn off all AG power and disconnect from its source.
Disconnect al(wiring connections from Power supply,
2. With a screwdriver, pull down the release clip and
disengage the bottom channel of the unit from the bottom
edge of the Din Rail. Insert pressure downward an the
unit and tilt the bottom outward.
3. Lift the unit and detach it from the top edge of the Din Rail.
70 mm
All Models
25 mm 25 mm
Recommended clearances
at higher ambient operating
temperatures for proper
70 mm
airflow and heat dissipation,
Air Flow
4
1, 2
3
8
4
Place top of clip onto &Disconnect AC Power
top of Din Rail. Before Installing Wiring.
From front side, insert. screwdriver and Rotate bottom _down
pull, release lever all the way dawn. then latch leve—rti—I
A
Disconne
ct
AC Power
Before
Removing
Wiring. <—
Pull release lever down and
then rotate bottom upward.
Copyright02008, Micron Industries Corp. Micron Industries Corp. reserves the right to make changes in the product at anytime, without
notification.
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 - 615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - www.amgeo.com
43

/p+rw,emit ltl s.s ctc�aLw ns-iavne 060913
E® ff�/i/b�AL 20 & 40 TON AHP
24VAC C=R=7:T
SELECT 1 OP 2 e}SCATCs
proza pecan
ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
:a.
�e p
—tasty --
aeM
MrtwVpU----gaM«.v --.__ ----lo [VKtWLY
F ,
au Irpva romt � � F �, c i
— --_—--------------L____ imma
_ t
, crrt i
I 1
t F
.a..�___
_________________________________________________ t
cvm.<,rtz an.—____,—atwaw.Y
_ _ _____________MI -- ---------
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • vAm.amgeo.com
44

omvm :
R-4AV�R,1:
"Vo m..
Amman
S.BICREORDI
AS-480-01
1 061813
GE037ERMAL
q
20-40 TON AHP
I 480VAC SCHEMATIC
TH[9 Os.1W=. 1; rmrau ,. m MLL mr w
m"a° ° s `uRm' nncwsm, w Mmu
SKEET T OF 1 a -SERIES
xmmr rm m+sm ausuwr ten,.
`@ -6 .6 Ht H4
684 C85 CBS
FC1
xz xi x2 xt
B150PU7JKF C1FC79.E6:
(24VAC) (110VAC)
im 1-1
COMP.1 T `S COMP.2
PUMP
A
� FAN 1
PHASE
PROTECTION
r
eROVAlt

'II DSAW116Nq 10! IIEYWiTO
I�R+�ER/cm S.BICRFaRD AS-11Ov-0� 0.60613
GEo HEfttKAL 20-40 TON AHP 110VAC
& 24'VDC CIRCUIT
TELS'MV-M G IS PAfIPISTAAT M SEALL.VPT E3
cap= M US allr=- ¢ISCILISSD W;FJRTIES SHEET I OF 1 a -SERIES
MIT= nz M"SLHY OF AHalt= G37HPANAL
C1FC76LE6
A KVA Transformer
5TB1.2 ST81.1
C83
`
lPPn
110VAC
66 AMP F
20 TON ONLY
��
COIL HEAT
2t1 TONOHLY
ibI§lydj I
TAPEV
(PPn 1P1 L
3T623.
(b11JwhHtPJ
! L I IPPIf
%1
(q iPA \�
.:
L: 1�\
IP4 I
I
M 1P3
I
I
COIL NEAT
I
3TB2-9 {PPI} 2P1 .\ L
@Iklrtlj
;trim�12_P_3
I
L IPi{
TAPE92
n
{vlht) 2P4 \�A4
L
P2 L
2P4 '
� 2/ p3 1
PUMP HEAT
TAPE
IE
5T813 5TH7-0
1P2
1P7 3T623
2P2 M (whQ
M \ JTB2d
2P1
JOHNSON
CONTROL
(rd) I I (blu)
110VAC
24VDC POWER SUPPLY
11ADI'MM-11
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
46

v-9
c
co
to
0
c
co
0
O:
N
HE.
�
Q'
co
�.
&
W
a
�I
X
N
S �
m
VMIY�VN ��.
E
110VAC z.
4
110VAC PRI '�`�
24VDC SEC
a
J
J
BT50MBT13XKF OVA
.
I! u
B150PU7JKF
o;Q•I I•
�,•I
I•
9 a
o0•.I I-
•I
I•
�•I I•
uQ..N•I
I•
��•I I•
�LL•I
I•
a..
-11-
O•R B ®
VFD" B
• (
( •
O} R A
VFD A
COMP.2
PUMP
COMP. 1
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com '
47

r�a
FAe p�
oil
N
X
�
Nit
I OVAC
N
'7
11dVAC. PRI a
24VOC SEC o
a
87SOMBT13XKF
m
M•I
I,
BIgOPU7JKF
LL
I
I a
m
�
��•I I•
�
•I
I•
��*I I•
�•I
Im
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
48

ER%%V
(itEdAeRMAL
S_ST@RFORD
AS-PRQD-U01
121012
20 TOM ARP MILL. PLUG
asua'oa m as vmrs cix w tii aartnm
SHEET 1 OF. 1 N-SERIES
110v COM 1 soyac
LLso! (wht) BOX
(PRt` I Ppl} (FEMALE
(MALE PINS) )
j /
R VALVE 4 Q M f LOSS /
C 0 0 K CA13LE
/
HGBP _ (MALE PLUG)
�i Loss NOTE: ONE SIDE GETS MALE PINS
iwht) �.J (rtititu) / ONE SIDE GETS FEMALE PINS
D J /.
0, 110V COM
o 2dV GQM HI TEMP. blWwh) (whttrd)
(bly) F O G H �' (blk) �/ ((blWrd) (� tlblk) (orgtbtk)
Ohl)
HI PSI Sw. ! HI TEMP. / (blufW(org)
(rd) HI PSI Sw. (blk) , '/
((d) / /
-r— Wm
---------- FRONT PANEL(FEMALE PLUG) ' (FEMALE PINS) ~ \ {b1Wwh~(6u�lwhtLL SOL 110vCON \()(PRI) 110VAC`
. \ (wI t} /00,x
PPl) \ \ \ (blk) ( (rd)
R VALVE\• (rdiwht)
arLOSS
( g} ,�' {tt btu}HGBP �LOSS(wht) (itblu)2dV COM %HITEMP.(btu}(bik)
/ 1
HI PSI Sw. i HI TEMP.
(rd) HI PSI Sw. (blk)
(rd)
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
49

05
woa'oabwe-nn%nn. 9Z69-068-9L9 :A • S869-068-S19
• 6ZLL£ Nl'aogsaajpnW . -p,,l weleS pl0 L£06 • Iewj9q;oa0 ueauawy
Uul
dJ' Ikl
'MIS ISd IN
#xfgl . ; 3 .. ",.
dt��li9i�°a ��Jtk3 iZ
P Ism}"
Ow
.0v 3AWAU
lis irl iN
'df31 p4 {3NEs7 ibt tidy
'dpmfQl
01.
...
��1 Its
NPi#}= dddd}:
OAT
X€ R ,..
CI
"OnId .'-Tm%i 'dlhv Am Ov
A
?-i
£1.10.4�

�o0d��00
I
I
I
t.
o 1
mum DWALEM ARmWM
C3
0�A.
C.
A
C3
C3 at
C3
v Hill
RELAYS
f
AMERICAN
GEOTHERU
ffiwxFfi
-S;BICMRD.1
mmuft
AS -FAT
U.
m
060513
20-40 TON ARP
LOW VOLTAR PARL
smvi OF i Fsw�is
L�L2 r, a, :'- I i 1 1 � z is III I ii LLLL
QMM AMWM WKWO ANALWOM DWALM
EM g3 =-'FMR3
FM C2 w Q BF
C3
EKP,
L
Mw RELAYS RELAYS
g
ITBI 17M ITB3 IT84 2M 2M M 31M 3TBZ
ti ti ti- MITI ti-
fl rI t1i
r r t1 a 7 v r N n♦ v b m r ry r (A M T
M
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 - 615-890-6985 s F: 615-890-6926 - www.amgeo'.com
51-

% M-WI AN
GROTMEENWAL
tvn nY: r>wlFWn•.
S.BZCAFORD t=-4xu>CONT'L-2 O726I3
24-40 TON AHP MISS
CONTROTMER
SHEET I or } O—SEMES
deg m.. ' s�co miso c m(Fio v,.HDn:'s
ant
cixPsibN)nra,.\E
LL t
Kpi
(m(zv;.
eau
CgON SES,tnt?(Fs-tt
is !•
GOK63
w
wwPpmgnras.rt
Ems+
'Y4V •
F,Y. WSVC.ifG6RE!\raW1
<nIKJ
OPp@
Mlt. Y?(VF:aM.emf3T9,.a$
Rqf
a00
c6Ese-j
_ awassta;Etrm.0
Fti,dtitm�XYSY na�(xru,.st
mEEnoFcu,laa aTF,..,
uaa,wnp(mTryl:nTn(-r,
ILSa.Ttcbhq H,Kt,rA
4 SOL.Y10.w.tatsi-rE
Bongo.
3'
,t—` ZY. T�
vsn,CF>nirw,10raS-
E(KTYRiP3, rnPKS.SH,FTA,
Ma4,u(GsPATapaF. s {esFWl
MEMKN:E F n'TnebE. i ISTFty
t¢+?tµTete)
,X+UE4,Ft.p
ry[p(+(Jfii3j
nweenvrwaTeK E Mnn•t)
,rrgFFn sYstauatxnrx.n
,w„ n;uv sYY(rc-K, nin:st
IffiKi[W SlM1itCst St�ta•1
tqs as3M,�CF13rtlr9, —J'�-
34Y<t,n iN�
aa D D a -- =,rwt FLavrr,e(M,EH,a4rT
rbz M Sw-fEmmF[+[
eIK uu» M.
�FKP. ME
Ao Fr(B nCotit (n Y�,ITre[-s)
coY(s s
)Nff BYEL g' sYc,nu, ttaV,1[iru-i)
y t3LA! � u„gv.t Max-Sl
� 3�x� YY MYwaYr s'Hr((r-Et
<6,X6 9
,amIt4EFSAXLLanLS
nek' 2XY-5 .. u. m+.rcmT
<iqt
a vN[XkE HTFt.S)
� � �� i f�
fAnarvYlKgatl[(st6r: t1 —{
A.wvrx..vva. rAKS1,T,NAY
u4t
i
fXngvEa tl¢lElt,xFsa) --1 Tna.qutY
F,ryq(nFf,Srgc61
nnl*,,,SXI
X gvcatXq[[nuE frfF1.61
((W
S,lClxq,iMPr Hra341
BYEL
µ SLU
u.nxoSNin\.aE
Y4Y
' W
•
, srs.(4Fn3t
mm1(siF3.45 Xtl YgaEE
tY((if 1+,vsAS)#e'NtiiT antY
Bongo
MY
T
,Xq (WEF,.WtlYn181at �,
Y
,:oux3
,bS
YnR
� rw
rw
Mt
fAH,NEk,(YE x,iiFt3a, --"' 4bk eq t,Srt OuIY
Yxfnwq. xtS,Fa-n —i aw,ga (xu.Y
Iys
anl. pry
L Yf1
-
—
3.5)
iEaP. (situ.,{
NqE
BLU
T
,s1Yn.HToi.Yl
r4uS
flan\Hiw-[t
American Geothermal [ 1037 Old Salem Rd. [ Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
52

C81(1 AMP)
OTBi4 -y
2
s�
cei(dAA�)
LL SOL I
vml-1
REV VALVE.1
2
HOBP 1
3
VFD 1
4
480 FANS
g
s.
yyttPPgUMP
HI TEMP 1
17132-1-
HI SW.P,1 +
HIP 1 T
2
LOSS
4
COMP. A COB.
B
COMP. AIIX'1
llrimt
FAN OVERLOAP 1
2
FAH OW R4?IDE 1
3
a�eerTmoatr'
NTP1
d
COW
B
COM
S
CENTER OF SW.
1T861.
COOLING
2
HEATING
3
RESET
4
LL SOL.2
21014
REVVALVE2
2
HGBP2
3
+asro ronour
VFP2
4.
1 1m
480 FANS
g
24VACi ....,
HI TMP.2
1152-11
HITEMP.2-+
HI PSI SN.2 -"-
2
HI PSI SIN. 2 r...
LOSS2"
3
LOSS 2'—
4
COAIP.8 COIL
B
COUP.AUX2
2T63.1
iO°OtLF
FAN OVERLOAD
2
!a%�Tear
PAN OVER-RIOE2
3
s�s4 TnnontY
MTP2
4
COM
B..
CON
8
OIL CONTROL
3TS1.4
DILCOHTROL
2
HEAT TAPE
3TS24
110VAC
2
3
COM
4
24VDCt
2(4VDC COM
J FROM PPM 0
24VAC+
24VAC COM
(PW)El U04
(argj NOS
(rrht) E1 NOi
(gglE2NOt
(tan) E2 H02
(IL blul N04
(blk) Pit
(rd)IH1
(It btu) Did
(bik} '071.2
(M)I NO4
(rdj E2 oil
(ortil dri 2
(blkj E2 DO
(Dm) E2 OR
(001 ES UICO R
(g,y) E2 DICOM
(ILblu) Et DfCOM
(Wu) E1 all
(rd) E7 D12
(blk) Et Da
t*)Fl NOS
(a91 NOT
(xhd Et HO3
(WY) E2 NO3
(tan) E2 N04
(blk) DA
(rd) 012
(it blu) Die
(blk) CON 3
jbtk) NOS'
(rd) E3 Pit
(.01 E3 012
(bik) E3 DI3
(bm) E3 DR
(grT) ES DICOM
(gry) E3 DICOM
�E��(�iAa
GEdMERMAL
Is
uur�ars
S.BZCKFORD
caawxurrumeTm.
AS—TERM-01
ixv0nte
060513
20-40 AHF TERM. BLOCKS
SHEET 1 OF 1 O-SERSES
TJIS aRAN1� :T5 R621LLtRT' AIOI 6GAL1. Taf ECG
�EDTs'1rdnls;rracv�la:m"'"'
airwr'ma aasstffrr re �xran cmri¢Tanr.
All
24V.S'
GNP
AM
A13
AK
AIS
SY-S
Et All
Ea Al2
Ea Ali
E1 GNbs
Ell sV-s
E2AN
E2 Al2
E2 A13
E2GNDS
E2 BV-S
ES All
E3 AM
E3 Ai3
E3GNOS
(bluj WATER In PSI
(brn)WATER PSI ONLY
ALLGNDS
ALL GNDS
(wht) SUC. PSI 7RANS:1
(wht) SUC. PSI7RANS.2
(wtt•) PIS. PSI TRANS. I
(wht) DIS. PSI TRANS.2
(Wk) DIS: & SUC.OHLY
(will) SUM TEM,P.1
(wtil) LL TEMP. a
(whQDEFROSTI
(9m) (BLK22G) 8 (NTC SLKS)
(bN (I OG DEFRDSTONLri
(whti SUC. TEMP.2
(wht) LL TESIP.2
(wh(1 DEFROST2
(9m) (5LK 22G) & (NTC ELKS)
(blk) (1SG OEFROSTONLY)
(WhOANS.TEI2P.
(wh+j TANK TEMP.
(wh)j FREEZE TEMP.
(WW (GROUNDS)
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
53

20 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
Myers Pump
WARNING?
'MP0 SA A
TRJU d0
F.U.,LLY,.a.tlobilEt.liii5T�1LL,Ai.i.bN.
SqYf!,CIk jq:t.URNE0, OFF AND QIS-
CWN,EPTP,
All installation: and elecifical. y4r-
ipg -m u I s . t adh4re -'- 6,god1jopal 'Jb 10 stat , qwbs
.Check with appropriaiacommunity.agem.
cW"Qe 6&6� your IOWA . 1601H001 . do
Pump professionals fdr-h6t.
9) , d ALL Ak ELECTRICIAN _ .WHEN
IN'DO,IJBT,. to
a separate e!Qclrlc:0(cJrcuft diractly,irolm
the.entrance,box. TheremustWari6o-
p'fu or IrdLi tbreaker
im, 81i B`TyingirdoexiSting.circutg may
d'fc4t. overloading, Olowh. fusb§'
tripped , cicircuitkeisor a burned.burned.Y:P*1
,
motor_
&.4) Do - not .'pohiog" power
,
-supply, until the pump1s, grounded.. . For
00'wffliwn* safety a grpund 1allll lqter=
ruptero6ajdbe':u' ' " "" " need , CAUTION.'
FAX6k466146UN6 THIS Aikfi
PROPERLY M R !�JLIL
AY.- E T IN SEVERE.
sk of eloc-,
ails 1 pump
than.
04*16
&6) The vollag a 10i ,the'
po'�.r.pply rhuit1d: Phase
Ph,aserth
. 0 -96! pump Motor.
1.7) Do,•not-use an "nsion,,cord.
&A) po hot iqorkbp this Ofirnp 60*itch,
Never operate, a pump with .a
hayed or bfitllp pd*eepqtcl, and ovayb
=it from sharp ob*ts� hot surfaces,
61jeffiicials', Av& Khgth"Wid.
r power
cord.with wet handwor wihilel standing in
or pear
*01waterd
or amp g1 11 damp
—., -
'- round..
'&Ai) The: three phase units must:.be.
Yvif.e.41 by & qualifiedelectrician,, . 061jrig an
a0prp4ed:stWtw:b0k and switching
device.
,&12Y,Do:fi6tuse this pugrp in or near`a.
swimming. Pool, pond( lake or river,,.
With; i0torn aft tese" . ithermal prot6c-1
tort The motor may restart unexpect;.
edly'causing-166 'leads' to energize or
Ist " tow .. mi-h- - 1:'
, PP 9, , m.'. , r"#*0.!polo0,
beproliected by proper, thermal and am-
. 6: ,rut, ed� ' - cs'cpaps.)
,irpt, pp. (Cttec� 16
14) Do. not pump gAsbiinG. 6bwniicalsi
opirro.61vas, or flammable liquids; they
60_ld. ;ignite, a..XPkd0k drt0rhotie t00-
pump; causing, injury and voiding the,
warranty
y.
A! 5)D9 not run this
AWNM pump, wftfiw'the ':.ais"-
charger, completely
closed
superbealed water,
w(ilch could :damage
the seal; arid'shbrie ' n
Ht. I Wo— Wd. the life, 61: the motor.
can ca�fl'b' Th' "' rh ' ' water
. A--supej.'Oatbd' could also cause se.
V4& buffis.
The following may cause severe
id 10 ih6,00'mP and amid Waftafifi-
i also rosult'ifipersonal ihiuly;
I" trrzl� temperatures,
.-A'unnnigi eg.pumpwiththadischarg&
v Purnoirin chemicals or corrosive
All 7)140,K& #pIrklop the pu.Mp or
system Without: relieving theAniernal
Do. not. pumpwater above 'i2f
Fahrenheit.
19) Neverexbfjad the pressure rating
cf any'systemcompon'e'm .
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 - 615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - vAm.arngeo.corn
54

20 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
INSTALLATION
PACKAGE CONTENTS -1. Each pump is carefully
tested and packaged at the factory.
2. The catalog lists all parts included with package.
A packing list packed with pump, also lists contents.
3. Be sure all parts have been furnished and that
nothing has been damaged in shipment.
4. OPEN PACKAGES AND MAKE THIS CHECK
BEFORE GOING ON JOB.
PIPING - Pipes must line up and not be forced into
position by unions. Piping should be Indepen-
dently supported near the pump so that no strain
will be placed on the pump casing. Where any
noise is objectionable, pump should be insulated
from the piping with rubber connections. Always
keep pipe size as large as possible and use a
minimum of fittings to reduce friction losses.
SUCTION PIPING - Suction pipe should be direct
and as short as possible. It should be at least one
size larger than suction inlet tapping and should have
a minimum of elbows and fittings. The piping should
be laid out so that it slopes upward to pump without
dips or high points so that air pockets are eliminated.
The highest point in the suction piping should be the .
pump inlet except where liquid flows to the pump inlet
under pressure. A foot valve must be used to keep
pump primed. Where liquid flows to the pump, it may
be desirable to use a check valve in the suction line
or discharge line to keep pump primed.
To prevent air from being drawn into suction pipe due
to a suction whirlpool, the foot valve should be
submerged at least three feet below the low water
level. The suction pipe must be tight and free of air
leaks or pump will not operate properly.
DISCHARGE PIPING - Discharge piping should
never be smaller than pump tapping and should
preferably be one size larger. A gate valve should
always be installed in discharge line for throttling if
capacity is not correct. To protect the pump from
water hammer and to prevent backflow, a check
valve should be installed in the discharge line
between the pump and gate valve.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS - Be sure motor
wiring is connected for voltage being used. Unit
should be connected to a separate circuit, direct from
main switch, A fused disconnect switch or circuit
breaker must be used in this circuit. Wire of sufficient
size should be used to keep voltage drop to a
maximum of 5%. All motors, unless provided with
built-in overload protection, must be protected with
an overload switch, either manual or magnetic.
Single phase Y2-2Y2 HP motors have built-in overload
protection. Never install a pump without. proper
overload protection. When motor is mounted on a
base plate or on slide rails for adjustment, flexible
metallic conduit should be used to protect the motor
leads.
PRIMING -The pump must be primed before start-
ing. The pump casing and suction piping must be
filled with water before starting motor. Remove vent
plug in top of casing while pouring in priming water.
A hand pump or ejector can be used for priming
when desired. When water is poured Into pump to
prime, use care to remove all air before starting
motor.
If pump does not start immediately, stop and reprime.
STARTING - It is good practice to close the dis-
charge valve when starting the pump as it puts less
starting load on the motor. When the pump is up to
operating speed, open the discharge valve to obtain
desired capacity or pressure. Do not allow the pump
to run for long periods with the discharge valve tightly
closed. It the pump runs for an extended period of
time without liquid being discharged, the liquid in the
pump case can get extremely hot.
ROTATION - The pump must run in direction of arrow
on pump case. All single phase motors are single
rotation and leave factory with proper rotation. Three
phase motors may run either direction. If rotation is
wrong when first starting motor, interchange any two
line leads to change rotation.
STOPPING - Before stopping pump, close the
discharge valve. This wifl prevent water hammer and
is especially important on high head pumps.
FREEZING - Care should be taken to prevent the
pump from freezing during cold weather. It may be
necessary, when there is any possibility of this, to
drain the pump casing when not in operation. Drain
by'removing the pipe plug in the bottom of the
casing.
ROTARY SEAL - Centri-Thrift pumps are fitted only
with a rotary seal_ This seal is recommended for
water free from abrasives. If liquid contains abra-
sives, the Centri-Thrift pump should not be used.
BEARINGS - The pump motor uses sealed ball
bearings that are factory lubricated and require not
further lubrication.
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129• • 615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - www.amgeo.com
55

20 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
All pumping parts can be removed from case without
disturbing the piping.
POWER SUPPLY - Open the power supply switch
contacts and remove fuses. Disconnect the electrical
wiring from the motor.
VOLUTE CASE
(a) Drain pump case by removing drain plug.
(b) Remove the cap screws securing volute
case to pump bracket.
(c) Pry volute case from seal plate with a
screwdriver.
IMPELLER
(a) Remove motor end cover.
(b) Loosen clamp holding start capacitor and
swing capacitor off to one side, do not
disconnect wires.
(c) Wrench flats are on the shaft just behind the
centrifugal switch that is screwed into the
end of the shaft. Do not remove this switch.
A 7/16" open end wrench can then be used
to hold the shaft from turning.
(d) Grasp the impeller and turn counterclock-
wise (as viewed from the pump end)..
SEAL
(a) Remove the rotating part of the seal by
pulling it off the shaft.
(b) The stationary seat can be pressed from the
seal plate.
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
All pump parts should be cleaned thoroughly before
being reassembled.
MOTOR
(a) Assure that the rubber. slinger is in place on
the motor shaft.
SEAL
(a) A new pump seal should always be used
when rebuilding a pump.
(b) Apply some light oil to the rubber which
surrounds the ceramic stationary seat.
Insert the seal seat into the seal plate using
finger pressure to press firmly and squarely
until it bottoms. Care must be taken to keep
grease and dirt off face areas of the seal. Be
sure the seal faces are not damaged during
assembly (cracked, scratched, or chipped) or
the seal will leak.
(c) Position the seal plate into the motor flange.
use care not to chip the stationary seal seat
by hitting the motor shaft.
(d) By hand, carefully press the rotating seal
assembly onto the motor shaft. The smooth
face of the carbon ring must contact the
ceramic seat. The rubber ring must seal
against the shaft.
IMPELLER
(a) Hold the motor shaft with a 7/16' open end
wrench.
(b) Check that the rubber ring of the seal is
positioned on the shaft.
(c) Turn the impeller clockwise onto the shaft.
(d) Replace the capacitor taking care not to
pinch any wires and tighten capacitor clamp.
(e) Replace motor end cover taking care not to
pinch any wires.
VOLUTE
(a) Assure that a new or good condition gasket
is in place on the seal plate.
(b) Carefully position the volute in alignment
over the impeller and seal plate.
(c) Assemble the components with four 3/8-
16UNC cap screws. The bottom two cap
screws must also pass through the bracket.
RESTARTING OPERATION
(a) The pump must be primed before starting.
The pump volute and suction piping must be
filled with water before starting motor. A
hand pump or ejector can be used for
priming when desired.
(b) Reconnect electric power.
(a) After a few minutes of operation, check that
there is no leakage from the pump or piping.
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
56'

20 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
PARTS LIST
CENTRI-THRIF-T CT SERIES
V2, V'4,1, 11/z HP
ITEM NO.
DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
REOUIRED
PART NUMBER
1
Motor
1/2 HP, 115/230V, 1 Phase
1
26452A000
112 HP, 208-230/460V, 3 Phase
1
26452AO01
3/4 HP, 115/23oV, 1 Phase
1
25453A000
314 HP, 208-230/460V, 3 Phase
1
26453AO01
1 HP, 115/230V,1 Phase
1
26454A000
1 HP, 20B-230/460V, 3 Phase
1
26454AD01
1-112 HP, I IW30V, 1 Phase
1
26455A000
1-1P2 HP, 208-230/460V, 3 Phase
1
2645BA001
3
Seal, Rotary 518 Shaft
Standard Seal with Polycarbonate Impeller
1
1452BA010
HI -Temp Seal with Brass Impeller
1
21181AC21
4
Plate, Seal - Cast Iron
1
25442C000
5
Case, Volute - Cast Iron
BSPP Threads
1
26443D000
NPT Threads
1
26443DO01
6
Impeller
Polycarbonale, 1/2 HP, 1 Phase
1
2644113003
Polycarbonate, 1/2 HP, 3 Phase
1
26441BOD5
Polycarbonate, 314 HP, 1 Phase
1
2644013003
PoW.arbonate, 314 HP, 3 Phase.
1
26440B005
Polycarbonate, 1 HP, 1 Phase
1
26439B007
Polycarbonate, 1 HP, 3 Phase
1
26439BOl l
Polycarbonate, 1-1/2 HP, 1 Phase
1
2643913004
Polycarbonate, 1-1/2 HP, 3 Phase
1
26439BO10
Bronze, 1/2 HP, 1 Phase
1
26441B000
Bronze, 1/2 HP, 3 Phase
1
264418004
Bronze, 3/4 HP, 1 Phase
1
26440B000
Bronze, 3/4 HP, 3 Phase
1
26440B004
Bronze, 1 HP, 1 Phase
1
26439B001
Bronze, 1 HP, 3 Phase
1
26439B009
Bronze, 1-1/2 HP, 1 Phase
1
26439B000
Bronze, 1-1 HP, 3 Phase
1
26439B008
7
Tube
1
26238A000
a
Bracket
1
2538313002
9
Cap Screw, 3/8-16 UNC x 1 1/8 Lg..
4
19101AD16
11
Gasket, 6-3/8 x 5-19/32 x 1/32 Vellumoid
1
05059A446
12
Plug, 1/8 NPT - Galvanized
3
05022AO21
13
Plate, Name
1
17908A000
26
Cap Screw, 1/4-28 UNF x 718 Lg. (3 Phase)
1
19099AO32
27
Washer, 11A6 O.D. Bronze (3 Phase)
1
10186A000
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo..com
57

20 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
PARTS UST
CENT.Rt THF#F[ CT SERIES
2and 21AHP
ITEM N0.
OESCRIPTWK
QUANTffY
RE(SIIRfII
PART HLWBER
1
Mow
2 HP. 115u=V,1 Phase
1
26489AOW
2 HP 208-230/460V 3 Phase
1
26489AOD1
2-V2 HP, 115=V,1 Phase
1
26490AOW
2-1/2 HP, 208=460V, 3 Phase
t
2649OA001
3
Seal Rote WS shaft
Starafsrd Saari with Po rbonate Impefler
1
14525ADIO
t8•Temp Seat with Brass Impener
1
21181AO21
4
Ptate,Seal- Casthon
Y
26485D000
5
Case, Volute - Cast Iron
2 HP - BSPP Threads
Y
96484DO01
2 HP - NPT Threads
1
26484DO03
2-1/2 HP - BSPP Ttueab
1
26484DWO
2.112 HP - NPT Threaf
1
264840002
6
Impener
nets, 2 HF 1 Phase
1
264a7CW5
Polycarbonate 2 HP 3 Phase
1
26487CO09
Polycatbtmata, 2-112 HP,1 Phase
1
26487CO04
P rbonale, 2-1/2 HP 3 Phase
1
28487COD8
Biome, 2 HP 1 Phase
i
26467C001
Bronze, 2 HP. 3 Phase
1
26487CO07
Brortz% 2-1/2 HP,1 Phase
1
26487C000
Bronze, Z V2 HP, 3 Phase
1
26487C0O6
7
Tube
1
2623BADW
8
Bracket
1
26488CM
9
Cap Screw, 318-16 UNC x 1-1/8 4
4
19101ADIS
11
Gasket, 6.58 x 6.13, Ve11 old
1
06069A447
12
Plug.1/8 NPT - Galvanized
3
05022AO21
1
t9
26
Cap Scw, 114-28 UW x 1418 Lg. (3 Phase)
1
10099AO31
27
Wadw,,11/16 Q.D. Bronze 3 Phase)
1
10186A000
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com

8
3
al
CD
IMPELLER
LEER
CASE. vOLUTELa,
PLATE. SEAL 4
SEAL. ROTARY( '3�
MOTOR. WITH SLINGER n �(\
TUBE
BRACKET U
CAP SCREW. 3/8-16. 1 1/8 LG.�
(4) REOUIREO
GASKET
ITEM 26 d 27 ON
3 PHASE UNITS ONLY
MASHER, 3 PHASE
C,
PLATE. NAME

20 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
SERVICE
TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE
A No water delivered
B Not enou h water delivered
A
C Not enough pressure
B
D Pump runs for short while; then loses prime
C
POSSHEILE CAUSE OP PROBLEEA
D
1. Pump riot properly primed; repeat priming operation
x
2. Discharge head too thigh. Check total head with gauge at pump inlet and discharge.
(With no water, the gauge at discharge would show shut-offpressure.)
x
X
3. Excessive volume being discharged. Throttle dischmpa valve.
x
4. Suction lift too high. Check with vacuum gauge- This should not exceed 15 feet.
X
X
X
5. Air leak in suction line. Check line under pressure to find leak.
X
X
X
X
6. Air pocket in suction line. Check line for proper slope.
X
X
7. Impeller or suction line plugged.
X
X
x
8. impeller and volute case badly worn. Disassemble pump if clearance on diameter is
over .030', replace worn Impeller and worn volute case.
X
.
X
9. Suction strainer plugged. Clean strainer,
x
10. Impeller diameter too small for condition required.
X
X
11. Seal leaking - seal is worn or seal face cocked. Replace with new seal and carefully follow directions.
• F E Myers, 1101 Myers Parkway, ASMand, Ohio 44805-1969
23833A378 1/02 419/289-1144, FAX: [phone], TLX: 98-7443
Printed in U.S.A. Fmltdr tip Group Myers (Canada), 269Tn1HUM Drive, Kitchene
r, OntariD B12G 4W5
5191749-5470, FAX: [phone]
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com

40 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
ER ,K•ELEY
a
INSTALLATION AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
REPAIR PARTS LIST
Close Coupled Motor Driven
Centrifugal Pump
IMPORTANT
For best possible performance and continuous, satisfactory operation,
read these instructions before installing your new pump.
Should service be required, this manual can be a valuable guide.
It should be kept near the installation for ready reference.
Record nameplate data from pump on blank nameplate inside this
manual forfuture reference.
Berkeley Pumps 1293 Wright Street I Delavan, loll 53115
F00634 (Rev. 10!27106)
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
61

40 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
["nstal laton
Short length of straight pipe after reducer.
( 2 times pipe diameter minimum)
Suction Fotklari"i3ee?rmer
cronriE!chon seestart up.
Gauge
soso,sa Straight run, short as possible but
times pipe diameter ("D")
".` after elbow to stabilize flow.
Eccentric Reducer �� �
flat side up. �� Standard or long
radius elbow
See foundation ..S ,, J `��'�
section. Su oft i e,( Slope upward
as TEgUlrped I3 �_ to pump.
;
P10TiC All cohnecttdris'
must�fre air' tight "'-_
a Use pipe, tubing, or reinforced hose to make suction
connection. Hose must have sufficient strength to
resist collapse under the pressure differential that
occurs while pump is running.
o Suction pipe size should be at least one commercial
pipe size larger than opening of pump inlet. Flow
E
velocity should not exceed 8 ft./sec.
'
• Suction screen must screen out solids that could clog
pump impeller.
" Suction screen area must be at least four times
suction pipe area.
• Net Positive Suction Head Available (NPSHA) must
exceed Net Positive Suction Head Required
"
(NPSHR) by the pump or reduced performance and
severe pump damage may result.
All suction piping must have continuous rise to the
pump suction inlet. A 1/4 inch per foot minimum slope
is recommended.
�Cifljl'
nD minimum:,
it bottom
S"neAnmvents da.bris
entrapment hazard_
Foot valve maintains
pump prime. after shutoff.
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.2mgeo.com
62

40 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
qF. nsta atiarn`,
i 71 is ;
S , bb", r Leff
awm-'l
Do
Nosupportor in
uneven mounbrr�� ,not recammentls�.ZO�,.�
Excess use of pipe
means potential air
v immediately in
of pump intake
Suction pipe sloping downward to pump inlet will trap
air which will reduce performance and may cause
pump to lose prime_
Suction piping that is undersized will create excess
friction losses that may cause cavitation and a
reduction in pump performance.
- Excess fittings and bends in suction line results in
trapped air, reduced performance, and high friction
losses which may cause cavitation.
AwARniw� Suction entrapment hazard if strainer is
not used.
run
causes high spots
a resulting inair pockets.
Pipe diameter
('D') undersized —
reduces performance
Vortex caused by
insufficient submergence
may cause pump to
lose prime. \ 50
Unsupported
pipe causes
excessive stress
on pump and fittings.
J
'°— 1
High suction
lift should
be avoided...
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 ^ 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
63

40 TOM AIR SOURCE PUMP
Centrifugal Pump Suction Connection
Short run of straight pipe after reducer
(2 times pipe diameter).
5 Eccentric Reducer}
flat side up.
Suction
0294
Gauge
4 k
i�,,,.
Isolation Valve
full open when
pumping.
Straight run, short as possible but
at least6 times pipe diameter after
pipe fitting to stabilize flow.w.
Slope upward to pump.
!\
• Use pipe, tubing, or reinforced hose to make suction
connection. Bose must have sufficient strength to
resist collapse under the atmospheric pressure
differential that may occur while pump is running.
• It is important, even with a flooded suction condition,
that proper pipe fittings are used so water is delivered
to impeller eye with a smooth flow and consistent
velocity.
• Suction pipe size should be at least one commercial
pipe size larger than opening of pipe inlet. Flow
velocity should not exceed 8 ft./sec.
Standard or
Support pipe long radius
as required 11- elbow.
• An isolation valve is used in a pressurized suction
pipe to permit servicing pump.
• Piping run and connection fittings should be properly
aligned and independently supported to reduce strain
on pump case.
• It solids are present, a strainer should be used to
protect the pump.
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
64

40 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
=-`Installatio`r �
3 € s , gPump t rl' Suction Connection
W,�eri�;;F(oddecl Suct`ioct�E�a,�s�
jncuon josses rnai may cause caviiauon ana a ��•� 1111111GU1Q C r'.. "-a
reduction in pump performance. of pump intake not recommended.
Excess fittings and bends in suction line results in
trapped air, reduced performance, and high friction
losses which may cause cavitation.
If check valve is required for back flow prevention,
locate on the discharge side of pump.
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.arngeo.com
65

Use Concentric Reducer —
to mimimize friction losses.
40 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
w
tion
ins a
Discharge Connection
Mansion joint with tie
rods where needed.
Isolation
Valve
766
Pressure
Discharge pipe diameter at Gauge / : m•:. , ,
least one nominal pipe size
largerthan discharge opening
in pump.
r Support piping
as required
Align piping to
minimize flange
stress.
Use pipe; tubing or reinforced hose to make
discharge connection. Material selected must have
sufficient strength for operating pressures.
Discharge pipe should be sized so that flow velocity
is below 8 feet per second.
Use ONLY non -slamming check valves to prevent
hydraulic shock (water hammer).
Use gate, ball, or butterfly valve for isolation. Valve
should be full open during operation.
Maintain proper pipe size throughout discharge
system, using as few elbows and tees as possible to
keep friction loss to a minimum.
• Install pressure gauge after reducer as shown to
check operating pressure or shut-off head.
This vlew shows discharge
fittings typical of pump
with flooded suction.
This fitting may be used to
check shut-off head.
These two views show discharge
fittings typical of pump with
suction lift.
Isolation valve to
permit servicing of
check valve or pur
Non -Slam or
spring loaded
check valve.
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926.• www.amgeo.com
66

40 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
s
Discharge Connection
Do not farce alignment
that can cause flange
stresses.
- Do not use Gate Valve
Do not leave to throttle flow. '
Avoid excess friction loss caused by numerous
fittings, insufficient pipe diameter, and sharp turns in
pipe run.
Swing type check valves can permit build-up of
reverse vetocity before closing causing hydraulic
shock or "water hammer."
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 •.615-890-6985, F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
67

40 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
J
��S�t�artr u
e p � a
CHECK ROTATION:
Before pump is put into operation, rotational direction
must be checked to assure proper performance of
pump. Refer to illustration on Page 16.
Hazardous voltage. Can shock, burn, or
cause death. Disconnect power to pump before
servicing.
Do not attempt any wiring changes without first
disconnecting power to pump.
�i! % �i
Pump priming is the displacement of air with water in
the pump and suction piping. Pump MUST BE
completely filled with water when operating,
Refer to Page 17 for instruction on the following
conditions:
1. Suction lift with priming pump (water source
below pump).
2. Suction lift with foot valve (water source below
pump)-
3. Flooded suction (water source above pump, or
incoming water pressure is greater than
atmospheric pressure).
SPECIAL CASE - HYDRAULIC BALANCED PUMPS:
Hydraulic balanced pumps operate with a very low
positive pressure across the stuffing box, permitting a
much looser fit of the packing rings around the shaft
sleeve to control the loss of water from the pump
through the stuffing box. Because of the looser fit of
the packing rings, air can be more easily drawn into the
pump through the stuffing box when priming the pump
with an air evacuation type primer.
A grease fitting, communicating through the side of the
stuffing box to a lantern ring in the packing set, is
provided to grease -seal the stuffing box to prevent air
leakage during priming.
If pump cannot be primed due to air leakage through
stuffing box, DO NOT tighten packing. Instead, pump
grease into lantern ring until back pressure occurs
forcing grease into the lantern ring, grease -sealing the
stuffing box. After priming, when unit is put into
operation, the grease will be flushed out through the
packing by the water flowing outward through the
stuffing box. Proceed with normal adjustment of the
packing as described on Page 18. Note that the grease
seal only is used for control of air leaking during
priming, and that only the packing gland is used to
control flow of water through the stuffing box during
normal operation.
When necessary to replenish the grease supply use an
NLGI no. 4 Water Pump Grease.
STARTING:
AwaRwtve Never run pump dry. Running pump
without water will overheat pump and damage internal
parts. Always make sure pump is primed prior to start-
up.
NOTICE: Refer to maintenance section if pump has
packing for adjustment prior to start-up.
Prime pump by one of the above procedures. Turn on
power to pump. Slowly open discharge valve until
desired flow rate is achieved. Place the "Hand -Off -Auto"
selector switch in the "Auto" position. The pump will be
started automatically when the pilot device signals the
motor starter.
STOPPING:
Pump will stop automatically when the pilot device de -
energizes the motor starter. Turn the `Hand -Off -Auto"
selector switch to "Off" position if you want to stop the
pump while it is running.
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com

40 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
Determine Pump Rotation
View¢d figrri:
<<`
this dircection
`"'"
Uw
Asvtewed
momentarily
serve rotational
Direction of Pump Rotation is determined by viewing liquid end of pump
from the back or shaft side, and not from looking into the impeller eye
or front of volute case. A rotation direction arrow is cast into the pump
body and shows correct rotation.
- Electric Motors: - Pump running backward - Centrifugal pumps will still
pump liquids, however, GPM and head (discharge
Single Phase: Refer to wiring information on the pressure) will be a traction of the published
motor plate to obtain proper rotation. performance_
Three Phase: If pump runs backwards, reverse any
two leads coming off incoming power (Li, L2, 1.3)
until proper rotation is obtained. Reverse L1 and L2,
or L2 and L3, or Li and L3.
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - www.amgeo.com
69

40 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
Start upq
Pump PriminglA
Discharge Priming
Valve
7970394A
• Open air vent (or pipe plug) in the highest tapped
opening in pump case.
• Open inlet isolation valve, allowing water to fill the
pump completely and force all air out through vent.
• Rotate shaft slowly allowing any air trapped in
impeller to escape_
• Close vent opening when water without air emerges.
• Close air tight valve on discharge.
• Remove pipe plug from highest opening on pump
case.
Completely fill pump and suction piping with water.
• Rotate shaft slowly allowing any air trapped in
impeller to'escape.
• When all air has been forced out of pump, replace
pipe plug. Use pipe joint compound on plug threads
and tighten as necessary to prevent leakage.
Han -Dee
Primer Isolation
Valve
Suction to
Water Source
• Close air tight valve.
Han -Dee Primer operation:
1. Open Han -Dee Primer isolation valve.
2. Work handle of Han -Dee primer up and down to
evacuate air from the suction line.
(Refer to primer owner's manual for proper
procedure).
3. When water flows freely from primer, close Han -
Dee Primer isolation valve.
(Pump case should now be filled with water).
• Immediately start pump.
• Slowly open butterfly valve (if used until desired f:ow
is achieved.
(Discharge Priming Valve will open automatically).
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
70

40 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
General information
LUBRICATION:
LIQUID END of pump requires no lubrication. Wear
rings, packing rings, and models using a mechanical
shaft seal, are lubricated by the liquid being pumped. Do
not run dry!
NOTE: Grease fitting in packing area is for priming only.
See PRIMING in start-up section for instruction.
MOTOR bearings are lubricated at the factory. Re -
lubrication at intervals consistent with the amount of use
will provide maximum bearing life. Refer to motor
Instruction Manual for proper motor lubrication and
maintenance instructions.
PERFORMANCE CHECK:
Periodically check the output of the pump. If perform-
ance is noticeably reduced, refer to Troubleshooting
Chart.
OBSERVATIONAL MAINTENANCE:
When the pump and system operation have been
stabilized, verify that pump unit is operating properly.
Observe the following:
VIBRATION: All rotating machines can be expected to
produce some vibration, however, excessive vibration
can reduce the life of the unit. if the vibration seems
excessive, discontinue operation, determine cause of
the excessive vibration, and correct.
NOISE: When the unit is operating under load, listen
closely for unusual sounds that might indicate that the
unit is in distress. Determine the cause and correct.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: During operation, heat
is dissipated from the pump and the driver. After a
short period of time, the surface of the pump bracket
will be quite warm (as high as 150°F), which is normal.
If the surface temperature of the pump bracket or
driver is excessive, discontinue operation, determine
cause of the excessive temperature rise, and correct.
Bearings will run hotter for a brief run-in period after
packing which is normal. However, wom bearings will
cause excessive temperatures and need to be
replaced. The pump unit is cooled by the water flowing
through it, and will normally be at the temperature of
the water being pumped.
STUFFING BOX: After a short period of operation,
verify that the stuffing box area and gland are not hot.
If heating is detected, loosen the gland nuts evenly
until water is just running out of stuffing box in a
DROPLET form. Water must not be streaming or
spraying out. Verify cool operation periodically. Adjust
gland nuts EVENLY as necessary for lubrication and
cooling of the packing. If packing has been tightened to
the limit of the packing gland travel, additional packing
is necessary.
PACKING: Startingnewpump.
Before starting pump for the first time. loosen gland nuts
and retighten finger tight. Proceed with pump start-up
procedure. Allow packing to leak liberally for a few
moments. Then tighten gland nuts one complete turn
each until leakage is reduced to 40 to 60 drops per
minute.
REPACKING:
Refer to Page 19.
MECHANICAL SEAL:
Adjustment or maintenance is normally not required.
The seal is enclosed within the pump and is self
adjusting. Seal is cooled and lubricated by the liquid
being pumped. Refer to Pages 20 and 21 for removal
and replacement. Do not run dry!
PUMP PROTECTION -
COLD WEATHER/
WET WEATHER INSTALLATIONS:
SYSTEM DRAINS: Provide drain valves to empty
system, including pump case, to prevent freezing
damage.
SHELTER: if possible, provide shelter for unit to protect
from weather. Allow adequate space around pump unit
for service. When effectively sheltered, a small amount
of heat will keep temperature above freezing. Provide
adequate ventilation for unit when running. For severe
weather problems, where other shelter is not practical, a
totally enclosed fan -cooled enclosure can be considered
for electric motors.
CONDENSATION: When the temperature of metal parts
is below dew point and the surrounding air is moist,
water will condense on the metal surfaces and can
cause corrosion damage. In severe situations, a space
heater can be considered to warm the unit.
American Geothermal - 1037 Old Salem Rd. - Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 - F: 615-890-6926 - www.amgeo.com
71

40 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
Mainfenanc
t t
t
Removal 4
1 '2
• Unfasten hardware holding Packing Gland in place • Remove packing rings from Stuffing box using two
and slide back on shaft to expose packing rings. A commercially available Packing Hooks as shown.
split Packing Gland is shown,
• Slide Lantern Ring (if used) back to expose any
remaining rings, including metallic. Remove them in
Typical Packing Arrangement
Ring Joints
Packing /J
Rings ✓ �
Lantem Ring
• Clean shaft sleeve and Packing Gland.
• Inspect shaft sleeve for wear. replace if needed.
• install new packing rings in stuffing box by placing
over shaft sleeve and pushing them in as far as they
Will go_
Rotate ring joint 90 degrees when installing .each ring
as shown.
• Slide packing gland into position, then gently and
evenly tighten nuts to force rings into place and seat
(do not overtighten). Loosen nuts again to hand tight.
• Start primed pump and allow packing to leak liberally.
• Tighten gland nuts one complete turn each until
leakage is reduced to 40 to 60 drops per minute.
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
72

40 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
�j
JRemo�ual. w
Unfasten hardware holding volute to bracket.
NOTE: For model &tEY, consult factory for special
instructions.
Remove volute to expose impeller.
Peel off old gasket or O-Ring and discard_
• Hold impeller stationary and remove impeller screw
and associated hardware.
CPU WM
Gear.Pulter
r Fmger mum
'.
Noe:
A hetmurplaced between the
jek t wands hagendwill
prrevent damage to the shaft
and tmpe0er screw threads.
Puller
GearPulley" L
Finger
• Remove capscrews holding bracket to motor.
• Install a standard gear puller to shaft end and motor
bracket placing puller fingers in the area shown.
Stationary
Rotate gear puller jackscrew until impeller clears
shaft. Mechanical shaft seal will come off with motor
bracket.
If a seal retaining ring is part of the assembly, it will
reed to be replaced.
Rotating
Seat
Spring
Stationary
Seat
Push stationary seal out of seal cavity from the back
of bracket_
Clean seal cavity in bracket thoroughly.
Procedure and parts will vary slightly depending on pump style.
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
73

40 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
V Mainftenanlp
Ens'ta�ing�f�ev✓`Seal .>�
Do not scratch or chip
polished ceramic face.
Also ...do not touch
polished surface
Place bracket on a smooth, flat surface, pump side
up.
It shaft Is threaded, cover threads
wilh tape to protect seal during
Installation.
ceramic face with cardboard washer and press
straight in using a piece of pipe or tubing.
• Apply a. small. amount of mineral oil to O-Ring on Reinstall bracket on motor using extreme care not to
stationary seal and press into seal cavity. Cover scratch or chip ceramic face of seal with shaft_
• Apply a small amount of mineral oil to inside diameter
of rubber ring in rotating seat and outside of shaft
sleeve. Slide rotating seat onto shaft, polished face
first, until it is tight against ceramic face.
• Compress seal spring and install retaining ring in
shaft sleeve groove (if used).
• Place impeller key in motor shaft keyway. Slide
impeller on to shaft as far as possible_
;.
Install gasket and volute on bracket. Use a new
gasket or O-Ring when reassembling to prevent
leakage ( a coat of grease on gasket will aid in future
disassembly and maintenance).
• Apply anti -seizing compound to capscrews and
tighten securely.
Clean threads thoroughly.
Apply non -permanent thread adhesive' to impeller
capscrew and shaft threads.
Install impeller washer, shakeproof lockwasher, and
capscrew,
!'ra�dure and parts wii6 vary s1i�Mly der�..u.•.y — F_.-F -'Y,
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. ^ Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
74

40 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
General Information
ORDERING .REPLACEMENT PARTS:
Locate the Berkeley nameplate on the pump; plate is
normally on the motor bracket. Information found on this
plate is shown below. To be sure of receiving correct
parts, provide all nameplate data when ordering. The
BM (Bill of Material) number is most important. Write
your nameplate information on the blank nameplate
below for future reference as nameplates can become
worn or lost.
SAMPLE ONLY
Illustrations on the following page show typical
components used in the assembly of motor drive
centrifugal pumps. Both mechanical seal and packing
styles are shown. Refer to these drawings when
ordering any replacement parts_
3441093
Record your nameplate data here.
American Geothermal •.1037Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 •.615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
75

40 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
+Pump`Nom6h6lature
t 'JI t � L
Clack Weight
f , I Clack Washer
Motor ` Suction
Bracket ,r /' Impeller /Cover
Impeller l �7
Lock Nut
`� ��''�„,�sY � •` Case Gasket �„ �'�,�•
r " Seal RetainingPump Case
s
i
r } J�I b Impeller Rubber Clack
T� (Check Valve)
Mechanical ; Impeller Washer
Seal Shafi It/Shakeproof Lockwasher
Sleeve it b / Impeller Capscrew
Volute
Case
1
Electric motor not shown. Wear Ring',',
Drawing shows typical motor drive pump with packing or j
a mechanical Shaft seal- Parts on some models will vary
Slightly.
� Y• Gasket!'=="
or 0-
Impeller; r"
-
Lode Hut v
_ s
Case Gasket �`•.�
�,�'; `4
Pump Case —
(velu )
-,.._ ...
Parking
Gland ���`•\
i�- Ruienl Pecking Grease
Shaft Cup or fitting
PadOng :.1...
Pings a
kieta➢ic
Ring
Clads
Weight
Clark
ltwashe:
Rubbe- Clack
(Check Vah e)
—Suction
Caner
Impeller
Shakeproof Gasket
Loo -ber or O-Ring
washer i
Impeller ;!
Unscrew
Balance Ring
Gasket
' f `
S
Volute Case
�
1N
Motor
Balm. �
6racket
Ring
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
76

40 TON AIR SOURCE PUMP
Maintenar'ce .
�a
SYMPTOM
PROBABLE CAUSE
GROUPI
ELECTRICAL
GROUPII
MECHANICAL.
GROUP III
SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
C
Pump runs, but no water delivered
X
X
X
X
Not enough water delivered
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Not enough pressure
X
X
X
X_
X
X
X
X
Excessive vibration
X
X
X
X
X
Abnormal noise
X
X
X
X
X
X
Pump stops'
X
X
X
X
X
X
XOverheating
X
flX
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
I. ELECTRICAL
A_ No voltage in power system
Check phase -to -phase on line side of starter contactor.
Check circuit breaker or fuses.
B. No voltage on one phase
(Three Phase Unrts)
Check phase voltage on line side of starter contactor. Isolate open circuit
(circuit breaker, fuse, broken connections, etc.)
C. Low voltage at motor
Running voltage across each leg of motor must be ±10% of nominal
voltage shown on nameplate.
D. Motor leads improperly grouped
for voltage
Refer to lead grouping diagram on motor nameplate.
E_ Control failure
Check control device, starter contactor, H-O-A selector switch, etc.,
for malfunction.
F. Thermal overload switch open
Check phase -to -phase on line.side of starter contactor.
G. Installation failure
Check motor or windings to ground with megohmmeter_
H. Open windings
Check leg -to -leg with ohmmeter.
1. Frequency variation
Check frequency of power system. Must be less than 5%variation from
motor nameplate rating.
IL MECHANICAL
A. Flow through pump completely or
partially obstructed
Locate and remove obstruction. Refer to Repair Instructions
for disassembly.
B_ Wrong direction of rotation
Reverse rotation of three phase motor by interchanging any two leads.
See manufacturer's Instructions for reversing single phase motor.
C. Pump not primed
Reprime. Inspect suction system for air leaks.
D. Internal leakage
Check Impeller for wear of controlled clearances (See Repair Instructions),
E_ Loose parts
Inspect. Repair
F. Stuffing box not.properly adjusted
Adjust gland.
III. SYSTEM
A. Pressure required by system at design
flour rate exceeds pressure rating of pump
Compare pump pressure and How rate against pump characteristic curve.
Check for closed or partially closed valve in discharge piping system.
Reduce system pressure requirement. Increase pressure capability of pump.
S. Obstruction in suction piping
Locate and remove obstruction.
C. Pressure rating of pump exceeds pressure
requirement of system at design flow rate
Compare pump pressure and flow rate against pump characteristic curve.
Inspect discharge piping system for breaks, leaks, open by-pass valves, etc_
If necessary, reduce flow rate by partially closing discharge valve.
American Geothermal • 1037 Old Salem Rd. • Murfreesboro, TN 37129 • 615-890-6985 • F: 615-890-6926 • www.amgeo.com
77

NGOULDS PUMPS
Goulds_Pump_3656_3756Sgroup_iom_D100
Installation,
Operation and
Maintenance
Instructions
Please fill in information and give this booklet to homeowner.
Warranty information is on page 12.
Model Number: —
Serial Number: —
Dealer:
Dealer's Phone No.
Date of Purchase:
Installation Date:
Model
3656/3756
� Table of Contents
SUBJECT PAGE
Safety Instructions.......................................................... 2
Description and Specifications ........................................ 2
Engineering Data........................................................... 2
Installation.................................................................... 2
Location.................................................................... 2
Close -Coupled Units .................................................. 2
Frame -Mounted Units ................................................ 3
SAE Engine Driven Pumps .......................................... 3
Coupling Alignment....................................................... 3
Frame -Mounted Units Only ........................................ 3
Piping............................................................................ 4
Suction...................................................................... 4
Discharge................................................................... 4
Wiring and Grounding ................................................... 4
Rotation........................................................................ 4
Operation...................................................................... 4
Maintenance.................................................................. 5
Disassembly................................................................... 5
Reassembly.................................................................... 6
Packed Box Instructions ................................................. 6
Trouble Shooting........................................................... 7
RepairParts................................................................... 8
Limited Warranty ........................................................ 12
Goulds Pumps
IM01OR04
ITT Industries
�v

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
TO AVOID SERIOUS OR FATAL PERSONAL INJURY
OR MAJOR PROPERTY DAMAGE, READ AND
FOLLOW ALL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS IN THE
MANUAL AND ON THE PUMP.
This is a SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL.
When you see this symbol on the pump or
in the manual, look for one of the following
signal words and be alert to the potential for
personal injury or property damage.
Warns of hazards that WILL cause serious
personal injury, death or major property
damage.
AWARN ING Warns of hazards that CAN cause serious
personal injury, death or major property
damage.
A CAUTION Warns of hazards that CAN cause personal
injury or property damage.
NOTICE: INDICATES SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
WHICH ARE VERY IMPORTANT AND
MUST BE FOLLOWED.
THIS MANUAL IS INTENDED TO ASSIST IN THE
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF THIS UNIT.
THOROUGHLY REVIEW ALL INSTRUCTIONS AND
WARNINGS PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK
ON THIS PUMP.
MAINTAIN ALL SAFETY DECALS.
NOTICE: INSPECT UNIT FOR DAMAGE AND
REPORT ALL DAMAGE TO CARRIER
IMMEDIATELY.
AWARN ING UNIT NOT DESIGNED FOR USE
WITH HAZARDOUS LIQUIDS OR
FLAMMABLE GASES.
Hazardous fluids
can cause fire,
burnsor death.
DESCRIPTION and SPECIFICATIONS
The series 36S6137S6 are single stage, end suction, centrifugal
pumps for general liquid transfer, booster applications,
irrigation and general service pumping. Pumps are available in
three different materials of construction: all iron, bronze -fitted
and all bronze ("S" group only).
Pump impellers are fully enclosed,"key driven and held in
position by an impeller bolt and washer. Casings are full volute
in design with replaceable wear rings.
Dependant on the pump size, the suction and discharge
connections will be threaded or flanged. Shafts are protected
with stainless steel shaft sleeves.
Close -coupled units have NEMA standard JM or JP motors
with C-face mounting and key driven shaft extension. SAE
drive units bolt directly to the engine flywheel housing for SAE
sizes 1, 2, 3, 4 or S. Optional elastomer element couplings are
available for 61L, 71/2, 8, 10,11'/2 and 14 inch flywheels. Frame
mounted units can be coupled to motors through a spacer
coupling, or belt driven.
Maximum Liquid Temperature:
2120 F (1000 C) — standard seal or packing
250" F (1200 C) — Optional high temp. seal
Maximum Working Pressure (table 1):
—NPT connections, 200 PSI (1379 kPa)
—12S# ANSI flanged connections, 17S PSI (1207 kPa)
Maximum Suction Pressure: 100 PSI (689.S kPa)
Starts per Hour: 20, evenly distributed
Group
Size
Suction
Discharge
S
1112 x 2-6 (H)
2" NPT
1112" NPT
1 x 2-7
2" NPT
1" NPT
2112 x 3-7
3" NPT
21/2" NPT
3 x 4-7
4" Flange
3" Flange
1 x 2-8
2" NPT
1" NPT
11/2 x 2-8 .
2" NPT
1112" NPT
LH
2 x 2-5
2" NPT
2" NPT
21/2 x 21/2-5
2Yz' NPT
2Y2" NPT
3 x 3-5
3" NPT
3" NPT
M
21/2 x 3-8
3" NPT
211z" NPT
3 x 4-8
4" Flange
3" Flange
4 x 5-8
5" Flange
4" Flange
1112 x 2-10
2" NPT
11/2" NPT
21/2 x 3-10
3" Flange
21/2" Flange
3 x 4-10
4" Flange
3" Flange
4 x 6-10
6" Flange
4" Flange
21/2 x 3-13
3" Flange
2112" Flange
3 x 4-13
4" Flange
3" Flange
4 x 6-13
6" Flange
4" Flange
L
6 x 8-13
8" Flange
6" Flange
8 x 10-13
10" Flange
8" Flange
4 x 6-16
1 6" Flange
4" Flange
LOCATION
• Locate the pump as near liquid source as practical; below
level of liquid for automatic repriming capability.
• Allow adequate space for servicing and ventilation. Protect
the unit from weather and water damage due to rain,
flooding or freezing temperatures.
• Protect the pump and piping from freezing temperatures.
• Allow adequate space around the unit for service and
ventilation.
CLOSE -COUPLED UNITS
• Units may be installed horizontally, inclined or vertically with
the motor above the pump.
• The motor feet MUST be bolted to a substantial surface
(horizontal or vertical) that is capable of complete and rigid
support for the pump and motor. For L-Group pumps, the
motor adapter feet must also be bolted to the supportive
surface.
• For vertical operation, the motor should be fitted with a drip
cover or otherwise protected against liquid entering the
motor (rain, spray, condensation, etc.)
NOTICE: DO NOT INSTALL WITH MOTOR
BELOW PUMP. ANY LEAKAGE OR
CONDENSATION WILL AFFECT
THE MOTOR.
0

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
TO AVOID SERIOUS OR FATAL PERSONAL INJURY
OR MAJOR PROPERTY DAMAGE, READ AND
FOLLOW ALL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS IN THE
MANUAL AND ON THE PUMP.
This is a SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL.
When you see this symbol on the pump or
in the manual, look for one of the following
signal words and be alert to the potential for
personal injury or property damage.
! Warns of hazards that WILL cause serious
personal injury, death or major property
damage.
AWARN ING Warns of hazards that CAN cause serious
personal injury, death or major property
damage.
®CAUTION Warns of hazards that CAN cause personal
injury or property damage.
NOTICE: INDICATES SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
WHICH ARE VERY IMPORTANT AND
MUST BE FOLLOWED.
THIS MANUAL IS INTENDED TO ASSIST IN THE
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF THIS UNIT.
THOROUGHLY REVIEW ALL INSTRUCTIONS AND
WARNINGS PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK
ON THIS PUMP.
MAINTAIN ALL SAFETY DECALS.
NOTICE: INSPECT UNIT FOR DAMAGE AND
REPORT ALL DAMAGE TO CARRIER
IMMEDIATELY.
®WARNING UNIT NOT DESIGNED FOR USE
WITH HAZARDOUS LIQUIDS OR
FLAMMABLE GASES.
Hazardous fluids
can cause fire,
burns or death.
DESCRIPTION and SPECIFICATIONS
The series 36S6/3756 are single stage, end suction, centrifugal
pumps for general liquid transfer, booster applications,
irrigation and general service pumping. Pumps are available in
three different materials of construction: all iron, bronze -fitted
and all bronze ("S" group only).
Pump impellers are fully enclosed, key driven and held in
position by an impeller bolt and washer. Casings are full volute
in design with replaceable wear rings.
Dependant on the pump size, the suction and discharge
connections will be threaded or flanged. Shafts are protected
with stainless steel shaft sleeves.
Close -coupled units have NEMA standard JM or JP motors
with C-face mounting and key driven shaft extension. SAE
drive units bolt directly to the engine flywheel housing for SAE
sizes 1, 2, 3, 4 or S. Optional elastomer element couplings are
available for 6'/2, 7'/2, 8, 10, 11'/2 and 14 inch flywheels. Frame
mounted units can be coupled to motors through a spacer
coupling, or belt driven.
Maximum Liquid Temperature:
212' F (100' C) — standard seal or packing
250' F (120' C) — Optional high temp. seal
Maximum Working Pressure (table 1):
—NPT connections, 200 PSI (1379 kPa)
—125# ANSI flanged connections, 175 PSI (1207 kPa)
Maximum Suction Pressure: 100 PSI (689.5 kPa)
Starts per Hour: 20, evenly distributed
Group
Size
Suction
Discharge
S
11/2 x 2-6 (H)
2" NPT
11/2" NPT
1 x 2-7
2" NPT
1" NPT
21/2 x 3-7
3" NPT
21/2" NPT
3 x 4-7
4" Flange
3" Flange
1 x 2-8
2" NPT
1" NPT
11/2 x 2-8
2" NPT
11/2" NPT
LH
2 x 2-5
2" NPT
2" NPT
21/2 x 21/2-5
21/2" NPT
21/2" NPT
3 x 3-5
3" NPT
3" NPT
M
21/2 x 3-8
3" NPT
21/2" NPT
3 x 4-8
4" Flange
3" Flange
4 x 5-8
5" Flange
4" Flange
11/2 x 2-10
2" NPT
1Yz" NPT
21/z x 3-10
3" Flange
21/2" Flange
3 x 4-10
4" Flange
3" Flange
4 x 6-10
6" Flange
4" Flange
21/2 x 3-13
3" Flange
21/2" Flange
3 x 4-13
4" Flange
3" Flange
4 x 6-13
6" Flange
4" Flange
L
6 x 8-13
8" Flange
6" Flange
8 x 10-13
10" Flange
8" Flange
4 x 6-16 1
6" Flange
4" Flange
LOCATION
• Locate the pump as near liquid source as practical; below
level of liquid for automatic repriming capability.
• Allow adequate space for servicing and ventilation. Protect
the unit from weather and water damage due to rain,
flooding or freezing temperatures.
• Protect the pump and piping from freezing temperatures.
• Allow adequate space around the unit for service and
ventilation.
CLOSE -COUPLED UNITS
• Units may be installed horizontally, inclined or vertically with
the motor above the pump.
• The motor feet MUST be bolted to a substantial surface
(horizontal or vertical) that is capable of complete and rigid
support for the pump and motor. For L-Group pumps, the
motor adapter feet must also be bolted to the supportive
surface.
• For vertical operation, the motor should be fitted with a drip
cover or otherwise protected against liquid entering the
motor (rain, spray, condensation, etc.)
NOTICE: DO NOT INSTALL WITH MOTOR
BELOW PUMP. ANY LEAKAGE OR
CONDENSATION WILL AFFECT
THE MOTOR.
2

FRAME -MOUNTED UNITS
• A flat substantial foundation surface MUST be provided to
avoid distortion and/or strain when tightening the
foundation bolts. A rubber mounting is acceptable to reduce
noise or excessive vibration.
• Tighten motor hold-down bolts BEFORE connecting piping
to pump.
r/n T �j Grout hole Base
Finished grouting ---Ie fig—�f 1 y y
Grout
Allowance .tit: Leveling wedges or shims —left in place
for leveling �-•-': -'-''-
ip of foundation —
ean and wet down
Wood x.¢'.- d.•.•.':•.; ;d ; e.;.;d•: n: �•.•....•.
frame � > ... a..v .
..... .. Sleeve •'•'•<- 1- — . .
Q.•. Lug r.•.'.`.e" 9•••.
Figure 1
• Baseplate MUST be grouted to a foundation with solid
footing. Refer to Figure 1.
• Place unit in position on wedges located at four points, two
below approximate center of driver and two below
approximate center of pump. Adjust wedges to level unit.
Level or plumb suction and discharge connections.
• Make sure bedplate is not distorted and final coupling
alignment can be made within the limits of movement of
motor and by shimming, if necessary.
• Tighten foundation bolts finger tight and build dam around
foundation. Pour grout under bedplate making sure the areas
under the pump and motor feet are filled solid. Allow grout
to harden 48 hours before frilly tightening foundation bolts.
• Tighten pump and motor hold-down bolts before aligning
shaft or connecting the piping to pump.
• Allow grout to harden for 48 hours before tightening 4
foundation bolts.
SAE — Engin6Driven Pumps
The SAE engine drive bearing frame is designed to bolt directly
to the flywheel housing for engines with an SAE no. 1, 2, 3, 4
or S mount. The pump shaft extension is sized for use with
couplings bolted directly to the flywheel. Goulds Pumps
optional couplings are sized for 6'/", 7'/2", 8", 10", and 14"
flywheels. Although other flywheel mount couplings may be
used, it is recommended that the Goulds Pumps coupling be
used to ensure long and trouble -free operation from your
Goulds Pump.
INSTALLATION
The pump may be installed horizontally, with the discharge
rotated to any position allowed by the casing bolt pattern
(371). It is recommended that the discharge be located
horizontally, above the suction.
The casing must be supported on all pumps by a rigid
support which is anchored to the unit base or foundation.
For M-Group pumps it is recommended that this support is
bolted to the motor adapter ring using 2 or more of the
casing bolts (371). It is likely that longer bolts will be
required for the additional support thickness. Use SAE grade
S bolts, torqued as indicated in this manual.
• For L-Group pumps it is recommended that the pump is
supported beneath the two feet cast into the motor adapter
(108). These feet must be bolted to the support.
• Begin the assembly of the pump to the engine by thoroughly
cleaning the engine flywheel and flywheel housing.
• For Goulds Pumps optional couplings — Ensure that the
coupling hub set screw is backed out enough to ensure
clearance for the shaft key during assembly. Mount the
coupling assembly to the engine flywheel using the bolts
provided torqued as follows in a crossing sequence:
6Y2' or 7%i' Flywheel —11 lbs.-ft. (1S N• m)
8 ", 10" or 11'/z" Flywheel — 20 lbs.-ft. (27 N• m)
14" Flywheel —SO lbs.-ft. (68 N•m)
(For other couplings follow manufacturers
recommended installation procedure.)
• Place the pump shaft key into the pump shaft (122) and align
the shaft to the coupling. Slide the pump into the coupling
until the engine adapter ring (340) contacts the engine
flywheel housing.
• Mount the pump to the engine using the bolts and lock -
washers provided, torqued as follows in a crossing sequence:
SAE #2, #3, #4, #S — 20 lbs.-ft. (27 N•m)
SAE #1—SO lbs.-ft. (68 N•m)
• Install coupling guards (S01N).
• Bolt motor adapter (108) to the rigid support described
above.
Coupling Alignment
AWARNING
FAILURE TO DISCONNECT AND
LOCKOUT ELECTRICAL POWER
30
BEFORE ATTEMPTING ANY
MAINTENANCE CAN CAUSE
SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY.
Hazardous machinery
can cause personal
injury or death.
FRAME -MOUNTED UNITS ONLY
Alignment MUST be checked prior to running. See Figure 2.
Figure 2
• Tighten all hold-down bolts before checking alignment.
• If realignment is necessary, always move the motor. Shim
as required.
• Parallel misalignment, shafts with axis parallel bur not
concentric. Place dial indicator on one hub and rotate this
hub 3600 while taking readings on the outside diameter of
the other hub. Parallel alignment is achieved when reading is
O.00S" (0.127 mm) TIR, or less.
• Angular misalignment, shaft with axis concentric but not
parallel. Place dial indicator on one hub and rotate this hub
360° while taking readings on the face of the other hub.
Angular alignment is achieved when reading is 0,005"
(0.127 mm) TIR, or less.

• Final alignment is achieved when parallel and angular
requirements are satisfied with motor hold-down bolts tight.
NOTICE: ALWAYS RECHECK BOTH ALIGNMENTS
AFTER MAKING ANY MECHANICAL
ADJUSTMENTS.
• Piping should be no smaller than pump's discharge and
suction connections and kept as short as possible, avoiding
unnecessary fittings to minimize friction losses. See Table 1
• All piping MUST be independently supported and MUST
NOT place any piping loads on the pump
NOTICE: DO NOT FORCE PIPING INTO PLACE
AT PUMP SUCTION AND DISCHARGE
CONNECTIONS.
• All pipe joints MUST be airtight.
PIPING — SUCTION
• For suction lifts over 10 ft. (3 m) and liquid temperatures
over 120' F. (49' C), consult pump performance curve for
net positive suction head required (NPSHR).
• If a pipe size larger than pump suction is required, an
eccentric pipe reducer, with the straight side up, MUST be
installed at the pump suction.
• If pump is installed below the liquid source, install a gate
valve in the suction for pump inspection and maintenance.
NOTICE: DO NOT USE THE GATE VALVE TO
THROTTLE PUMP. THIS MAY CAUSE LOSS
OF PRIME, EXCESSIVE TEMPERATURES
AND DAMAGE TO PUMP, VOIDING
WARRANTY.
• If the pump is installed above the liquid source, the'following
MUST be provided:
• To avoid air pockets, no part of the piping should be above
the pump suction connection.
• Slope the piping upward from liquid source.
• Use a foot valve or check valve ONLY if necessary for
priming or to hold prime during intermittent duty.
• The suction strainer or suction bell MUST be at least
3 times the suction pipe diameter area.
• Insure that the size and minimum submergence over
suction inlet is sufficient to prevent air from entering pump
through a suction vortex. See Figures 3 through 6.
H min. H min.
D
f
r,
Figure 3 H Figure 4
E
c
II
2
Figure 5
M V.
V = Velocity in feet per second
= GPM x 0.321 GPM x 0.4085
Area D'
Figure 6
PIPING — DISCHARGE
• Install a check valve suitable to handle the flow, liquids and
to prevent backflow. After the check valve, install an
appropriately sized gate valve to be used to regulate the
pump capacity, pump inspection and for maintenance.
• When required, pipe increaser should be installed between
the check valve and the pump discharge.
Wiring and Grounding
AWARN I NG A Install, Found and wire according to
local and National Electrical Code
Requirements. ,
AInstall an all leg electrical power
disconnect switch near the pump.
A Disconnect and lockout electrical
Hazardous voltage power before installing or servicing
can shock, burn or pump.
the
cause death. P p
AElectrical supply MUST match
pump's nameplate specifications.
Incorrect voltage can cause fire,
damage motor and void the warranty.
AMotors without built-in protection MUST be provided
with contactors and thermal overloads for single phase
motors, or starters with heaters for three phase motors.
See motor nameplate.
• Use only copper wire to motor and ground. The ground
wire MUST be at least as large as the wire to the motor.
Wires should be color coded for ease of maintenance.
• Follow motor manufacturer's wiring diagram on the motor
nameplate or terminal cover carefully.
AWARN ING FAILURE TO PERMANENTLY
GROUND THE PUMP, MOTOR AND
Hazardous CONTROLS BEFORE CONNECTING
voltage TO ELECTRICAL POWER CAN CAUSE
SHOCK, BURNS OR DEATH.
NOTICE: INCORRECT ROTATION MAY CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE PUMP AND VOIDS
THE WARRANTY.
• Correct rotation is right-hand, CLOCKWISE when viewed
from the motor end. For frame mounted units, switch power
on and off quickly to observe rotation. On close coupled
units, remove motor end plug or cover to observe rotation.
• To reverse three phase motor rotation, interchange any two
power supply leads.
Operation
AWARNING
DO NOT OPERATE FRAME
MOUNTED OR SAE UNITS WITHOUT
30
SAFETY GUARDS IN PLACE OR
SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY MAY
RESULT.
Hazardous machinery
can cause personal
injury or death.

±W�ARNING SPLASHING ORIMMERSING OPEN
DRIP PROOF MOTORS IN FLUID CAN
00� 17 CAUSE FIRE, SHOCK, BURNS OR
DEATH.
a,
Hazardous voltage
can shock, burn or
cause death.
AWARN IN G
OPERATION AT OR NEAR ZERO
FLOW CAN CAUSE EXTREME HEAT,
PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY
DAMAGE.
Extreme heat can
cause personal injury
or property damage.
NOTICE: NO NOT RUN PUMP DRY OR SEAL
DAMAGE WILL RESULT.
• After stabilizing the system at normal operating conditions,
check the piping. If necessary, adjust the pipe supports.
• On frame -mounted units,. coupling alignment may have
changed due to the temperature differential between pump
and motor. Recheck alignment following procedures and
hazard warnings in "COUPLING ALIGNMENT" section
of this manual.
Maintenance
FAILURE TO DISCONNECT AND
AWARN ING
LOCKOUT ELECTRICAL POWER
�
BEFORE ATTEMPTING ANY
MAINTENANCE CAN CAUSE SHOCK,
BURNS OR DEATH.
Hazardous voltage
can shock, burn or
cause death.
A CAUTI ON
FAILURE TO RELIEVE SYSTEM
PRESSURE AND DRAIN SYSTEM
r, 4
BEFORE ATTEMPTING ANY
¢;;`^
MAINTENANCE CAN CAUSE
PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL
INJURY OR DEATH.
Hazardous pressure
can cause personal
injury or property
damage.
AWA R N I N G IF PIPING HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC
FLUIDS, SYSTEM MUST BE FLUSHED
PRIOR TO PERFORMING SERVICE.
Hazardous fluids can
cause personal injury
or property damage.
CLOSC-COUPLED UNITS
• Bearings are located in and are part of the motor. For
lubrication information, refer to motor manufacturer's
instructions.
FRAME -MOUNTED UNITS
• Model 37S6 S-group has greased for life bearings.
No regressing is possible or necessary.
Model 3756 M or L-group bearing frame and SAE drive
bearing frame should be regreased every 2,000 hours or at a
three month interval, whichever occurs first. Use a #2
sodium or lithium based grease. Fill until grease comes out of
relief fittings, or lip seals, then wipe off excess.
• Follow motor or engine and coupling manufacturer's
lubrication instructions.
• Recheck alignment.
SEASONAL SERVICE
• To REMOVE pump from service, remove drain plug and
drain all unprotected piping.
• To RETURN pump to service, replace drain plug using
Teflon TM tape or equivalent on male threads.
• Reconnect suction line if removed, examine union and repair
if necessary.
• Refer to OPERATION section of manual.
Disassembly
• Follow ALL warnings and instructions in the
"MAINTENANCE" section of this manual.
• Close -coupled units: Remove motor hold-down bolts.
• Frame -mounted units: Remove coupling guard, spacer, -
coupling and frame hold-down bolts.
LIQUID END
1. Remove casing bolts (371).
2. Remove back pull-out assembly from casing (100).
3. Remove casing wear ring (103) if excessively worn.
NOTICE: DO NOT INSERT SCREWDRIVER BETWEEN
IMPELLER VANES TO PREVENT ROTATION.
4. On close -coupled units, remove motor end plug or cover
to expose screwdriver slot or flats on end of motor shaft.
S. While restraining shaft with an appropriate tool (close -
coupled units) or with a strap wrench (frame -mounted
units) remove impeller bolt (198). Impeller bolt may need
to be heated with torch to remove. Discard.
NOTICE: EXERCISE CAUTION WHEN HANDLING
HOT IMPELLER BOLT.
6. Remove impeller washer (199). Discard.
7. Insert two pry bars, 1800 apart, between impeller (101) and
seal housing (184). CAREFULLY pry off impeller.
8. Remove impeller key (178).
9. Remove seal housing bolts (370B) and seal housing (184)
pulling with it the mechanical seal assembly. Discard seal
assembly and seal housing o-ring (S13). For packed box
pumps see "PACKED BOX INSTRUCTIONS".
10. Remove adapter bolts (370) and adapter (108).
11. Inspect shaft sleeve (126). If badly scored, remove by
heating with torch. Discard.
NOTICE: EXERCISE CARE IN HANDLING HOT
SHAFT SLEEVE.
41

12. Push out the mechanical seal stationary seat from the
seal housing. Discard.
13.On units equipped, remove seal housing wear ring (203)
if excessively worn.
DISASSEMBLY OF BEARING FRAME OR
SAE BEARING FRAME
1. Remove deflector (123) from shaft.
2. Remove bearing cover (134).
3. Remove shaft assembly from frame.
4. Remove lip seals (138, 139) from bearing frame (228) and
bearing cover (134) if worn. Discard..
5. Remove retaining ring (361).
6. Use bearing puller or arbor press to remove ball
bearings (112, 168).
• All parts should be cleaned before assembly.
NOTICE: O-RING SHOULD BE REPLACED AFTER ANY
DISASSEMBLY OF UNIT.
BEARING FRAME
1. Replace lip seals if removed.
2. Replace ball bearings if loose, rough or noisy when rotated.
3. Check shaft (122) for runout. Maximum permissible is
0.002" (0.05 mm) TM
4. Refer to the "MAINTENANCE" section of this manual
for M-group bearing frame regreasing instructions.
LIQUID END
8. Fully and squarely install the rotary assembly of seal
against the stationary seat.
NOTICE: REPLACE IMPELLER BOLT AND WASHER
WHENEVER IMPELLER IS REMOVED.
9. Install impeller key in shaft keyway. Mount impeller on
shaft and push until it bottoms. Hold in place.
10. Install new impeller washer.
11. Apply LOCTITE® #262 or equivalent, to new impeller bolt
threads and tighten to:
3/"-16 bolts 201bs.-ft. (27 N• m)
'/z"-13 bolts 381bs.-ft. (51 N•m)
12. Replace casing wear ring, if removed.
13. Replace casing bolts and tighten, in a crossing sequence,
to torque values indicated below:
3/"-16 bolts (bronze casing) 25 lbs.-ft. (34 N-m)
3/s"-16 bolts (cast iron casing) 37 lbs.-ft. (50 N'm)
'/z"-13 bolts (cast iron casing) 90 lbs.-ft. (122 N-m)
3/"-10 bolts (cast iron casing) 17S lbs.-ft. (237 N- m)
14. Check reassembled unit for binding by rotating shaft with
appropriate tool from motor end.
15. If rubbing exists, loosen casing bolts and proceed with
tightening sequence again.
16. Replace motor hold-down bolts and motor end plug or
cover on close -coupled units.
17. Replace coupling, spacer, coupling guard and frame
hold-down bolts on frame -mounted units.
NOTICE: ALWAYS RECHECK BOTH ALIGNMENTS
AFTER MAKING ANY ADJUSTMENTS.
1. Inspect shaft removing any debris or burrs. 18. Refer to the "COUPLING ALIGNMENT" section of
2. Treat shaft with LOCQUIC® Primer "T", or equivalent, this manual to realign shaft.
following manufacturer's instructions carefully. 19. Assembly is complete.
3. When replacing shaft sleeve, spray new shaft sleeve's bore Packed Box
with LOCQUICa Primer "T", or equivalent. Let parts dry
and then apply LOCTITE® #262 on the same surfaces. 1. Make sure stuffing box is free of foreign materials and
Slide new sleeve over shaft with a twisting motion, wipe clean before beginning packing of packed box. Refer to
off excess. Let cure according to instructions. Sectional Assembly in the repair parts section.
NOTICE: MECHANICAL SEAL MUST BE REPLACED
WHENEVER SEAL HAS BEEN REMOVED.
FOLLOW SEAL MANUFACTURER'S
INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY. FOR PACKED
BOX PUMPS SEE "PACKED BOX
INSTRUCTIONS".
4. Replace seal housing wear ring, if removed.
S. For mechanical seal pumps, stationary seal seat may be
dipped in water to ease installation. Place stationary seal
seat squarely into seal housing bore. Cover the polished
face of the seat with a thin piece of cardboard or paper
towel. Press seat firmly into bore using a round piece of
plastic or wood that disperses the force over the entire
seal face.
6. Place adapter, concave face pointing up, over motor
shaft and lower it onto the motor.
7. Replace seal housing o-ring. This o-ring may be lubricated
with water or glycerin to ease in installation. Install seal
housing on adapter. Exercise care in that the motor shaft
does not dislodge or damage seal seat.
2. Take special care during installation of packing rings
because they are die -formed. To install, twist the ring
sideways just enough to fit it around the shaft sleeve.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO PULL RINGS STRAIGHT
OUT. See Figure 7.
CORRECT WRONG
< > < - - -- >
Figure 7
Ii

3. Install the two piece Teflon lantern ring supplied as shown
in figure 8. Note: two pieces make one ring. Notches on
ring must face each other, but alignment is not necessary.
Teflon Lantern Ring
Figure 8
4. Install the packing rings and lantern ring in the following
sequence to pack the packed box. Install two rings of
packing, then the lantern ring, followed by the final three
rings of packing. Install each ring separately and firmly
seat. The use of a wooden split bushing is recommended
to accomplish this. See Figure 9. Use gland to jack the
bushing and ring into the box. Stagger joints in each ring
90°. Make sure the flush tap in the packed box lines up
with the center of the lantern ring. Any extra rings are
spares.
STUFFING
BOX
Figure 9
GLAND
S. Tighten gland nuts evenly, but not tight. When the pump
is started, slowly tighten the gland nuts until the leak rate
is between 40 and 60 drops per minute. A grease lubricant
can be used when the pumpage contains abrasive particles
or for a suction lift condition.
REMOVAL OF PACKED BOX
• Follow these steps to remove the packing from the
packed box.
1. Remove gland assembly.
2. With a "packing hook" remove packing.
3. Insert a wire hook into the ring on the outer edge to
remove the lantern ring.
4. Clean the packed box.
Trouble Shooting,Guide
AWARN I NG
DISCONNECT AND LOCKOUT
ELECTRICAL POWER BEFORE
ATTEMPTING ANY MAINTENANCE.
FAILURE TO DO SO CAN CAUSE A
SHOCK, BURN OR DEATH.
Hazardous voltage
can shock, burn or
cause death.
SYMPTOM
MOTOR NOT RUNNING
See Probable Cause —1 through S
LITTLE OR NO LIQUID DELIVERED
See Probable Cause — 6 through 13
EXCESSIVE POWER CONSUMPTION
See Probable Cause — 3, 13, 14, 1S
EXCESSIVE NOISE and VIBRATION
See Probable Cause — 3, 6, 7, 10, 12, 14, 16,17
PROBABLE CAUSE
1. Motor thermal protector tripped
2. Open circuit breaker or blown fuse
3. Impeller binding
4. Motor improperly wired
S. Defective motor
6. Pump is not primed, air or gases in pumpage
7. Discharge, suction plugged or valve closed
8. Incorrect rotation (3 phase only)
9. Low voltage or phase loss
10. Impeller worn or plugged
11. System head too high
12. NPSHA too low — Excessive Suction lift or losses
13. Incorrect impeller diameter
14. Discharge head too low - excessive flow rate
1S. Fluid viscosity, specific gravity too high
16. Worn bearing
17. Pump, motor or piping loose
7

Repair Parts Series
3656/3756
19
20
21
r14I
Packed Box Arrangement
LIQUID END COMPONENTS POWER END COMPONENTS (shown on next oaae)
Item No.
I Description
Material
1
Casing
Cast iron or bronze
2
Impeller
3
Adapter
4
Wear ring (casing)
5'
Wear ring (seal housing)
Cast iron or bronze
6
Impeller bolt
AISI Type 300
stainless steel
7
Impeller washer
8
Impeller key
9
Seal housing o-ring
BUNA-N
10
Mechanical seal
See chart
11
Shaft sleeve
AISI Type 300
stainless steel
12
Drain plug -'/a or % NPT
Steel or brass
13
Hex head cap screw (casing to adapter)
Steel
14
Hex head cap screw (adapter to motor/frame)
15
Hex head cap screw (Adapter to seal housing)
16
Lantern ring
Teflon'"
17
Packing, 5 rings
Teflon" impregnated
18
Gland
AISI316SS
19
Shaft sleeve
AISI Type 300
stainless steel
20
Gland stud
21
Gland nut
' Item #5 supplied on S-group model 21h x 3-7 (71h,10 and 15 HP) and
M-group (except 3 x 4-10).
g
Item No.
Description
Material
112
Ball bearing (outboard)
Steel
122
Pump shaft
123
V-ring, deflector
BUNA-N
134
Bearing cover
Cast iron
138
Lip seal (outboard)
BUNA-N
139
Lip seal (inboard)
168
Ball bearing (inboard)
Steel
193
Grease fitting (except S-Group)
327C
Screw (cover to adapter) (SAE only)
340
Adapter/engine (SAE only)
Cast iron
361
Retaining ring
Steel
370C
Hex head cap screw (frame to cover)
371 C
Hex head cap screw (adapter to frame)
(SAE only)
399
Key, coupling
501 N
Cover/adapter (SAE only)
Galvanized steel

123 168 122 134
S-Group Power Frame
361 370C
W
123 193 122 112 193 134
L-Group Power Frame
18
123 193 122 112 193 134
M-Group Power Frame
168 193 122 112 134
SAE Power Frame
9

MGOULDS PUMPS
GOULDS PUMPS LIMITED WARRANTY
This warranty applies to all water systems pumps manufactured by Goulds Pumps.
Any part or parts found to be defective within the warranty period shall be replaced at no charge to the dealer during the warranty period. The warranty period shall exist for a
period of twelve (12) months from date of installation or eighteen (18) months from date of manufacture, whichever period is shorter.
A dealer who believes that a warranty claim exists must contact the authorized Goulds Pumps distributor from whom the pump was purchased and furnish complete details
regarding the claim. The distributor is authorized to adjust any warranty claims utilizing the Goulds Pumps Customer Service Department.
The warranty excludes:
(a) Labor, transportation and related costs incurred by the dealer;
(b) Reinstallation costs of repaired equipment;
(c) Reinstallation costs of replacement equipment;
(d) Consequential damages of any kind; and,
(e) Reimbursement for loss caused by interruption of service.
For purposes of this warranty, the following terms have these definitions:
(1) "Distributor" means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, or other legal relationship that stands between Goulds Ptunps and the dealer in purchases,
consignments or contracts for sale of the subject pumps.
(2) "Dealer" means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, or other legal relationship which engages in the business of selling or leasing pumps to customers.
(3) "Customer" means any entity who buys or leases the subject pumps fom a dealer. The "customer" may mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability
company, association or other legal entity which may engage in any type of business.
THIS WARRANTY EXTENDS TO THE DEALER ONLY.
Goulds Pumps
©2000 Goulds Pumps ITT Industries
Printed in U.S.A. <&

M
teanclogy
Instruction and Maintenance Manual
(1 /2) r
WATER TREATMENT PLANT AND FILTER PRESS
BWR
FILLTER PRESS ACQUAE 400
MATEC S.H.
Via San Colombano, 13 - 54100 MASSA (MS) - ITALY
Tel. [phone] - Fax [phone]
Url: www.matecitalia.com E-mail: [e-mail]

BUILDER: MATEC S.H.
ADDRESS: ViaSan Colombano, 13 - 54100 MASSA (MS) - ITALY
Tel. [phone] - Fax [phone]
Url: www.matecitalia.com
E-mail: [e-mail]
DOCUMENT TYPE: Instruction and Maintenance Manual
DOCUMENT CODE: BWR 11/1
EDITION: 12-2011
PRODUCT: INDUSTRIALVATER TREATMENT PLANT
MODEL: BWR — FILTER PRESS ACQUAE 400
MATRICULATION NUMBER: 11BWR4002003
YEAR OD BUILDING: 2011
CONFORMITY: C E

CHAPTER INDEX
1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
2 LIFTING AND POSITIONING
3 ASSEMBLY OF THE UNITS
4 DESCRIPTION OF THE UNITS
5 CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS
6 SAFETY MEASURES
7 STARTING UP AND TURNING OFF THE PLANT
8 ADJUSTMENTS AND CHANGES IN FORMAT
9 MAINTENANCE
10 WASTE DISPOSAL AND DEMOLITION
11 ENCLOSED DOCUMENTATION

MANUAL. INDEX
CHAPTERINDEX........................................................................................................................... 2
MANUALINDEX.............................................................................................................................3
INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................................ 7
WARRANTY................................................................................................................................... 8
ACCORDANCESTATEMENT......................................................................................................10
PLANTDESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................
11
QUALIFIED CREW TO PILOT THE MACHINERY........................................................................
12
FEATURES AND USE OF THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL...........................................................
13
CLIENTS' RESPONSIBILITIES....................................................................................................
15
DESCRIPTION OF THE SIGNS SIGNALING POSSIBLE DANGER .............................................
16
AUTHORIZED CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE..................................................................................
18
CHAPTER 1 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS............................................................................
19
PRESENTATION..........................................................................................................................
20
GENERAL INFORMATION...........................................................................................................22
INFORMATION ON THE WORK ENVIROMENT..........................................................................
23
POSITIONSAT THE WORK SITE................................................................................................
23
PLANT'S OCCUPANCY LAYOUT - DIMENSIONS/OCCUPANCY..............................................
25
TECHNICAL INFORMATION........................................................................................................
26
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS: ........................ .........................................................................
26
ELECTRICALSYSTEM: ...............................................................................................................
26
NOISE..........................................................................................................................................
27
CHAPTER 2 - LIFTING AND POSITIONING................................................................................
28
STORING...................................................................................................:.................................
29
UNPACKAGING...........................................................................................................................30
LIFTING AND POSITIONING OF THE UNITS..............................................................................
31
LAY -OUT OF THE UNITS' SET UP..............................................................................................
32
ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE INSTALLATION AND SET UP .......................................................
33
SETUP..........................................................................................................................................
33
LIFTING THE DECANTER SILO ........................... ERRORE. IL SEGNALIBRO NON It DEFINITO.
LIFTINGTHE FILTER -PRESS UNIT............................................................................................
34
LIFTING THE ADDITIONAL GROUPS.........................................................................................
35
CONNECTING TO THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM..........................................................................
36
CONNECTIONS...........................................................................................................................
36
CHAPTER 3 -ASSEMBLING THE UNITS...................................................................................
37
CHECKUPS AT DELIVERY.........................................................................................................
38

CLEANINGTHE PLANT...............................................................................................................38
BLOCKSREMOVAL.....................................................................................................................
38
ASSEMBLINGTHE PLANT..........................................................................................................39
ASSEMBLING AND POSITIONING THE FILTER-PRESS...........................................................
39
GROUND POSITIONING OF THE FILTER-PRESS.....................................................................
40
FINALASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................
40
INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONNECTING THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ............................................
41
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PNEUMATIC CONNECTION............................................................
43
PRESSURIZED AIR TREATMENT UNIT......................................................................................
44
CHAPTER 4 - DESCRIPTION OF THE PLANT............................................................................
45
DESCRIPTIONOF THE PLANT...................................................................................................
46
FILTER -PRESS UNIT...................................................................................................................
47
CHAPTER 5 - CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS.......................................................................
48
CHAPTER 6 - SAFETY MEASURES............................................................................................
51
GENERALINSTRUCTIONS.........................................................................................................
52
GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS..........................................................................................
53
DESIGNED USE OF THE PLANT................................................................................................
54
LIGHTING AND VENTILATION....................................................................................................
54
CONNECTIONS...........................................................................................................................
55
ELECTRICAL BOX AND CONNECTIONS....................................................................................
55
GROUNDING OF THE PLANT.....................................................................................................
56
SAFETYDEVICES.......................................................................................................................
57
RISKANALYSIS...........................................................................................................................
58
FILTERPRESS PLATE ZONE.....................................................................................................
58
TRANSMISSION CONTROLS......................................................................................................58
FLOORING, ACCESS LADDER, FILTERING UNIT......................................................................
58
PIPES...........................................................................................................................................
58
WARNINGTAGS..........................................................................................................................
59
,RISK OF SMASHING' WARNING TAG.......................................................................................
59
,RISK OF DRAGGING" WARNING TAG...................................................................................... 59
OBLIGATORY TAG "USE PROTECTIVE GARMENTS"............................................................... 59
WARNING TAG "ELECTRICAL HAZARD".................................................................................... 60
WARNING TAG "RISK OF FALLING"..... ...................................................................................... 60
WARNING TAG "RELEASE OF PRESSURIZED FLUIDS OR SPLINTERS" ................................ 60
NOISE.......................................................................................................................................... 61
REGULATORY REFERENCES....................................................................................................61
SAFTEY MEASURES AT THE WORK SITE................................................................................. 61
SAFTEY MEASURES FOR THE INDIVIDUAL.............................................................................. 62

H
tecncllogy
MATEC S.H.
ViaSan Colombano, 13 - 54100 MASSA (MS) - ITALY
Tel. [phone] - Fax [phone]
Uri: www.matecitalia.com E-mail: [e-mail]
All the reproduction rights for this manual are reserved to MATEC S.r.l.
The descriptions and images provided in this publication are not committal.
MATEC S.r.l. reserves the right to make any changes at any time that are considered necessary.
The following manual cannot be reproduced or shown to other parties without written consent from
MATEC S.r.l.
Read carefully the technical instructions contained in the following manual before starting the plant -and
follow all the directions contained in it.
Keep the following manual and all the attached documentation in an easily accessible place and notify all the
personnel of its location (maintenance personnel and all other workers).

INTRODUCTION
After receiving the plant it is necessary to verify that no damage was caused to the plant and/or to
the internal parts of the plant itself during the shipping.
To avoid possible damage it is necessary to read and understand the whole instruction manual
before doing any work on the plant. The client, following all the lifting instructions provided by
MATEC S.r.L, must execute the placing of the plant in the designated area.
Be sure that the floor can support adequately the plant's weight before positioning the plant in the
predetermined area.
Only after the positioning.and assembling of the units MATEC S.r.l. will provide -upon request- a
technician that will execute the final check up on the wiring and possible further adjustment; it.will
also be possible for the working and maintenance personnel to have a short training with the
technician.
kWARNING
The following manual is owned by MATEC S.M. and is delivered to the plants' buyer,
(unless differently agreed upon at the time of the order) in one original copy. The manual
"must" go together with the plant - as it is a very important part of it - until the time of
demolition of it or in case of transfer. The manual must be kept undamaged in a safe but
also easily accessible spot for all the plant's personnel.
Additional copies can be provided by MATEC S.r.l. at the price posted at the time of request.
It's prohibited to wholly or partially reproduce this manual without having first obtained a written
consent from MATEC S.r.l.
The buyer is authorized to provide photocopies to distribute to the personnel as long as the copies
will show the wording "ONLY FOR INTERNAL USE".

WARRANTY
MATEC S.r.l. will keep the plant and equipment under warranty for imperfections and defects in
the material or manufacturing up to:
❑ 24 months for the mechanical parts starting from the date- of the plant's first start up,
limited to the substituting or fixing of the unusable parts after having ensured the
manufacturing or original defect. The substituting will be executed at the buyer's charge.
All electrical parts are excluded from the warranty
The warranty is dependent on the complaint to be sent by registered mail within 8 days from the
discovery of the problem, explaining the defects and complications detected before the
manufacturer's verification and acknowledgement.
During the warranty period Matec S.r.l. will commit to completing the removal of the imperfections
and defects of the material and/or manufacturing in the necessary time; this only if the plant and
the supporting equipment are assembled with a MATEC S.r.l. technician's assistance and if the
plant itself has been used correctly according to the best conduct and maintenance rules indicated
in this manual.
The defective parts under warranty are repaired or substituted by MATEC S.r.l.; the substitution of
such parts does not involve a renewal in the warranty period of the whole plant, unless it involves
the substitution of the whole plant.
The transportation and/or shipment expenses are always at the buyer's charge, including also the
round trip ticket expenses for the MATEC S.r.l. technician to reach the customer's site.
MATEC S.r.l. pays the labor costs for the removal of defects included in the warranty done by the
MATEC S.r.l. technician at the customer's site, unless the client at the site could have easily
removed such defects himself.
Such commitment by MATEC excludes any other consequence of the warranty provided by the
law.
The warranty is ruled out in case the payment conditions are not honored.
Consumable materials supplied with the machine are excluded from the warranty.
Warranties provided by third party's parts apply to the parts provided by the third party

For the assembly of the plant MATEC S.r.l. uses materials, parts and mechanisms of condition and
quality considered unquestionably appropriate for the production of the plant; MATEC S.r.l.
reserves the right to make any changes to the plant that are considered necessary by MATEC
S.r.l. even after receiving the order from the client.
MATEC S.R. L. is not responsible for any civil or penal charges in case of:
❑ Special intervention done on the plant without the supervision of a MATEC S.r.l. technician
or executed by a non MATEC S.r.l. authorized assistant.
❑ Substituting of parts without using original replacement pieces.
❑ Improper use of the plant or use done by non -authorized personnel.
❑ Incorrect installation (in case the plant is not installed by MATEC S.r.L).
❑ Inappropriate power feed or connections.
❑ Lack or missed maintenance.
❑ Changes or interventions done without written consent provided by MATEC S.r.l.
❑ Use of unauthorized replacement parts. The warranty does not include the gaskets for the
hydraulic and pneumatic units in case qualified products are not used.
❑ Choices that go against what indicated in this manual.
❑ Disconnection or dismantling of protective covers or safety measures during the usage of
the plant.
MATEC S.r.l. will not be held accountable in case of injury caused by
dismantling or non use of the protective covers or safety devices, whether these
4 are removable or not, or in case of injury caused by operations executed by
* personnel with less specific preparation that what has been clarified in this
manual.
Furthermore the warranty will have effect only if the assembly is executed by our
specialized personnel.
Any controversies will be under the exclusive Jurisdiction of the court of Massa, Italy.

ACCORDANCE STATEMENT
Every plant sent to countries included in the European Union (CEE) will be supplied with adequate
characteristics conformed to what is requested by the plant control 89/392 and the following
amendments.
The accordance statement or manufacturer's statement will be provided to the client in its original
format; such statement will be inserted in the instruction manual provided for the client or directly
together with the documents that come with the plant.
MATEC S.H. declares that the "BWR 400/20" plant conforms to all the legislative dispositions that
follow the community directive 89/392 and the subsequent amendments and of the regulations:
89/336/CE Electromagnetic compatibility
73/23/CEE Low tension.

PLANT DESCRIPTION
Pursuant to the provisions of Directive CEE no 89/392 and of DPR no 459/96 in which it is
contained, and also Directive n°98/37/CE of 22/6/1998, the plant comes with a fixed and
permanent tag on which is contained the following data:
A tag, which indicates the following, is fixed on every plant in a well visible position: machine
model, tension, layout, weight, matriculation and date of fabrication. This identification data must
always be included with any request for information, request for spare parts or any other requests.
Identification tags that specify technical information and the respective manufacturer are placed on
the parts not built by the Manufacturer- MATEC S.r.l. (motors, reducers, chucks, electrical and
pneumatic components)
It is suggested to copy down the data shown on these tags in the pages entitled
"NOTES" at the end of this manual since, through time, such tags could become
illegible and could make possible repairs difficult when components need to be
substituted.
r It is absolutely forbidden to change or erase the data shown on these
identification tags or data shown on any components of the plant.

QUALIFIED CREW TO PILOT THE MACHINERY
All the man -machinery interactions described in this manual must be executed by personnel that
will follow all the MATEC instructions.
All of the following tasks will be accompanied by a description of the personnel that we consider
qualified for the completion of the job.
Following is the necessary information for the identification of the different professional profiles.
A— GENERAL WORKER
Personnel without specific experience, gply able to complete simple tasks such as using
the switches on the switch board, loading and unloading the materials used during
production, working with all the safety switches switched on and following the working
regulations.
B — MAINTENANCE WORKERS
Personnel with specific mechanical knowledge able to complete all the "main personnel'
tasks and able to work on the machine in its normal operating mode with the safety
measures switched off for maintenance work and/or repair. Not qualified for doing work
on the electrical system.
C — ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC MAINTENANCE WORKERS
Personnel with specific electrical knowledge able to perform all the "main personnel'
tasks and able to interact with the machine in its normal operating status with the safety
measures switched off for maintenance work and/or repair. Not qualified for doing work
on the mechanical parts.
D — TECHNICIANS FOR MECHANICAL ASSISTANCE
Qualified personnel with specific mechanical knowledge, also able to complete the tasks
indicated in point B and also able to competently work through all the possible
adjustments and/or possible replacements of the mechanical parts. Not qualified for
doing work on the electrical system.
E — TECHNICIANS FOR ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC ASSISTANCE
Qualified personnel with specific electric/electronic knowledge, also able to complete all
the tasks indicated in point C and also able to competently work through all the possible
adjustments and/or possible replacements of the electric/electronic parts. Not qualified
for doing work on the mechanical parts.
It is prohibited for the general worker to execute work that has been indicated as
of competency of the maintenance technician in this manual unless the general
worker has received the proper preparation and authorization.

FEATURES AND USE OF THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Before taking any action on the machine it is necessary that the worker reads
carefully all the instructions provided in this manual and that he/she practices
such instructions meticulously, especially all the operations that could, directly
` and/or indirectly, cause injury
The following instructions manual for the proper use of the plant - also called KOMPACT 400/10 —
16000- constitutes an integral part of the manual as set in the norm UNI EN 292/1, part 3.11. /t
must therefore stay with the plant for the whole time of usa-ge of such plant and until its
time of demolition. Possible changes in the plant must be first authorized by the manufacturer,
which will also provide an update of the technical pamphlet.
This manual provides all the necessary information for a correct use of the plant "KOMPACT
400/10 - 16000" so to obtain maximum production and reliability through time. It is to be
understood and followed by all the organizational and working staff such as operating technicians,
maintenance workers, technical assistants etc.
The instructions contained in these pages are not meant to be a teaching manual, as we believe all
the working personnel will already be knowledgeable and educated on the proper use of this type
of machine.
The organizational staff must read the manual fully, since only by doing so the information in it will
be properly distributed and shown to the different departments.
The manual has been produced in order to allow the general workers (or those who will complete
the moving, installing, transportation, the starting, the adjusting, the repair, the dismantling and
assembling and finally the disposal of the plant) to execute all the operations following the safety
measures provided by the Machine Directions.
The safety of the "BWR 400/20" plant is guaranteed by the manufacturer only if it is used following
the provided instructions and those described in this manual.
Every chapter in the manual has it own specific function and the information in it contained is
meant to provide gradual and progressive knowledge of the plant to the user.
The chapters' breakdown provides a well -organized division of all the information, making it
therefore possible to use the chapters individually or collectively depending on the department and
the needs.
If there are any misunderstandings in the text, it is recommended to contact the
manufacturer for the necessary explanations.
For clarity purposes, some images in this manual show the plant with safety
�. panels and/or removed safety protections. Do not use the plant with such safety
,..�, P Y p p Y
measures removed.
Do not use the plant without having first read and understood all the safety
measures described in this manual and in the other accompanying manuals.

In case of loss or damage of the manual and of the accompanying manuals
please request a new set from the manufacturer immediately.
The above mentioned manuals and outlines must be carefully stored and put in
an easily reachable place for consultation so to fulfill all the preventive
measures and hygiene needs of the work site and also to follow the warranty for
the correct and long lasting use of the plant. These manuals must always remain
with the plant even in case of transfer.
This manual must always accompany the plant even in case of termination of
use.
The manufacturer cannot be held responsible for any damage that is caused by
:.. not following all the provided instruction present in this manual.

CLIENTS' RESPONSIBILITIES
In case it is not specified in the contract, the Client is responsible for:
❑ Electrical connections, including the protection conductor also known as the "placement of
the ground";
❑ Tools and material needed;
❑ Possible needed preparations for the installing of the plant (set up, digging, etc.)
Also:
❑ The employer is responsible for training the workers on the correct use of the plant, on
understanding the functioning of the plant and the possible risks that can come from using
the machinery and on all the information about the safety measures.
❑ It is recommended to do all hydraulic unit check ups when turning on the plant for the first
time and also to possibly fill the box with the necessary oil (TEXACO URSUS 46 or similar
oil with similar or identical viscosity).
USERS' RESPONSIBILITIES:
The user must:
❑ Make sure that the plant worker has read the following manual thoroughly and has
understood the proper functioning of the plant.
❑ Make sure the manual accompanies the plant for the whole time of functioning.
❑ Guarantee that the ground placement of the work site where the plant "BWR 400/20" will be
installed matches all the characteristics defined by the Norm CEI 64-8 and its possible
future modifications.

DESCRIPTION OF THE SIGNS SIGNALING POSSIBLE DANGER
Following are all the possible signaling symbols of possible danger and other indications with their
relative description. They can be applied on our machines and inside the instruction, use and
maintenance manuals
Possible danger of "Smashing, dragging"
(yellow and black on the machine)
Possible danger of "Limb smashing"
(yellow and black on the machine)
Possible danger of "Slipping or falling"
(yellow and black on the machine)
g" Possible danger of "Excessively loud noise"
(yellow and black on the machine)
an
Possible danger of "Hanging load"
(yellow and black on the machine)
AA Possible danger of " High electric tension"
q, (yellow and black on the machine)
)
Sign for "Ground tension equal to the circuit tension "
(yellow and black on the machine)
' Sign for "Release of high pressured fluids or splinters"
(yellow and black on the machine)
Sing for general danger (it requires additional care during the completing of the
•. :' tasks related to it) (yellow and black)

Sign for prohibited access to unauthorized personnel (red and black on the
machine, white and black on the instruction and maintenance manuals)
Sign for prohibited repairs and adjustments of the moving parts (red and black
on the machine, white and .black on the instruction and maintenance manuals)
Sign for prohibited use of scarves and ties (red and black on the machine, white
and black on the instruction and maintenance manuals)
Sign for prohibited removal of the safety devices (red and black on the machine,
white and black on the instruction and maintenance manuals)
Sign for prohibited extinguishing using water (red and black on the machine,
QO white and black on the instruction and maintenance manuals)
Sign for required use of earmuffs (blue and white on the machine, white and
is black on the instruction and maintenance manuals)
AML
Sign for required use of a protective face mask (blue and white on the machine,
white and black on the instruction and maintenance manuals)
AM Sign for required use of protective gloves (Blue and white on the machine, white
and black on the instruction and maintenance manuals)
Sign for required shut down of power before starting to work on the machine
(blue and white on the machine, white and black on the instruction and
maintenance manuals)
Sign for required ecological disposal of the waste material (black and white this
one is only on the instruction and maintenance manuals).

AUTHORIZED CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE
It is necessary that our specialized personnel execute all the work done that is different from the
normal maintenance of the machine.
The priority of intervention must be determined by our technical service department calling center.
MATEC S.r.l.
Via San Colombano, 13 - 54100 MASSA (MS) - ITALY
Tel. [phone] - Fax [phone]
Uri. www.matecitalia.com E-mail: [e-mail]

AUTHORIZED CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE
It is necessary that our specialized personnel execute all the work done that is different from the
normal maintenance of the machine.
The priority of intervention must be determined by our technical service department calling center.
9
teencloov
MATEC S.r.I.
Via San Colombano, 13 - 54100 MASSA (MS) - ITALY
Tel. [phone] - Fax [phone]
Url: www.matecitalia.com E-mail: [e-mail]

CHAPTER 1 - TECHNICAL. SPECIFICATIONS

PRESENTATION
The "BWR 400/20" plant has been designed and built to automatically execute the treatment of the
industrial water and the recovery and the reuse of the clarified water ( it is also possible to execute
the cycles in manual mode).
WARNING
The clarified water is meant to be reused EXCLUSIVELY for the working cycle of the "BWR
400/20" plant.
It is forbidden to use the plant:
❑ With procedures that are different from what are indicated in this manual;
❑ Differently than what is described in this manual.
It is also forbidden:
❑ To install and use the plant without respecting the safety regulations established by
the country in which it is used and the safety measures indicated in this manual;
❑ To not follow the maintenance programs set by the manufacturer;
❑ To execute work on the plant that involves modifications of the components and of
the parameters that set the working cycle;
❑ To alter the pressure regulator's calibration and the calibration of the electrical
systems' components;
❑ To use the machine outside the set temperature parameters: from 50C to 400C and
altitude higher than 2000 m.;
❑ To use components that are not approved by the manufacturer;
❑ To execute any type of structural modification or intervention without written consent
by the manufacturer.
A,e Improper use can damage the plant and therefore can cause dangerous
situations for the working personnel.
Any improper use and neglecting of what is listed above can cause:
❑ Immediate termination of the warranty stipulated with the manufacturer and his legal
representation of this warranty at the time of purchase;
❑ The manufacturer's exemption from any responsibility for direct or indirect damages to
people, animals or things.
Before being put into use, the plant is tested through a very rigorous set of trials
as to follow the laws in force.

The main units constituting the BWR 400/20 plant are:
1. Filter press Mod. ACQUE 400/20
3. Mud stirrer
2. Sustaining structure for filter press
4. Matec M4 Air pump for filter press
5. Washing system 6. Electric Control Panel

GENERAL INFORMATION
The plant has been designed and manufactured for professional use therefore all the working
personnel must be appropriately instructed and taught for a correct use of the plant itself.
The employer must instruct the personnel on the possible injuries, on the safety dispositions
provided, on the emission of loud noise and on the general safety measures indicated by the
international directives and by the legislation of the country where the plant is used.
Before 'starting the working cycle, the worker must have a perfect knowledge of
`Z the position and the functions of all the commands, safety and all the
"- characteristics of the plant.
Because of this we suggest a complete reading of the manual; it is important to remember the
need for first aid assistance.
During its functioning, the plant must be exclusively managed by employees that
have read and understood the instructions contained in this manual.
All instruction warning and general safety directions contained in this manual
must be followed in their entirety.
Unauthorized tampering/substituting of one or more of the main parts of the
components constituting the plant, the usage of accessories, tools or materials
different from those suggested by the manufacturer can cause injury and release
the manufacturer free from any civil or legal responsibility.
Safety clothing for those that do maintenance on the plant must be in conformity
with the essential safety requisites established by the country where it is used,
as indicated in the Directive C.E.E. N 891656 and 891868 about the usage of
personal safety gear.
Other close attention must be paid to bracelets, watches, rings or dangling
necklaces that can get in the way of the technician: it is recommended not to
wear such accessories in order to achieve a higher level of personal safety.

INFORMATION ON THE WORK ENVIROMENT
The plant has been designed to operate in side in a well -ventilated and lighted environment.
The working environment temperature must be between
5°C and 40°C
Constant humid warm According to IEC 68 part 2-3
Cyclic humid warm According to IEC 68 part 2-30
For more information on the risks of dust or fire please read CHAPTER 6 "SAFETY MEASURES"
POSITIONS AT THE WORK SITE
The plant has been designed and completed to be run by a worker whose job is to check the
proper functioning of the plant..
The loading and discharge of the dehydrated mud is done automatically and it is
the worker's responsibility to make sure everything is accomplished in total
safety.
All the check ups and management of the plant are done on the side of the plant, therefore:
The workers must be EXCLUSIVELY in the following zone:
- The+ back side of the "BWR 400120" plant also known as: "MUD CAKE
COLLECTION PIT" WORKER'S ZONE
- The side of the "BWR 400120" plant also known as: (PLC -CONTROL PANEL)
OPERATING SIDE
Only maintenance work and special adjustments can be done in the zones not enabled for
workers, therefore:
Authorized and qualified personnel can only access such zones that are only
enabled for maintenance and special adjustments.
Access is therefore forbidden to unauthorized and/or non -trained personnel.
There are fixed protective coverings to protect the moving parts (filter press plate zone).

The working area must never be occupied, so that the worker can move freely
through the area.
In case of emergency the responsible personnel must be able to access the
plant immediately.
Those who are not directly involved with the functioning of the plant are not
allowed to enter the area so to avoid possible hazards caused by negligence and
dangers during the completing of a job.
!t is therefore recommended to keep the working area free from any equipment at
all times and also to prohibit the access to people that are not authorized so- to
reach all the ideal safety conditions for working on the plant
The following zones can be found in the plant:
- Stationing worker zone (Worker Side)
- Dehydrated mud discharge zone
- Electrical feed and connections
DEFINITIONS
According to the Community Norm of the Machines (Directive from 22/06/1998 n° 98/37/CE), we
notify the following definitions:
o Dangerous zone: any zone inside and/or in proximity of a machine where the
presence of an exposed person could mean a risk for the safety and health of
such person.
o Exposed person: anyone who is completely or partially in a dangerous zone.
The zones indicated in the figure have been designed to provide easy access for substituting of the
components of the plant, especially for substituting of the filtering cloths, for executing check ups
and inspections and for any maintenance work. Such zones must be kept easily accessible, clean
and free from any objects at all times.

PLANT'S OCCUPANCY LAYOUT - DIMENSIONS/OCCUPANCY
After the purchase negotiations the client receives a layout regarding the type of installation to be
executed, considering that the plant is developed lengthwise and is made of several groups put
closely together.
Based on the information provided by us we clarify that it is still the client's responsibility to provide
the correct arrangements for the installation.
This manual is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 25

TECHNICAL INFORMATION
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS:
PLANT: ................................................................................................................................... BWR
Model: ...................................................................................................................................... 400
Treating material characteristics: .............................. Water from industrial processing (non acidic)
Temperature at execution: ......................................................................................... T max. 90' C
Plant functioning......................................................................................... Automatic (predefined)
Number of filter press plates...................................................................................................... 20
Productive Capacity...........................................................................400/20 plates - 0,06 m3/cycle
Filteringplate surface.........................................................................................................121 cm
Maxhydraulic pressure.......................................................................................................200 bar
Motor power of the hydraulic unit...................................................................:........................ 4 CV
Oil for hydraulic unit ...................... Hydraulic with viscosity of 46 (TEXACO URSUS 46 or similar)
Workingcycle........................................................:........................................... Max. 7 cycles/hour
Hydraulicunit oil capacity........................................................................................................... 51
Mudpump max pressure........................................................................................................7 bar
Diameter tubes sending mud to filter press unit....................................................11/4 inch DN 32
Total mass when empty.......................................................3500 Kg (filter press 400/20 unit)
N' workers: ............................................................................................................... Max. 2 people
Noise (measured by us): .................................................... < 75 dbA (according to UNI 7712 table)
Harmfulrelease: ......................................................................................................... Not applicable
Airusage: ....................................................................................................................... 240 1 / min
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:
Feeding tension: ................................. 3x380 V. - 50 Hz + ground (can be different upon request)
Neutral: ...................................................................................................................................... No
Degreeof panel protection......................................................................................................IP 55
This manual is orooertv of MATEc S.r.l. Anv reoroduction. even partial. is forbidden. 26

Tensionvariation: ................................................................................................................. +/-5%
Pneumatic feeding filtered dry air: .................................................................................. 6<P<8 bar
DimensionsI x h x d:................................................................................................as the Lay -out
Tension of auxiliaries: ....................................................................................................... 11O VDC
Electrical system: ............................................................................. Conforming to the C.E. norms
The indications reported above refer to our standard electrical system
characteristics; it is therefore necessary to look at the electrical diagram of the
plant before performing. any repairs or adjustments.
The electrical diagram is attached to the inside of the control panel.
The opening of the control panel can only be done by personnel qualified for the
required work to be done.
NOISE
The plant has been designed and completed as to minimize the possible release of loud noise at
the source (Community Directive 89/392, Attachment I, par. 1.5.8.).
In addition it has been done conforming to norm UNI 7712, that determined the following values of
noise emission:
Average level of acoustic pressure Lp = 75 dB(A)
This manual is orooertv of MATEC S.r.l. Anv reproduction. even partial. is forbidden. 27

CHAPTER 2 - LIFTING AND POSITIONING
This manual is orooertv of MATEC S.r.l. Anv reoroduction. even oartial. is forbidden. 2&

STORING
In case of storing of the plant, or part of it, it needs to be stored in a sheltered and dry place in
order to protect the electrical and electronic components installed.
CAUTION
It is suggested to cover the plant with appropriate waterproof coverings (polyethylene
sheets or other large cloths) in case of long downtime if it is in an open environment or in a
particularly aggressive environment). It is also suggested to complete all the lubrication on
the parts subject to oxidation.
PACKAGING
In compliance with norms the plant is provided with protective heat shrinking nylon packaging.
Upon request the plant can be supplied packaged in a wood container built to size.
The structure of the container will be adequate for the weight of the plant. (See the technical
characteristics).
The following information is always present and well visible on the packaging:
❑ Name and/or initials and address of the manufacturer or his shipping agent.
❑ Name and/or initials and address of the client /end user.
❑ Total weight in Kg.
On the plant there is a tag that displays its weight.
This manual is orooertv of MATEC S.H. Anv reproduction. even oartial. is forbidden. 29

UNPACKAGING
For the unwrapping of the plant proceed as follows:
❑ Open the packaging on each individual unit.
❑ Verify that the materials are in perfect condition and correspond to what is described on the
accompanying customs documentation.
❑ Find each of the plant's components then proceed to move them to their predetermined
positions at the site.
❑ After having removed the packaging, prevent any tampering or accidents. In the case that
damage occurs at this stage first advise the shipping agent then our technical assistance
department.
The materials used for packaging conform to the present environmental norms and can be
conserved or disposed of at proper dumpsites.
CAUTION
During the unpackaging the worker must wear protective gloves and pay particular
attention to the dangers present when cutting the packaging material.
The disposal of the packaging material will be the client's responsibility and must be
completed in accordance with the environmental norms in the country in which the
plant is used.
This manual is orooertv of MATEC S.H. Anv reproduction. even oartial. is forbidden. 30

LIFTING AND POSITIONING OF THE UNITS
The plant is subdivided in three main parts for transportation purposes: filter press unit ,decanter
silo and the clarified water tank .
The filter press unit is sent completely assembled.
The lifting of the units must be completed with proper lifting devices.
The units are then positioned independently one after another.
It is always best to consult the specific directions for the lifting of each unit of the plant.
To avoid possible damage to the structure or components and functions of the plant it is important
to complete the lifting and positioning using the correct lifting points made for that function.
Always verify that the forks of the forklift are positioned exactly under the center of mass of the unit
and that they extend the entire depth of the unit or greater for anything you intend to move.
The lifting devices must be adequate for the weight of the unit being transported.
These devices must also be in perfect condition and certified for the safe lifting
of the weight of the unit. Let only qualified personnel handle all the lifting and
moving (loaders, crane operators, fork lift operators, etc). If necessary, signaling
experts should also be used.
It is important to prevent the smashing or bumping of the following during lifting and moving:
structure, electrical cables, lubrication pipes or other components that can be easily damaged; it is
also preferred to place wooden boards of the same thickness between the forks and the unit when
appropriate.
The units that make up the plant must be perfectly leveled and fixed to the ground. According to
norm the plant is positioned on a specially designed structure, able to support the total weight of
the plant containing a full load (see the technical information).
The plant is not subject to peculiar vibrations therefore it doesn't require special platforms or
supports; a foundation resistant to vibration is of course auxiliary for reducing the constant acoustic
pressure.
Complete the positioning and assembly of the unit according to the instructions contained in the
following pages.
The plant has been designed to be lifted and moved using chains, straps, lifting ties etc. connected
to the lifting points (included with the supply). Such equipment must be properly fixed to the lifting
points present atop the unit. The piece of rope must be log enough to form an angle B less than
900.
Important:
The unpackaged plant must be lifted using only the designated lifting points
• marked by stickers for this purpose.
During the lifting and moving of the various units, it is recommended to allow
only personnel related to unloading and transport in this area and always
adapting to the applicable safety norms. These include safety areas around
suspended loads, forklifts and/or cranes or other moving objects.
MATEC S.r.L takes no responsibility for the lack of fulfillment of the same.
Lift and move the plant or the other units keeping them positioned horizontally, preventing bumping,
shaking, and -other unsafe movements.
This manual is orooertv of MATEC S.H. Anv reoroduction, even partial. is forbidden. 31

Complete all the unloading with care, positioning the unit as close as possible to the place where it
will be installed, setting it down very slowly to avoid damage to the more delicate parts.
The positioning must keep access to all the different parts of the plant especially the parts subject
to ordinary and non-standard maintenance.
LAY -OUT OF THE UNITS' SET UP
As stated the plant will be divided in parts (Carpentry, Platforms, Containers, Pallets) compatible
with the structure of the plant and the type of transport and packaging used.
The entire plant is normally divided as follows:
1 FILTER PRESS UNITY
, I
2 ADD'ITIONAL GROUPS
Daring the manual movement of the plant all workers must wear protective
gloves adapted for the moving of metal objects and to avoid smashing, cutting
and puncturing.
The following must be available in one or more containers for collection:
VARIOUS ACCESSORIES
This manual is orooertv of MATEC S.r.l. Anv reproduction. even partial. is forbidden. 32

ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE INSTALLATION AND SET UP
The operators must prepare a proper environment with the following characteristics:
❑ Well leveled flooring Made of anti -slip material without defects and
adequate flow.
❑ Adequate lighting (Conforming to norm EN 60-204-1)
❑ Ground positioning for the
plant
❑ Prearranged electrical system
❑ Three phase tension with
neutral and ground
(Conforming to norm CEI 64-8 )
(Conforming to norm EN 73-23)
380V - 50Hz
SET UP
The flooring must be designed to sustain the full weight of the plant and be able to bear its dynamic
movements without vibrating.
This manual is nrooertv of MATEC S.r.l. Anv reproduction. even partial. is forbidden. 33

LIFTING THE FILTER -PRESS UNIT
Lifting points
(two for side)
Once the filter press unit is unpackaged, for the lifting of the filter press it is required to use
adequate ropes or straps as indicated; this will prevent possible damage of the hydraulic unit.
For proper lifting of the filter press unit it is recommended to use hooks.
Attach the hooks to the lifting points (as shown in the image) in order to keep the load perfectly
balanced, preventing dangerous displacements. Use the four lifting points on the frame of the unit.
The ropes used for the lifting must be suitable for the indicated load.
FILTER -PRESS WEIGHT MODULE 3500 Kg.
N.B.: It is important to prevent any conduit or electrical cords from being smashed during the lifting
and movement.
After it is position it is important to verify that all the supports are correctly attached to the
ground.
During all lifting and moving operations it is recommended that only the qualified
personnel for the lifting and moving be allowed in the area, being sure to
A conform to all applicable safety norms that specify the safety area around
suspended loads, fork lifts and/or cranes or any other moving objects.
: MATEC S.r.l. takes no responsibility for not following what is indicated above.
This manual is orooerty of MATEC S.r.l. Anv reproduction_ even oartial: is forbidden. 34

LIFTING THE ADDITIONAL GROUPS
Please use a pallet jack or fork lifts for the lifting of all the pallets of all the additional groups
(valves, pumps, etc).
In case a pallet jack and/or a fork list is used make sure that the blades are well centered and have
adequate length and width to prevent possible displacements of the load.
3 Warning: Do not stack the pallets, the packed material could get damaged.
During all lifting and moving operations it is recommended that only the qualified
personnel for the lifting and moving be allowed in the area, being sure to
A,iii conform to all applicable safety norms that specify the safety area around
suspended loads, fork lifts and/or cranes or any other moving objects.
MATEC S.r.l. takes no responsibility for not following what is indicated above.
This manual is orooertv of MATEC S.r.l. Anv reoroduction. even oartial. is forbidden. 35

CONNECTING TO THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
All the connections between the plant and the main distribution network must always be planned
according to the local safety and installation measures, and must also be proportioned according to
the actual electrical and energetic usage values established (see also the technical information
sheet). The plant has been set for the network connection of those feedings.
All the "connection" operations must be done by qualified personnel and are
always at the client's charge.
The connection between the electrical box and the plant are explained in chapter 3 "ASSEMBLY
OF THE UNITS".
Warning: Two or more workers complete many connections together. It is
x'g therefore necessary to pay close attention and follow all the safety measures
indicated.
CONNECTIONS
❑ The electric, hydraulic and pneumatic parts must be able to resist the maximum load weight
established (see also technical information).
❑ The electrical connections must be completed in conformity with what indicated in Norm
CEI 64-8.
Installation and connections of the electrical components must be EXCLUSIVELY
.. executed by qualified personnel..
This manual is orooertv of MATEC S.r.l. Anv reproduction. even oartial. is forbidden: 36

CHAPTER 3 - ASSEMBLING THE UNITS
This manual is orooertv of MATEC S.r.l. Anv reproduction. even oartial. is forbidden. 37

CHECK UPS AT DELIVERY
Position the plant near the installation area and remove the external packaging (wood or carton
accordingly), then remove the nylon packaging
Verify that the there are no abrasions, scuffs and no damaged or broken components without
removing the shock absorbent protection.
e�
In case such damages occurred, please contact the manufacturer, the shipping
.k agent, and the moving and insurance company promptly.
Check that there are no missing parts in the plant (equipment, parts, etc.), and that all accessories
and technical documentation required at the time of purchase are present:
❑ "CE" conformity certificate
❑ Instruction and maintenance manual .
❑ Pneumatic and electric lay out.
❑ Installation lay out, with all the minimum distance calculations included (from the walls or
from other impediments)
These documents are generally enclosed with all the transportation documentation, or can be
enclosed in a sealed nylon envelope attached to the outside of the packaging.
Also make sure that:
❑ The information on the plant's identification tag matches the details requested at the time of
the order, which information is also written on the transportation documentation.
❑ The tension and feeding frequency of the electrical box matches that of the electrical
system.
CLEANING THE PLANT
The parts of the plant that are sent to the areas of use can be protected with special lubricants or
grease.
Before starting the wiring of the groups it is necessary to clean the parts that have been lubricated
or greased; use petroleum or fuel to clean the mechanical parts; use the appropriate and non-
corrosive products to clean the painted parts, the plastic parts or the plexiglass parts.
The solvents indicated above must be used and disposed of in accordance with
all the safety measures provided by the country and region, using anti -solvent
masks, gloves and specific gear to avoid direct contact.
1W
BLOCKS REMOVAL
For some machines we provide wooden blocks to stop the mechanical parts from moving around
and/or causing damage to,the various groups during transportation,
Normally this does not happen to our machines and plants; if this became
necessary in some specific circumstances it will be our responsibility to signal it
in a clearly visible way.
This manual is orooertv of MATEC S.H. Anv reoroduction. even oartial. is forbidden. 38

ASSEMBLING THE PLANT
After the cleaning and positioning of the groups that make up the plant it is possible to start the
assembling.
It is important to follow the sequential order of the next pages since an uncoordinated job in the
assembling could cause major problems in the completing of the job and it would definitely take
more time.
Before assembling it is suggested to complete a general check up, verifying that
all obstructions have been removed.
Qualified personnel must complete the assembly of the plant.
Warning: Two or more workers complete many connections together. It is
therefore necessary to pay close attention and follow all the safety measures
s indicated
ASSEMBLING AND POSITIONING THE FILTER -PRESS
The filter press and decanter silo unit are shipped completely assembled.
Once having completed the ground positioning and fastening of the two units the MATEC S.r.l.
technicians will complete the connections between the two units:
Qualified personnel must complete the assembly of the plant.
This manual is orooerty of MATEC S.r.l. Anv reoroduction. even partial_ is forbidden. 39

FINAL ASSEMBLY
After completing the positioning and connections of the various units comprised in the plant (filter
press unit and decanter silo) it is necessary to complete the following:
❑ Complete the electrical system of the plant..
❑ Install the safety connections.
❑ Position and assemble all the fixed protective coverings.
❑ At this point the qualified personnel must complete the electrical work.
This manual is orooertv of MATEC S.r.l. Anv reoroduction. even oartial. is forbidden. 40

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONNECTING THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Insert the power cable in the side bottom conduit of the electrical panel, passing it inside and
connecting it to the clamps inside the entrance, according to the electrical diagram.
The connection to the electrical system must only be connected to the clamps and ground
designed for this purpose.
It is necessary to prevent any sudden changes in tension in the system and above all it is essential
that the connection cables are suitable to the power absorbed by the plant: four cables are
necessary (3 phase+l ground) of minimum size to conform with CE norms and other technical
norms of the country and region in which the plant is used
It is also necessary that the main breaker positioned between the connection at the clamps and the
cables of the network are completely in compliance with the norms and characteristics required
and the norms above.
N.B.: if after the plant is started the rotation of the motors is not correct, it is necessary to change
two of the three electrical feeds.
Qualified personnel must do all the assembly and work done on the plant.
The electrical system and breakers must conform to norm CEI 64-5 and all the
norms and regulations of the country and region where the plant is installed.
Warning:
Bad connection or wiring can cause serious injuries of electrical nature.
Make sure that the electrical control panel of the plant is correctly designed for
the tension of the network. If it is necessary to adjust the tension of the electrical
feed contact the manufacturer.
No specifics are given regarding the connection of the electrical feeding cable of
the plant to the thermo magnetic cable of the clients' electrical wiring since it is
presumed that this will be completed by a qualified technician with a pre-existing
knowledge of the plant.
In case work needs to be done to the electrical system block the main switch in
the OFF position (for example the phases are inverted) so that only the
.;! maintenance worker can reactivate it (padlocked)
This manual is orooertv of MATEC S.r.l. Anv reproduction. even partial. is forbidden. 41

CREATING AND POSITIONING THE GROUND
The Norm CEI 64-8 defines the characteristics the must be followed in completing the connecting
of the ground and its positioning.
❑ The metal structures are connected to the ground bar of the control panel.
❑ The placing of the ground and its positioning for the plant is unique in each of its parts.
❑ The ground must be made with suitable material.
The principal ground connection must be the shortest possible and the ground cables must not
undertake mechanical strain or be subject to corrosion.
This manual is orooerty of MATEC S.r.l. Anv reproduction_ even oartial. is forbidden. 42

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PNEUMATIC CONNECTION
The plant has been designed with a pressurized air vent positioned on the machine's body.
The connection to the external plant must be completed with a pipe suitable for this kind of plant
and whose dimensions are adequate for guaranteeing pressurized air feeding to the plant (min 0
8-10 mm).
Always use the shortest path to reach the pressurized airline avoiding crossing the areas reserved
to"the personnel for the maintenance and functioning of the plant.
Protect the pipe inserting it in designed channels or inside protective sheaths.
A specific unit for air treatment is present inside the machine.
In case the electrical connection has already been done, ensure that the
r machine's main switch is in the OFF position.
>
This manual is orooertv of M'ATEC S.r.l. Anv reoroduction. even partial. is forbidden. 43

PRESSURIZED AIR TREATMENT UNIT
The pneumatic connection is completed using the quick connection shortcut provided on the
pressurized air treatment unit as shown in the image below.
Verify that the air fulfills the following characteristics: clean and dry and with a pressure of at least
6 bar.
This unit is made of the following main parts:
.�s�'�+':�,uZ..s'�:
1 Pressurized air adjustment knob
3 Particulate filter
5 Lubrication unit
7 Air release button
1
3
0
2
��
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 44

CHAPTER 4 - DESCRIPTION OF THE PLANT
This manual is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 45

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLANT
The BWR 400/20 plant has been designed and built to complete the treatment of waste water that
is inevitably produced during the processing or treating of stone material and that must be recycled
to be used again.
The wastewater is gathered in the industrial water pit ready to be cleaned.
The water is pumped to the decanter silo through the submersible pump, positioned in the pit.
A special chemical product — polyelectrolyte flocculant- is injected in the stainless steel pipes that
move the water from the gathering well to the decanter silo. This flocculant makes the separation
of the liquid and solid particles easier.
The chemical product is produced automatically in the specific tank and it is sent in the pipes
through a designated pump.
The dirty water inside the decanter silo is separated because of the static decantation principle and
because of the effect of the flocculant.
The clarified water without floating solids flows out and falls and is gathered inside the clarified
water tank ready to be again used in a new production cycle.
The residual mud sediments and falls inside the cone —Through the opening of the automatic
valves it then is dumped in the homogenizing tank, in which a special stirring rod keeps the muddy
mass homogeneous and fluid.
The level of the probe, inside the homogenizing tank, controls the starting of the mud pump.
The mud can then be filter pressed.
The filtering cycle of the mud begins with the closing of the plates pack activating the hydraulic
piston.
All the plates close forming airtight compartments.
At this point the filter -feeding pump starts filling the compartments.
The mud releases clear water while going through the filtering cloths and the water is recovered in
the designated trough (gutter) and then sent again into the industrial water pit.
After the filtering of the mud and the gathering of the water the filter press cycle is finished and the
plates open again.
The treated mud is thus converted into dry blocks, with incredibly low residual humidity and they
fall inside the specific gathering container to be then disposed of.
The automatic shaker activates, shaking the plates vertically to ensure the detachment of all the
dry blocks.
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any'reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 46

FILTER -PRESS UNIT
The filter press unit is made of the following main parts:
®escrepOTTii ton of the ''
..fie.
prtncipalf parts
w
1
Filter press support structure chassis
HycirauJic Unit
3 Hydraulic cylinder
4 Water catchin trou h {
a: 9......:=_.g .._ _.
5 Moving plate
6 FiItering cloths supportive pack
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 47

CHAPTER 5 e CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 48

ELECTRIC PANEL CONTROLS
GENERAL SWITCH
The general switch (A) turns off the stream to all the electric panel and consequently to the
machine.
Only connections with the feeding terminal board from the net are still on; in
order to have a complete stop of the machine it is necessary to act on the switch
at the back of the terminal board connection
The general switch has also the function to protect the internal connections to the
panels, in fact it is provided with a three-phase differential to avoid damages due to
short circuit in the power grid.
0
Only skilled personnel, such as maintenance technician, is allowed to open the
electric panels doors.
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 49

CONTROL PANEL
5
VA
1. EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON
By pressing this button all the machine functions are stopped
2 LINE LAMP
Illuminated push button which turns on the electric panel feeding.
3. FILTER PRESS CYCLE COMMAND SELECTOR
By acting on this selector, with two positions (AUTOMATIC/MANUAL), it is possible to
choose between the manual or automatic operation cycle of the Filter Press plant.
4. OPENING/CLOSING FILTER PRESS
By acting on this selector, with two positions (OPENING/CLOSING), it is possible to select
the manual opening or closing of the filter press.
5 ALARM LAMP
Illuminated push button when an alarm is tripped.
6 . RESET ALARM PUSH BUTTON
To reset after the intervention of an alarm.
7 PUMP PUSH BUTTON
To make the pump work in manual
8 PROBE PUSH BUTTON
To Place the machine on mode for night work.
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 50

CHAPTER 6 - SAFETY MEASURES
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 51

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
Please remember that the plant has been designed and manufactured for professional use only.
The personnel working on the plant must be properly instructed and trained by the employer on the
possible injuries, on the set safety measures, on the possible emission of loud noise and about all
the general safety measures provided by the international norms and legislatures present in the
country and region where the plant is sent.
Before starting any operations on the plant the worker must have read the manual in all its parts
and must have understood all the instructions contained therein; particularly the worker must know
all the mechanical characteristics and functions of the plant all the functions of the control systems
and where they are located on the plant. .
m
All the instructions, tips and warnings for personal safety must be followed in
their whole.
Unauthorized maintenance or substitution of one or more parts of the plant, using tools or
material that is different from what recommended and any improper use of the plant can be
cause of injuries to the workers or the people exposed to such actions; the manufacturer is
therefore free of any civil or legal responsibility.
In accordance with the Community Norm on Machines (Directive 89/392/CEE), the following
definitions are explained (Attachment 1, par. 1.1.1.).
o Dangerous zone: any zone inside and/or in proximity of a machine where the
presence of an exposed person could mean a risk for the safety and health of
such person.
o Exposed person: anyone who us completely or partially in a dangerous zone.
o Worker: one or more people appointed to the installing, functioning,
adjusting, maintenance, cleaning, repair and transportation of a machine.
This manual is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 52

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
• The working area must be kept clean and free of any objects at all times.
• Verify daily the proper functioning of all the "electric safety measures"
• The controlling of the plant and all the normal adjustments and maintenance work must be
done according to the instructions provided in the manual
Ordinary and/or special maintenance must be done with the plant
stopped and unplugged.
It is prohibited to reach the hands and/or any type of utensil, tool, object, etc.
into the moving parts of the plant
All the repair on the electrical systems must be completed with no electricity circulating, and with
the emergency button pushed. It is prohibited to place containers containing liquids near the
electrical parts.
All operations that can present possible danger for the worker are marked by signs with the danger
icon.
Ail the personnel using the plant must follow the safety norms provided by their country and region.
The worker must not complete operations that are not intended by the working process needed
and that could compromise personal safety.
It is prohibited to remove or hide the safety devices and signs. Not respecting
this norm disables the warranty and makes the client fully responsible for all
�* injuries and problems caused by such delinquency.
This manual is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 53

The protective cover is removable or able to be opened only through the use of special keys or
bits, if the situation presents itself, they do not have a safety that signals the plc upon opening or
removal; therefore, their removal does not stop the plant from working; remove the said protective
coverings only when absolutely necessary and never start the plant "operating" without the
protective coverings or protection in place; this is forbidden by all safety norms and is extremely
dangerous.
Repairs made while the protective covers are removed are forbidden by
all safety norms and practices; if repairs become necessary of this nature
only qualified technicians can perform these repairs.
In regards to the individual protection necesary, the European Union has issued directives
89/686/CEE and 89/656/CEE. Specifically, in case 'of necessity, the operator is held resposible to
wear protective eyewear, individual accesories (earmuffs, earplugs) for noise protection and the
use of clothing adequate for the work environment as well as the specific situation at hand.
The operator resposible for the maintenance must also never wear chains, bracelets, rings and
other accessories that could be safety risks and must, if necessary, wear a hair net or other safety
hat for expedient hair covering and restraint. (hair net, cap, etc.)
During all maintenance activities, repairs or controls, placing a warning sign over the controls of the
control panel and power switch during the entire act is required; the foremenntioned sign could
read the following warning:
Warning! — Repair Personel are working on the plant.
An example of this sign has been left for this purpose at the end of this chapter: For the printing of
this sign, the recommended colors are: Black for the design oultines and writing and yellow for the
background.
DESIGNED USE OF THE PLANT
The purpose for which the plant was designed is the exclusive treatment of process waters derived
from the working of stone material, the production characteristics are reported in CHAPTER 1
entitled "TECHNICAL INFORMATION".
LIGHTING AND VENTILATION
The environment in which the plant is installed and operates must be provided with adequate
lighting for the functions to be completed, preventing shaded areas and blinding or tiring lights and
other lighting dangers.
According to Norm ISO 8995-89, which concerns the lighting of the work environment, it is
underlined that the lack of adequate lighting creates risks.
In addition,,the plant must be operated in an environment with adequate ventilation in the rooms.
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 54

CONNECTIONS
The electrical conductors and components of the electrical system and its feed must be adequate
to support the maximum load reported in CHAPTER 1 under "TECHNICAL INFORMATION".
The -performance of all wiring must be done according to the general rules of installation regarding
the wiring, preparation and start up of the plant according to the Norm CEI 64-8.
The installation and wiring of the electrical system requires personnel qualified for this work, who
are also personnel well informed and who have continued to frequent relevant specialized courses,
passed training, having experience with the necessary installation, the start up and the
maintenance work that will be necessary. And, also having knowledge of the rules and procedures
for the prevention of accidents.
During the normal maintenance and prevention operations, the necessity of repairs on the inside of
the electrical or breaker box or even on the wiring outside of the box is possible.
To prevent possible damage to the parts and components and to protect the safety of the worker it
is required that the work mentioned above is performed by qualified personnel only.
Only qualified personnel can perform repairs on wiring or electrical components
or systems.
Warning: It is necessary to know that when opening the control or electrical
panel, some wires and components remain in tension and represent serious
risks of electrocution for unqualified personnel.
The breaker switch placed on the external part of the panel does not turn off all
the electrical wiring inside; for safe repairs it is necessary to first turn off the
main switch that turns off all power coming to the plant and its electrical system.
The qualified personnel must also have first aid training in case of accidents.
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 55

_m,,..„
The plant's metal structure must be positioned on the ground; such operation is necessary for the
isolated conductors connected to the ground of the control panel:
The norm CEI 64-8 defines the characteristics that must be followed in the grounding of the plant.
For every plant use, the protective ground must be in place for every part of the plant, also these
circuit grounds and grounds for all electrical, parts must be completed through one ground for the
plant.
The metallic structure of the plant is connected to the ground wire of the control panel.
The creation of the ground for the plant must be done with materials adequate and designed for
the ground and with adequate mechanical protection.
The main ground connection must be as short as possible and the ground conductor must not be
subject to mechanical forces or dangers of corrosion.
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 56

SAFETY DEVICES
To increase the safety of the plant there is an emergency button on the control panel situated in
the worker's stationing area. In case of emergency this button stops all movements of the plant in 3
seconds.
This control is activated by simply pressing the red button (the resetting is made possible by
rotating the button counter -clock wise).
It is recommended to use the emergency button during all the dangerous
operations that don't require the functioning of the plant to protect the workers
in such situations.
Access to the moving mechanical parts is limited by a series of protective covers.
The protective covers are not recognizable by the processing hence their opening does not stop
the functioning of the plant; remove the protective covers only when absolutely necessary. Start
yM of the plant without the protection is forbidden by all safety norms and is extremely dangerous.
2 Emergency button
3 Door bJock�ng switch on the control panel t
.. ,..._.
4 Inox carter
It is forbidden to remove the protective covers and safety measures.
Not following this norm causes immediate termination of the warranty and the
full assumption of responsibility by the client or user:
This manual is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 57

WARNING TAGS
On the plant there are a series of warning tags, even if the risk of hazards is reduced by the safety
protection system.
The warning tags must be placed on the plant and play a very important role since they provide
warning for the dangers present in the different zones.
1. Warning tags "Risk of dragging and smashing".
2. OBLIGATORY TAG "USE PROTECTIVE GARMENTS".
3. WARNING TAG "ELECTRICAL HAZARD".
4. Warning tags "Risk of tripping and falling".
y ' It is prohibited to remove these warning tags since they play a main role in
6 safety.
Not following this norm can cause termination of the warranty and the client's
full responsibility for any possible injuries and problems.
SIIIIASHNG?W,RCRNN
aaaNG TAGS
w„e,..'zc-iuz
O�I�IGATORY AGUSE PROTECTNEGARMENTS'
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 59

"EC7R!PA MA►�Af�®"
....ZE
MUARIaTMOW, e® CO
-
IDSx �F LPL IPiTER"
This
manual is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 60

NOISE
The plant has been designed and manufactured in order to reduce the general noise level.
(Directive 89/392/CEE, Attachment I, par. 1.5.8.).
The worker is subject to loud noise risks in case of daily exposure (or an average noise level in
time to which the workers are subject in the course of work) to a higher noise level than 80dB(A).
For example if the plant is mounted in a reverberating environment or an environment with sources
of other loud noise.
In such circumstances it is necessary to adapt the counter measures necessary to reduce the
noise level according to recommended levels, by adding noise -absorbing insulation, enclosing the
plant etc. And when necessary having the workers wear additional personal protection (ear plugs,
ear muffs, etc.).
The personal protection gear has been approved by the directives 89/686/ and 89/656/CEE.
In Italy also make reference to D.M. n 277/91, which includes the communitary directives
80/1107/CEE, 82/605/CEE, 73/477/CEE, 86/188/CEE and 88/642/CEE.
REGULATORY REFERENCES
• Community Reference 89/392,known as "machine directive", modified by the communitary
directives 91/368, 93/44 and 93/68 and 98/37.
• Community directive 73/23, known as "low tension directive", modified by the Communitary
Directive 93/68.
aAFTEY �11EASURES AT THE WORK SITE }
SAFTEY MEASURES TO APPLY ON THE WORK SITE
• Community directive 80/1107, 83/477, 86/188, 88/642 regarding personnel protection from risks
derived from exposure to chemical, physical and biological agents during work.
• Community directive 89/321, regarding the improvement of safety measures and the health of
workers in the work place, joined to the specific Directive 89/654 e 89/655.
• Community directive 90/394 regarding the workers' protection against risks derived from
exposure to carcinogenic agents during work.
• Community directive 77/576 and 79/640, regarding safety signs and signals in the work place.
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 61

9
• Community directive 89/656 and 89/686, regarding the use of protective wear for personal
protection modified in the community directive 93/68.
,,,; SAFTEY iVIEASURES FOR THE ENUIROMENi
• Community directive 75/442, regarding waste disposal.
• Community directive 78/319, regarding the disposal of toxic or harmful waste.
• Community directive 75/439, regarding the elimination of oil use.
MARGINAL RISKS
All the marginal risks created during the evaluation of the possible interactions of man -machine,
caused by the normal functioning of the plant, have been specified in the pages describing the
operation and safety during these interactions and will be illustrated during the training of the
personnel of the stated risks, they will also be shown by specific warning signs.
It is necessary to substitute the warning signs in case of damage caused by daily
operations or natural degradation of the material or when one or more become
illegible.
This manual is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 62

PERSONAL SIGN FOR SERVICE PERSONNEL AT WORK
This manual is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 63

CHAPTER 7 - START UP AND TURNING OFF THE PLANT
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 64

PRELIMINARY CHECK UPS
Before starting the plant for the first time it is necessary to complete all the check ups found in the
following paragraphs:
❑ Fill the hydraulic unit with oil. Use TEXACO URSUS oil with a viscosity of 46 or other oil of
the same characteristics. -Required amount about 10 liters.
❑ Verify that the ground connection and positioning of the plant was done correctly.
❑ The connection to the circuit breakers is of the same power as the power of the plant and
must be completed as described by norms IEC 204, IEC 364-5-54 and EN 60439-1.
❑ The electrical protection must first be secured by a thermo magnetic breaker with
interruptive power equal to or greater than that specified by the identification tag located on
the inside of the control or electric panel.
❑ Verify that the rotation of the motors is correct. In case of incorrect rotation contact MATEC
technical assistance personnel.
❑ Verify that the lighting is adequate for the environment for the normal uses of the plant.
There must not be shaded areas that could compromise the safety of the users during any
operations, maintenance and repairs.
WARNING
The improper grounding of the plant can create great dangers to the operator and the
exposed people. It is recommended to execute periodical check ups of the grounding of the
plant by qualified personnel.
FIRST START UP OF THE PLANT
The start up of the plant necessitates the intervention of one worker that through the use of several
standard simple procedures is able to put the plant in a ready to start position through use of the
control panel.
The first start up must be completed by our specialized technicians or by the maintenance
technician after having been correctly trained and therefore able to perform these procedures.
The functioning of the plant is constrained to the needs that were requested by the client except
for the limitations indicated in this manual and is only designed for this type of usage.
The incorrect starting of the plant while personnel are working on its parts can
- cause possible dangers to the people exposed.
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 65

PLANT START UP
After having completed the preliminary check up procedures of all the systems and controls -of the
plant proceed with the start up in the sequence. indicated:
• Push the start up button located on the electrical control panel;
This command will start the automatic cycle pre selected in the panel's operating interface.
At this point make sure that there are no abnormalities present.
g . If these exist, restore the conditions to normal operating conditions resolving the
abnormality and repressing the reset button.
This manual is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 66

WORK CYCLE OF THE FILTERPRESS UNIT
The automatic work cycle of the Filter press unit is shown in the following operations:
❑ When the
/0
❑ At the start of the automatic cycle the plates close through the push of the hydraulic
piston (B)
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 67

F
❑ During this phase of the cycle the hydraulic piston strongly maintains the closure of the
plates (A)
n
❑ The filter press feeding pump(C) pumps the sludge at a high pressure through the pipes
(D), into the chambers formed by the closed plates. The pressure of the sludge on the filter
cloths drains the clean water from the mud and retains the solid particles.
n
This manual is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 68

❑ The filtered water flows into and is retained in the gutters of the filter press (E) and then
flows back into the dirty water pit.
E
❑ When the water in the gutter no longer touches the level probe in the gutter (F) the
piston (B) opens the plates (A) permitting the materials intercepted by the filters that
have formed dry plates of mud (G), to fall due to the effect of gravity into the collection
pit below.
❑ If the level probe (F) signals the lack of water in the gutter or does not detect in the set
time it means that the filter is clogged. In order to prevent damage in this case the
machine is stopped and rests in emergency mode.
91
C,
A
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 1 69

Once the plates -are fully opened the shakers (H) activate to facilitate the release of
any dry mud cakes still stuck in the filter press causing them to fall into the collection
pit below.
I
H
❑ The filter press unit is now ready for anew work cycle.
This manual is property of ' MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 70

INTERRUPTING THE PLANT
To guarantee operational safety the electrical system was designed keeping in mind all the
potential results of the interruption of the plant even in case of emergency interruption.
U
EMERGENCY STOP
The plant is equipped with an emergency circuit. The emergency stop is done by pressing the red
emergency rotational stop button in order to activate the emergency stop.
Activation of the emergency stop button disconnects all the safety systems of the plant stopping all
the controls immediately.
=.4.
The emergency stopping of the plant takes 0.5 seconds.
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 71

CHAPTER 8 - ADJUSTING AND SUBSTITUTING PARTS -
SEARCHING FOR DAMAGE
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 72

ADJUSTMENTS
All the possible adjustments are described in this chapter in order of execution.
A correct training of all the future workers, maintenance workers and technicians involves a good
general theoretical knowledge of all the above indicated procedures, even if in practice only part of
it is necessary for each single change in format; the progression of the operations set in the
manual and a complete training will still guarantee a quicker and easier intervention.
Each operation is signaled by its own appropriate pictograph to indicate the proper personnel
suitable for the completion of the operation.
Warning: This chapter involves the execution of operations without the help of
protective covers and safety gear in dangerous areas; follow all the safety
procedures of the country and region of use and all the safety measure indicated
in this manual must also be followed extremely carefully.
Do not complete any adjustments with the plant functioning.
Three types of adjustments have been specified to ease the worker's job:
1. Adjustments of the machine
Manual intervention that is done only by using appropriate tools (wrenches,
screwdrivers, etc.).
❑ Shaker unit height adjustment.
❑ Adjusting the water valve.
2. Adjustments from the panel
This is done by working on the operating interface panel.
The incorrect starting of the plant while personnel are working on its parts can
cause possible dangers to the people exposed.
This manual is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 73

SHAKER UNIT SLIDE ADJUSTMENT
This type of adjustment is necessary in case of change in the characteristics of the density of the
sludge treated.
In case of higher sludge density it is suggested to raise the speed of the shaker unit while for less
dense sludge a slower speed of the shaker unit is sufficient.
To complete the adjustment it is necessary to use the appropriate nut (A) of the pneumatic cylinder
therefore changing the height of the shakes.
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 74

CHANGING THE FILTER -PRESS UNIT FILTER CLOTHS
The substituting of the filtering cloths must be completed following the safety norms in their
integrity.
❑ Stop the plant;
❑ Wait for the chambers to empty;
❑ Move the cylinder back. until the complete opening of the unit is achieved;
❑ Press the "Emergency stop" button";
❑ Flip the master breaker off on the breaker box;
❑ Put up a well visible sign indicating the following "Assistance personnel working on the
plant";
❑ Remove the cloths and under cloths;
❑ Wash the plates thoroughly with pressurized water;
❑ Put the underclothes back on as shown in the picture below;
❑ Put the cloths back on as shown in the picture above paying particular attention to passing
the cloths through the hole on the plate correctly (also shown in the two following pictures)
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 75

❑ Putting the filter cloths through the plate's hole
❑ Proceed to fix the filter cloths on as shown in the following images:
This manual is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 76

❑ Fixing on the filter cloths
❑ Once all the cloths are fixed to the relative plates correctly it is possible to complete all the
procedures for the restarting of the plant.
This manual is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 77

ABNORMALITIES IN THE CONTROL SYSTEM
The plant is provided with an operating panel interface that signals possible abnormalities by
lighting the relative warning lights situated on the control panel.
Possible
problem
Possible reasons
Suggestions
gg
Hydraulic unit-
Lack of tension in the control panel
Verify that the emergency button is
pump motor does
Safety measure tripped
pressed.
not start
Verify possible mechanical stall.
Verify oil level in the hydraulic unit.
Dirty filtered water
Presence of damaged filters
Adjustments
Sludge leaking
Presence of foreign bodies
Carefully clean the plates before
from plates
Lack of cleanliness
closing them.
Insufficient pressure
Verify the pressure on the gauge
situated on the hydraulic unit
Waste material is
The water level probe inside the
Lower the probe level.
too humid
trough or gutter is too high
If the problem persists contact the
MATEC technical assistance.
Waste material
Insufficient time for the shakers too
Modify shaker's intervention time.
does not detach
shake loose the mud cakes.
easily
Excessive flocculant clogs the
Lessen the quantity of flocculant in the
cloths
cycle
Worn out cloths
Substitute the cloths
PROBLEMS WITH THE PUMPS
In case the pumps do not work (especially when the filter plate pack is closed and the sludge pump
works strenuously without water coming out of the side pipes on the plates) it is necessary to verify
the following:
❑ Pumping or sucking tubes are clogged.
In case the problem is not solved please contact the MATEC technical assistance.
This manual is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 78

MAINTENANCE
All the mechanical and electrical maintenance operations must be completed correctly, following all
the time intervals indicated. Wrong completion of maintenance can cause quick wearing out and
increased possible damages and breaking downs.
All the maintenance operations, as already stated, must be completed by the assistance personnel
following all the safety norms provided by the country and region.
Considering the frequency to which these machines are subject to intervention it is not necessary
to follow particular measures other than all the customary usage and safety measures (gloves,
goggles, etc.) according to the type of work to complete.
Possible substitutions of damaged components must be EXCLUSIVELY completed using fully
licensed parts for a proper functioning of the plant.
g For any necessary maintenance work it is necessary to put the plant in
maintenance mode in order to guarantee maximum safety.
6 It is necessary to disconnect the electrical network locking the general selecting
button after having reset it to zero and having disconnected the pneumatic plant.
Before completing any maintenance operation it is necessary to read the
"SAFETY MEASURES" chapter thoroughly.
After all maintenance is completed the following must be completed before restarting the plant:
❑ Verify that the replaced parts and the tools used have been taken off the plant.
❑ Check the proper functioning of the safety devices.
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 80

PROGRAMMED MAINTENANCE FOR MECHANICAL PARTS
■ ■ DAILY MAINTENANCE
❑ Verify the presence, condition and correct functioning of all the safety devices installed on
the plant.
❑ Verify the oil level of the hydraulic unit.
Top off the oil when necessary.
❑ Wash the filter cloths
To execute the washing of the filter cloths proceed as follows:
❑ Select manual cycle;
❑ Remove the protective covers;
❑ Move the piston back using the appropriate control from the control panel
❑ Cut power to the plant;
❑ Wash cloths and under cloths with suitable warm water;
WEEKLY MAINTENANCE
❑ Test the functioning of the emergency circuit (can be completed while the plant is under
power).
YEARLY MAINTENANCE
❑ Substituting hydraulic oil in the hydraulic unit
❑ Verify the efficiency of the machinery and controls inside the control panel, including the
ground connection (to be completed only by a qualified technician).
❑ Changing of the filter cloths and under cloths
To change the filter cloths proceed as follows:
• Select manual cycle
• Remove the protective covers
• Move the piston back using the appropriate control from the control panel;
• Cut power to the plant
• Remove the ties
• Remove the plates and complete the procedure (see the related paragraph)
Any mechanical or electric parts must be disposed of at waste sites designated
for this purpose.
Oils or lubricating materials in general are extreme pollutants and therefore must
be disposed of in barrels designed for this purpose.
The screw reducers that are not used on the plant can be of the "greased type".
Those reducers are recognizable by the lack of a level cap in which case
• tr, maintenance is not necessary.
This manual is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 81

SUMMARY TABLE
TYPE OF MAINTENANCE
PRODUCT
TYPE
Test safety devices
DAILY
Check the oil level of the hydraulic unit
Oil
Wash the filter cloths
Water
WEEKLY Test the functionality of the emergency circuit
YEARLY
Change the oil in the hydraulic unit
Oil
TEXACO
URSUS 46 or
similar with a
viscosity of 46
Test the efficiency of the machinery and
controls inside the control panel
Change the filter cloths and under cloths
This manual catalogue is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden.

SPECIAL MAINTENANCE
Only qualified personnel can complete special maintenance work.
In case substitution of broken or damaged parts becomes necessary it is
possible to contact our Technical Assistance Center.
If emergency intervention is needed, verify carefully the cause of the initial emergency intervention
before restarting the plant.
MAINTENANCE OF THE HYDRAULIC UNIT
In the first hours of use it is necessary to monitor closely the fluid's level in the tank and test for
possible leaks.
After the first 100 hours of use check the proper cleanliness of the filter cloths and proper
calibration.
Every 3000 hours of use change the oil in the unit.
It is necessary to keep the plant extremely clean. Do not use solvents, detergents and de -greasers
that could pollute the fluid.
In case of the substitution of one or more parts, make sure that the part is consistent to the original
part to prevent dangers to the people using the plant and to prevent damage to the plant itself.
TEMPORARY PERIODS OF NON-USE OF THE PLANT
During periods of non-use, do as follows:
Short periods: A period of non-use shorter than two months does not require any
special precautions, make sure the plant is maintained in the same .
condition as when it was stopped.
Extended periods: If the plant is not used for a period greater than two months it is
recommended to use the plant for brief periods at regular intervals
(around every two months) without pressure to maintain the internal
lubrication of the parts.
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC 5.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 83

PERIODIC CHECK UPS
At regular intervals of one month it is necessary to check:
The upkeep of the exterior:
❑ Check visually the pipes, connections and surfaces where parts meet;
❑ Keep the plant clean to allow easy detection of leaks.
Oil of the Hydraulic Unit:
❑ Check the oil level in the hydraulic unit.
❑ The oil must never exceed 60 °C, exceeding this temperature will cause the seals, gaskets
and mechanical parts to wear out.
Contamination of the liquid:
❑ A turbid, or dark liquid indicates abnormalities the plant..
Noises:
❑ An increase in noise indicates abnormalities in the plant.
Power use:
❑ An increase in power use of the electrical motor compared to the flow or pressure indicates
abnormalities of the plant.
Flexible tubing:
❑ Verify that the tubing does not have any: cracks, abrasions, deformities, bubbles, tears in
the covering, swelling, sticky areas on the tubes, leaking; such problems require immediate
substitution of the tube.
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 84

LUBRICATION
It is necessary to complete a periodical lubrication on all the parts that require it
including the plate guide that the filter plates rest on to ensure an optimum functioning
of the plant.
The type of oil or grease needed according to the mechanical part to lubricate might require
different chemical and physical characteristics.
LUBRICATION WITH GREASE
The lubrication must be completed when the plant is not functioning.
It is important to restart the plant immediately after the lubrication is done keeping it going for a few
minutes in order to guarantee the maximum effectiveness of the lubrication.
It is recommended not to add too much grease (one third of the volume present in the place that
needs to be lubricated is sufficient).
Repeat all the greasing operations frequently, always using small doses of grease.
LUBRICATION WITH OIL
In this case it is necessary to periodically check that the oil tanks positioned in the different areas
of the plant are set at the right level, otherwise top off with the appropriate oil.
Oils or lubrication materials in general are extreme pollutants and therefore must
be disposed of in barrels designed for this purpose.
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 85

GENERAL CLEANING OF THE PLANT
Complete a general cleaning of the plant periodically, but before starting such
maintenance it is necessary to remove dust and other residues from all the plant
(including all the mechanical parts) using pressurized air.
Clean all the painted parts with anti grease and non-abrasive products; remove possible grease
clots or paper residues (also from all the mechanical parts).
Clean all the protective coverings using high-pressure water (hydro cleaner).
All the cleaning must be completed with the plant not functioning and applying
3.. all the safety measures to prevent the plant from accidentally starting.
Some parts need to be cleaned periodically by the worker who will personally decide when it is
more appropriate to do so according to the status of the plant.
Although only a few parts of the plant that require maintenance have been described in this
chapter it is good for the worker to complete periodical check ups on the other parts.as well.
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. . . 86

CHAPTER 10 - WASTE DISPOSAL AND DEMOLITION
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 87

CHAPTER 10 - WASTE DISPOSAL AND DEMOLITION
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 87

PRODUCTION WASTE
Waste is any substance or object that is produced through human actions or natural cycles,
destined or meant for abandoning.
The following waste categories are considered special waste:
• Residues deriving from industrial, farming, craftsmanship, commercial production or services
that for quantity or quality cannot be put together with urban waste;
• Machinery and equipment generally deteriorated and out-of-date;
• Motor vehicles and their unusable parts.
All the waste that contains or is made of the substances indicated in DPR 915/82 which also
include the directives 75/442/CEE, 76/403/CEE and 78/319/CEE is considered toxic -harmful
waste.
TEMPORARY STACKING
While awaiting disposal the toxic -harmful waste should be stored or stacked suitably, and
permitting, temporary stacking must be done in accordance with the environmental laws and
norms, in the country of use.
The fixed or moving containers meant for temporary stacking of waste, must be of adequate
resistance depending on the chemical and physical characteristics of the waste and also
depending on their hazardous characteristics.
Appropriate signs and/or signals on the containers indicate the nature of their
content (flammable explosive, carcinogenic substances etc.)
REGISTERING AND DISPOSAL OBLIGATIONS
Companies that produce special and toxic -harmful waste must keep special records of loading and
unloading of the waste, in accordance with the norm DPR of the 23 August 1982, that also includes
the directive 75/439/CEE regarding the elimination of the exhaust oils.
The removal of the waste spoken of is only meant to be completed by authorized
personnel bound to the company by contract..
The transportation worker must be qualified, hold the proper licenses and
authorization documentation.
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 88

DISPOSAL
The removal of the waste spoken of is only meant to be completed by authorized personnel bound
to the company by contract..
The transportation worker must be qualified, hold the proper licenses and authorization
documentation.
Referral norms:
3i
❑ Community directive 75/442, regarding the disposal of waste.
❑ Community directive 78/319, regarding the disposal of toxic/harmful waste.
❑ Community directive 75/439, regarding the elimination of used oils.
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 89

DEMOLITION OF THE PLANT
Only qualified personnel must execute the operations of disassembling and
demolition.
The demolition procedures needs to be completed as follows:
a) Disconnect the plant from the electrical and pneumatic system.
b) Follow the laws of the country of use and in accordance with environmental laws and
regulations.
c) Request according to what is specified by the law, the inspection procedure of the agency in
charge and the resulting verbalization of the demolition process.
d) Proceed to the disassembling of the parts of the plant putting together the different
components according to their chemical nature (complete the emptying and the stacking or
storage of the oils of the lubrication liquids).
e) Proceed to the scrapping of the plant according to the law and dispositions of the country of
use.
During the disassembling of the components it is necessary to follow what is
y indicated in the community directive concerning the safety of the workers and
especially regarding the use of personal safety protections. (D.P.1.).
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden. 90

Instruction and Maintenance Manual
USER'S GUIDE
(2/2)
WATER TREATMENT PLANT AND FILTER PRESS
BWR
FILTER PRESS ACQUAE 400
(09/2011- REV. 02)
MATEC S.H. Via San Colombano, 13 - 54100 MASSA (MS) - ITALY-Tel. [phone] - Fax [phone]
Url: www.matecitalia.com E-mail: [e-mail]

M.5-34"
09/2011 Rev 01
BUILDER:
MATEC S.H.
ADDRESS: Via San Colombano, 13 - 54100 MASSA (MS) - ITALY
Tel. [phone] - Fax [phone]
Url: www.matecitalia.com
E-mail: [e-mail]
DOCUMENT TYPE:
DOCUMENT CODE:
EDITION:
Manuale d'uso a di manutenzione
BWR 11/2
12-2011
PRODUCT: INDUSTRIAL WATER TREATMENT PLANT
MODEL: BWR FILTRO PRESSA ACQUAE 400
YEAR OD BUILDING: 2011
MATRICULATION NUMBER: 11 BWR4002003
CONFORMITY: C E
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.M. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 2

/nwwtec 09/2011 Rev 01
01 PNEUMATIC PUMP
PAR DESCRIPTION
1 AIR OPERATOR DOUBLE DIAPHRAGM PUMP MATEC M4
The air operator double diaphragm pump MATEC M4 is basically composed of the following parts
(fig. 1):
1. Air chamber: the air chamber is the chambre that houses the air which powers the diaphragms.
2. Air distribution system: the air distribution system is the heart of the pump. The air distribution
system is the mechanism that shifts the pump in order to create suction and discharge strokes.
3. Outlet diaphragm piston: the outer diaphragm pistons provide a means to connect the
diaphragms to the reciprocating common shaft and to seal the liquid side from the air side of the
diaphragm.
4. Inner diaphragm piston: the inner piston s located on the air side of the pump and does not
come into contact with the process fluid.
5. Check valve ball: Matec air -operator pumps use suction and discharge check valve sto
produce directional flow of process fluid in the liquid chambre. The check valve balls seal and
release on the check valve seats allowing for discharge and suction of process fluid to occur.
6. Check valve seat: the removable seats provide the ball valves a site to check.
7. discharge manifold: process fluid exits the pump from the discharge port located on the
discharge manifold at the top of the pump.
8. Liquid chamber: the liquid chamber is filled with the process fluid during the suction stroke and
is emptied during the discharge stroke. It is separated from the compressed air by the diaphragms.
9. Diaphragm: the diaphragm membrane provides for separation of the process fluid and the
compressed air power source. To perform adequately, diaphragms should beo f sufficient
thickness and of appropriate material to prevent degradation of permeation in specific process fluid
application..
10. Inlet manifold: process fluid enters the pump from the intake port located on the inlet manifold
at the bottom of the pump.
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 3

09/2011 Rev 01
monbc
„rrd�rr�Yir�r3+'arv..era;rr'..fr,..r..�.srS.rrwia
I
//�',r:vr.:w,�r.,r.�•„R�rr'rsrsrrsarirss-6rrr�rs�rr
% ....—
{M��v�
A 4'
AIR
'l , ►.�
DISTRiBILMOU
N H a,
OUTER
IM
a
1�
INNER ♦�
P \.
y
w
X-
tP
F ;+
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 4

09/2011 Rev 01
Q70C
vresr
01 PNEUMATIC PUMP
PAR DESCRIPTION
2 THE MATEC PUMP — HOW IT WORKS
The Matec air -operated pump is a reciprocating double -diaphragm, positive displacement type.
The pump displaces fluid from one of its two liquid chambers upon each stroke completion. The
following drawings and paragraphs detail the liquid flow pattern through the pump from its initial
unprimed position.
There are a few wetted parts (parts that contact the fluid) which are dynamic: the two diaphragms
which are connected by a common shaft, the two inlet valve balls, and the two discharge valve
balls. The diaphragms act as a separation membrane between the compressed air supply and the
liquid. Driving the diaphragms with compressed air instead of the shaft balances the load on the
diaphragm which removes mechanical stress and therefore extends diaphragm life. The valve balls
open and close an the valve seats to direct liquid flow.
Fig. 1 — Right stroke
Fig. 3 — Midstroke
Fig. 3 — Left stroke
Figura 1. The air distribution system directs the air supply to the right air chamber and therefore,
the back side of diaphragm A. the compressed air moves diaphragm A away from the center block
toward the liquid chamber. The opposite diaphragm (diaphragm B) is pulled inward by the shaft
connected to the pressurized diaphragm (diaphragm A). Diaphragm B is now on its suction stroke;
air behind the diaphragm has been forced out to the atmosphere through the exhaust port of the
pump. Diaphragm A is currently working against atmospheric pressure. The movement of
diaphragm B toward'the center block of the pump creates a vacuum within liquid chamber B.
Atmospheric pressure forces fluid into the inlet manifold forcing the inlet valve ball off its seat.
Liquid is now free to move past the inlet valve ball (lower left) and fill the liquid chamber.
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 5

09/2011 Rev 01
Figures 2 & 3. When the pressurized diaphragm (diaphragm A) reaches the limit of its discharge
stroke, the air valve redirects the compressed air supply to the back side of diaphragm B. The
pressurized air forces diaphragm B away from the center block while the shaft pulls diaphgram A
toward the center block. The air chamber on side A exhausts its air to atmosphere through the
exhaust port of the pump. Diaphragm B is now on its discharge stroke while diaphragm A is on its
suction stroke. Diaphragm B forces the inlet valve ball (lower left) onto its seat due to the hydraulic
forces developed in the liquid chamber and manifold of the pump. These same hydraulic forces lift
the discharge valve ball off its seat, while the opposite discharge valve ball is forced onto its seat,
forcing fluid to flow through the left side of. the pump and out the discharge manifold. The
movement of diaphragm A to the center block of the pump creates a vacuum within liquid chamber
A. atmospheric pressure forces fluid into the inlet manifold of the pump. The inlet valve ball (lower
right) is forced off its seat allowing the fluid to enter the right liquid chamber.
As the pump reaches its original starting point, each diaphragm has gone through one suction and
one discharge stroke. This movement constitutes one pumping cycle. The pump will take several
cycles to completely prime depending on the application variables.
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 6

09/2011 Rev 01
01 PNEUMATIC PUMP
PAR DESCRIPTION
3 I IDENTIFICATION CHART
A. M4 METAL PUMP - RUBBER / TPE / ULTRA FEX - FITTED
"O"-Z'
0 '. z
0
4
2—O
S
�� 21 22
l� 23
This spare parts -catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 7

09/2011 Rev 01
No.
Descrizione
Q.ta
1
Air valve
1
2
O-Ring, End Cap
1
3
Plug
1
4
Screw air valve 1/4" x 4,5"
4
5
Screw 10-16 x1 11"
2
6
Plate silencer
1
7
Seal silencer
1
8
Seal air valve
1
9
Middle section
1
10
Reducing bushing
1
11
Nut Y4"-20
4
12
Threaded socket
4
13
Sleeve complete driver
1
14
O-Ringsleeve
-2
15
Shaft seal
2
16
Central block seal
2
17
Room air side
2
18
Screw 3/8" — 16 x 1"
8
19
Sealin ring2
20
Shaft
1
21
Pivot shaft
2
22
Internal piston
2
23
Diaphragm
2
24
External piston
2
25
Valve seat
4
26
Ball valve
4
27
Room fluid side
2
28
Great clamp
2
29
Small clamp
4
30
Outake manifold
1
31
Intake manifold
1
32
Locking screw clamp large
4
33
Large clamp nut
4
34
Small locking screw clamp
8
35 1
Small clamp nut
8
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden

n mum W * xP"V W
09/2011 Rev 01
B. M4 METAL PUMP - PTFE - FITTED
0
37
jj2B
eo.—zs
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 9

09/2011 Rev 01
No.
Descrizione
Q.ta
1
Air valve
1
2
O-Ringlu
1
3
Plug1
4
Screw air valve 1/4" x 4,5"
4
5
Screw 10-16 x1 3/"
2
6
Plate silencer
1
7
Seal silencer
1
8
Seal air valve
1
9
Middle section
1
10
Reducing bushing
1
11
Nut W-20
4
12
Threaded socket
4
13
Sleeve complete driver
1
14
O-Ringsleeve
2
15
Shaft seal
2
16
Central block seal
2
17
Room air side
2
18
Screw 3/8" — 16 x 1"
8
19
Sealing ring
2
20
Shaft
1
21
Pivot shaft
2
22
Internal piston
2
23
Back-up dia hra m
2
24
Diaphragm
2
25
External piston
2
26
Valve seta
4
27
O-Ringvalve seat
4
28
Ball valve
4
29
Room fluid side
2
30
Great clamp
2
31
Small clamp
4
32
Manifold
1
33
Intake manifold
1
34
Locking screw clamp large
4
35
Large clamp nut
4
36
Small locking screw clam
8
37
Small clamp nut
8
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC 5.r.1. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 10

09/2011 Rev 01
.�,
01 PNEUMATIC PUMP
PAR I DESCRIPTION
4 1 TROUBLESHOOTING SUGGESTIONS
The following is a concise set of troubleshooting suggestions.
1. Pump will not run or runs slowly:
1. Check air inlet screen and air filter for debris.
2. Check for sticking air valve, flush air valve with clearing fluid.
3. Check for worm out air valve. Replace if necessary.
4. Check center block seals. If worm excessively, they will not seal and air will simply flow
through the pump and out the air exhaust. Use only Matec seals as they are of special
construction.
5. Check for rotating piston in air valve.
6. Check type of lubricant being used if you are using a pump that needs lubrication. A higher
viscosity oil than suggested may cause the piston to stick or run erratically. Matec suggest
the use of hydraulic oil with artic characteristics (ISO 15/5 wt artic oil).
2. Pump runs but little or no product flows.
1. Check for pump cavitation; slow pump speed down to allow material to enter pumping
chambers. Increase speed accordingly.
2. Check for sticking ball checks. If material being pumped is not compatible with pump
elastomers, sweeling may occur. Replace balls with the proper elastomers.
3. Check to make sure all suction connections are air tight, especially clamp bands around
intake balls.
3. Pump air valve frezzes:
1. Check for excessive moisture in compressed air. Install either a dryer or a hot air generator
for compressed air.
4. Air bubbles in pump discharge:
1. Check for rupture diaphragm.
2. Check tightness of clamp bands, especially at the intake manifold.
5. Product comes out air exhaust:
1. Check for rupture diaphragm.
2. Check tightness of large clamp bands.
3. Check tightness of piston plates to shaft if applicable.
6. Pump rattles:
I Use softer balls.
2. Create false discharge head or suctionlift.
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 11

09/2011 Rev 01
02 HYDRAULIC BOX 400
PAR DESCRIPTION
1 I GENERAL WARNINGS
• The plant is built to be installed in a covered environment.
• Smocking is not permitted, welding and drawing flames to the plant, particularly when
replacing and topping up fluid.
• The maximum pressure of the plant must not exceed 350 bar.
02 HYDRAULIC BOX 400
PAR I DESCRIPTION
2 I PLANT START-UP
• Check the tightening of the fittings and the correct connection of pipes.
• Check that the mains voltage is adequate to the components installed as shown on the
same components (electric motor and coils).
• The filling of the fluid must be carried out only through the filler.
• Sure the fluid is hip32 or hlp46, different fluids can cause malfunctions.
• Check the direction of rotation of the electric motor.
• Check that the electric valves are not live.
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 12

09/2011 Rev 01
02 HYDRAULIC_BOX 400
PAR I DESCRIPTION
1 I GENERAL WARNINGS
• The plant is built to be installed in a covered environment.
• Smocking is not permitted, welding and drawing flames to the plant, particularly when
replacing and topping up fluid.
• The maximum pressure of the plant must not exceed 350 bar.
02 HYDRAULIC BOX 400
PAR I DESCRIPTION
2 1 PLANT START-UP
• Check the tightening of the fittings and the correct connection of pipes.
• Check that the mains voltage is adequate to the components installed as shown on the
same components (electric motor and coils).
• The filling of the fluid must be carried out only through the filler.
• Sure the fluid is hlp32 or hlp46, different fluids can cause malfunctions.
• Check the direction of rotation of the electric motor.
• Check that the electric valves are not live.
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 12

09/2011 Rev 01
02 HYDRAULIC BOX 400
PAR
3
DESCRIPTION
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
• Check after 100 hours of work the level of fluid and filters cleaning.
• Every 3000 hours replace fluid and filters.
• The fluid must not exceed 60°.
• Check that pipes have not cracks, abrasions, bubbles, otherwise replace the tube.
• The emulsified fluid or peat,, the increasing of noise or electrical input is an indication of
malfunctions.
• Periodically check the pre -charge pressure of the accumulator (if present).
• Periodically clean with compressed air the radiator fins of the air/fluid exchangers (if
present).
• Clean the tube every 6 months from the deposit of limestone in the water/fluid exchanger.
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 13

09/2011 Rev 01
02 HYDRAULIC BOX 400
PAR I DESCRIPTION
4 1 Guide to search of causes
DRAWBACKS
CAUSES
Air in the circuit
Low oil level in the tank
Noisy pump
Air in the circuit (see above)
Pump or coupling assembly broken
Suction filter clogged
Wrong direction of rotation
No suction of the suction pipe
Oil too viscous .
Losses at seals
High temperature of oil
Too high pressure
Abrasive substances in the oil
Non-functioning valves or cylinders
Air in the circuit
Pressure too low
Insufficient oil flow
Dirty fluid
Absence of voltage on the coils
Pressure too low
Incorrect setting of the pressure relief valve
Losses in the circuit
Pump or coupling assembly broken
Suction filter clogged
Wrong direction of rotation
Heating oil
Worn pump
Pressure too high
Chiller fault if resent
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 14

r
O
N
Q
T
O
N
O
O
O
O
O
V
H
a
H
Z
O
�
Q
67.
SI
U
a7
w
}
2
N
Q
�
a
�
a
1 ■�
m i' !
- LN r !
MF F
mom; KTNI
c !.. .l.:
.. _ ..
•� • F ;, r.®;tea. � .
r
0
N
m
n
c
0
a�
c
U
O
Q.
N
C
Q
N
U
W
Q
0
a,
m
a
0
a
0
m
0
m
ro
U
N
r
N
n
co
n
N
N
L

09/2011 Rev 01
02 HYDRAULIC BOX 400
PAR DESCRIPTION
6 1 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
POS
DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
CODE
1
TANK 5 L
1
FPOTC40OVER
2
SUCTION FILTER 3/8
1
HYC34100002
3
1 PUMP 2,45 C.C.
1
HYE60604005
4
MOTOR 1,5 kW
1
MOTTR/4PB14/2
5
MAX VALVE
1
HYVMDC35B1
6
NO RETURN VALVE
1
7
GAUGE 0-400
1
MRG06304001K
8
PRESSURE
1
TEL.XMLA500D2S11
9
MAX VALVE "A"
1
ARAM3VMAC2003
10
BLOCK VALVE "B"
1
ARAM3UPB1003
11
ENALV 24 VDC
1
ARAD3E02W2
12
DEGASSING ENALV 24 VDC
1
FL.ECD30/2202
13
REGULATOR TWO-WAY 1/4 FBP
1
TCAFPBI/4
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 16

I notec
TW.Vi;;i�
09/2011 Rev 01
03 PLC ZELIO
PAR I DESCRIPTION
0 1 DESCRIPTION
"Filter Press" machine can work both in manual and automatic mode.
In this second option each function can be enabled individually by means of a touch screen
panel which allows the man/machine interface.
In the automatic mode, selectable by a button on the control board, the machine makes
autonomously and cyclically all the sequences needed for filtering and clarification, according
to parameters set by the operator board.
Matec not recommended for nighttime use of the system filter BWR.
Filtering cement, in the event of problems such as power failure, the
system is not 'capable of automatically self-cleaning and put on stand-by,
creating problems for the functioning of the same.
It is suggested the presence of operators near the plant in order to
promptly intervene in case of problems.
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 17

a 09/2011 Rev 01
fnwagec
rr
03 PLC ZELIO
PAR DESCRIPTION
1 1 CONTROL PANEL
CONTROL PANEL
9?
2
0
1
5
�-j
7
1. EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON
By pressing this button all the machine functions are stopped
2 LINE LAMP
Illuminated push button which turns on the electric panel feeding.
3. FILTER PRESS CYCLE COMMAND SELECTOR
By acting on this selector, with two positions (AUTOMATIC/MANUAL), it is possible to choose
between the manual or automatic operation cycle of the Filter Press plant.
4. OPENING/CLOSING FILTER PRESS
By acting on this selector, with two positions (OPENING/CLOSING), it is possible to select the
manual opening or closing of the filter press.
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 18

09/2011 Rev 01
5 ALARM LAMP
Illuminated push button when an alarm is tripped.
6 RESET ALARM PUSH BUTTON
To reset after the intervention of an alarm.
6 PUMP PUSH BUTTON
To make the pump work in manual
7 PROBE PUSH BUTTON
To Place the machine on mode for night work.
VERY IMPORTANT
The push button PROBE (DAY/NIGHT) permits to select the working mode
"DAY" or the working mode "NIGHT'.
As already well -specified, in BWR SYSTEM the machine is not recommended for
nighttime use; so it is absolutely necessary to place the button working mode on
"NIGHT" before closing the plant.
In this way automatically level relays in the electric panel are positioned on the
condition of lack of material to be treated in the mud tank.
In this condition the filter press will end the working cycle, will perform the
opening cycle unloading the panels of mud, and will perform a complete cycle of
washing.
At this point the machine is in stand-by.
To make the machine start automatically, the next morning simple place the
button "PROBE" on working mode "DAY".
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 19

09/2011 Rev 01
03 PLC ZELIO
PAR I DESCRIPTION
2 1 PROGRAMMING PARAMETERS WITH AUTOMATIC WASHING PROGRAM
Main page
fig. 1
Function keys:
1 moves to the LEFT
2 moves down
3 moves up
4 moves to the right
5 enter the menu/ confirm ok
6 backlight turns on
The side door of the module is used for entry of cable programming. It must always be kept
closed to prevent the ingress of dust and oxidizing agents.
fig. 2
Display in RUN mode: in this situation, the machine is ready for operation, if driven by
commands AUT / MAN and START cycle.
At the top of the display the inputs are showed, at the bottom the outputs are showed (in
WHITE ports not fed back hence to 0, and in BLACK those fed back hence to 1).
"Example: in Figure 2, 2,3, A, E, F, G inputs are active, the others are off."
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 20

09/2011 Rev 01
N I TOR I NE
OPPRPMETER
RUN STOP
SUERS I ON
�s
f , . hU ,
m
r ua
fig. 3
Pressing the button 5 (Menu / OK) you open the program menu where you can set the main
parameters of the PLC (Fig. 3).
Before changing any parameter is mandatory to place the PLC in STOP
function.
"To do this from the screen in fig. 3:
a) press 3 times the button 2 (moves down) until the blinking cursor on the line RUN / STOP;
b) press the button 5 (Menu/Ok).
ST0E PROG.
P to
YES
NO
{� 9
3
� a
P j f
S
�/y
XW,.
fig. 4
c) when you see the display of Fig. 4 move the cursor to the function YES by pressing button 2
(moves down) and confirm with button 5 (Menu / OK).
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.I. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 21

bacP
09/2011 Rev 01
fig. 5
In this situation, the PLC is in STOP, the program is not working inside, and is ready for
parameter substitution.
03 PLC ZELIO
PAR I DESCRIPTION
3 1 TABLE PARAMETERS OF VARIABLES IN PROGRAM
Variable parameters within the program are:
C1
NUMBER COUNT BEATER
C2
WASHING ON
C3
COUNTING FILTERED
C5
CYCLE COUNTING TO STOP FILTRATION IF THERE IS NO MUD
T1
DELAY SWITCH
T2
CLOSING TIME MAX
T3
TIME SENSOR BYPASS TRAY
T4
TIME EXCITED SOLENOID BEATER
TS
MUD PUMP STOP DELAY
T6
OPENING DELAY FILTER
T7
TIME DEGASSING
TS
CLEANING TIME CLOTHES
T9
PAUSE BETWEEN OLD AND NEW CYCLE
TA
OPENING TIME MAX
TB
MAXIMUM TIME OF FILTRATION
TC
DWELL TIME BEFORE RESTART CYCLE
TD
DELAY NO MUD FROM PROBE
TE
DELAY START BEATER
TF
PIPE CLEANING TIME
TG
TIME ALARM INDICATOR LAMP
After putting the PLC in the STOP position (see Fig. 5), by pressing the button 5 (Menu/OK),
you will see the display in Fig. 3; at this point bring the cursor on the word "parameters" and
press the key parameters 5 (Menu / OK).
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 22

09/2011 Rev 01
C1------- FL_
WDCTT:TO P_000
'u. •, _ + Q ..., n-0
fig. 6
Your screen will be that of Fig. 6, where the parameter CC1 will be flashing.
As listed in the table above, C1 parameter is the number plate shaking, we try to vary this.
Press 1 until you have the parameter P = 00002 default flashing. The number 2 is 2-shaking of
the plates.
Once the value 00002 is flashing, can be increased or decreased with the 3 (Move up) and 2
(moves down).
After changing the value, press 5 (Menu / OK) to confirm.
F n -� -
CONFIRM CHPNGES
YES
NO
3
511
r
fig. 7
The display screen prompts the exchange parameter validation (Fig. 7), confirming with the
button 5 (Menu / OK), we return to Fig. 6 with the changed parameter.
At this point we can decide whether to:
a) change other values
b) return to the main menu and restart our system.
a) If we decide to change other values, starting from Fig. 6 with the parameter P = 000 #
change, press 1 (Move to left) until the cursor is not on the value of CC1;
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC s.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 23

M-94R.C;
09/2011 Rev 01
fig. 6
Press 3 (Move up) to scroll through the parameters until you have the cursor to what we are
interested, ex. TB (Fig. 8)
LM
Your screen will be that of Fig. 8, where the parameter TTB will be flashing.
As listed in the above table is that of the parameter TB Maximum filtration.
Press button 1 (Move to left) until you have the parameter corresponding to the time set by
default "30.00" flashing.
In this case the display will confirm that it is 30.00 M: S.
The number 30 is equivalent to 30 minutes as a maximum time of filtration "(This time is
meant by start-up of sludge pump at the end of the presence of water in the bowl).
Once the value is flashing 30:00, can be increased or decreased with the 3 (Move up) and 2
(moves down).
After changing the value, press 5 (Menu / OK) to confirm.
fig. 7
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.H. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 24

MM
09/2011 Rev 01
After changing the value, press 5 (Menu / OK) to confirm.
f..
IMPORTANT: Change only the following parameters:
C1 NUMBER COUNT BEATER
TB : MAXIMUM TIME OF FILTRATION
TC DWELL TIME BEFORE RESTART CYCLE
TF PIPE CLEANING TIME
b) If we decide to return to the main menu and restart the PLC, must return to the CC1
parameter as explained above and press button 5 (Menu / OK).
fig. 5
On the screen of Fig. 5, press 5 (Menu / OK).
fig. 3
Return to the parameter, RUN / STOP button 2 (Moves down) and press button 5 (Menu / OK).
We will have the screen in fig. 9.
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 25

09/2011 Rev 01
fig. 9
The PLC asks if RUN switch, confirm with button 5 (Menu / OK).
fig. 1
The main screen will appear with the RUN LD in this situation the PC is ready for operation.
CAUTION!
THE UNAUTHORIZED CHANGE OF PARAMETERS NOT RECOMMENDED
'i IN TABLE CAN BRING TO A MALFUNCTION OF THE MACHINE NOT
COVERED BY WARRANTY SERVICE.
THE PLC HAS AN INTERNAL REGISTER OF ACTIONS.
This spare parts catalogue is property of MATEC S.r.l. Any reproduction, even partial, is forbidden 26

i r
NCDENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Resources
Water Quality Programs �-- -_-- -- - -- --
Pat McCrory Thomas A. Reeder _ �� \o.
Governor Director
September 20, 2013 SEP 2 5 2013
PAUL COCHRANE — PRESIDENT
EXCHANGE STREET, LLC
POST OFFICE BOX 23029
CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA 28227
Dear Mr. Cochrane:
P1C D_NR MRO
D1^1fQ - Agt.t;fer Protection
Subject: Application No. WQ0036676
Additional Information Request
Blue Dot Readi-Mix — Exchange Street
Closed Loop Recycle System
Mecklenburg County
Central and Regional Water Permitting Section staff have completed their review of the application
package received July 29, 2013. However, additional information is required before the review may be
completed. Please address the items on the following pages no later than the close of business on October
20, 2013.
Please be aware that you are responsible for meeting all requirements set forth in North Carolina rules and
regulations. Any oversights that occurred in the review of the subject application package are still the
Applicant's responsibility. In addition, any omissions made in responding to the outstanding items shall
result in future requests for additional information.
Please reference the subject application number when providing the requested information. All revised
and/or additional documentation shall be signed, sealed and dated, with three copies submitted to my
attention at the address below. Please note that failure to provide this additional information on or -before
the above requested date may result in your application being returned as incomplete.
If you have any questions regarding this request, please do not hesitate to contact me at [phone].
Thank you for your cooperation.
Sincerely,
Nathaniel D. Thornburg
Environmental Engineer
cc: Ipav-id If —:Mooresville Regional.Off_c_e, VJaier, Permitting -Section:'
Dwight S. Kurtz, PE
Permit Application File WQ0036676
WATER PERMITTING SECTION
1636 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1636
Location: 512 k Salisbury St., Raleigh, NC 27604 One
Phone: [phone] FAX: [phone] North Carolina
Internet: http:l/portal.ncdenr.oro/weblwralap� An Equal Opportunity 1 Affirmative Action Employer Natbt Lf`p?allY

Mr. Paul Cochrane 1
September 20, 2013
Page 2 of 4
Notes:
1. When providing an additional information response to the Division, please provide a letter addressing
each comment and provide a reference as to the location of the requested information in the updated
application package.
A.' Cd r' 'Letter:
1. The cover letter states that "the only process water that does not flow to the recycle system is
runoff from wetting of aggregates." Please clarify the source of this process water (i.e., recycle
water, potable water, etc.).
B. Application Fee:
1. No comments.
C. Application:
1. Amend Application Item I.2. to include the correct latitude and longitude coordinates, as well as
the USGS map name for the facility.
2. Application Item IV.3. indicates that handrails and chains will be used to prevent access to the
closed -loop recycle system. Will the entire site be fenced to prevent public access to the facility?
3. Please complete Application Item IV.7.
4. Amend Application Item V. La. to include the requested information and - plan sheet and
specification page references for the following units: dirty water chamber; settling chamber;
settled water basin; overflow basin; and clear water basin. Please also amend this application
item to include the plan sheet and specification page references for the aggregate reclaimer and
filter press.
5. Amend Application Item V.l.b. to include the specification references for the two specified
pumps.
6. Amend Application Item V.l.d. to include the plan sheet and specification page references for the
proposed mixers.
7. The drainage area listed in Application Item VI.2. does not match the area noted in the cover
letter, engineering plans and engineering calculations. Please amend for consistency.
8. Application Item VI.3. states that the settling chamber has a discharge point. Where does this
discharge go to? Is the discharge contained within the closed -loop recycle system?
D. Property Ownership Documentation:
1. No comments.

Mr. Paul Cochrane
f September 20, 2013
Page 3 of 4
E. Water Balance:
1. No comments.
F. Engineering Plans:
1. No comments.
G. Specifications:
1. Per 15A NCAC 02T .1004(b)(2) and Application Instruction G, submit specifications that have
been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer, and shall
include at a minimum:
a. Table of contents with each section/page numbered.
b. Detailed specifications for each treatment/storage/recycle unit, as well as all piping, valves,
equipment (i.e., pumps, mixers, filter presses, heat pump, etc.), audible/visual high water
alarms, etc.
c. Site Work (i.e., earthwork, clearing, grubbing, excavation, trenching, backfilling, compacting,
fencing, seeding, etc.)
d. Materials (i.e., concrete, masonry, steel, painting, method of construction, etc.)
e. Electrical (i.e., control panels, transfer switches, automatically activated standby power
source, etc.)
f. Means for ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product, including leakage, pressure
and liner testing.
H. Engineering Calculations:
1. No comments.
1. Site Map:
1. No comments.
J. Power Reliabilitv Plan:
1_ Per 15A NCAC 02T .1005(b)(3) and Application Instruction J, submit documentation of power
reliability that shall consist of one of the following:
a. An automatically activated standby power supply onsite that is capable of powering all
essential treatment units under design conditions; or
b. The ability to conduct a complete system shutdown; or
c_ Means to prevent improperly treated wastewater from entering a treated wastewater storage
structure or from being recycled_

Mr. Paul Cochrane
September 20, 2013
Page 4 of 4
K. Operation and Maintenance Plan:
1. Per 15A NCAC 02T .1007 and Application Instruction K, submit an operation and maintenance
(O&M) plan encompassing all wastewater treatment, storage and recycle systems that shall
include at a minimum a description of:
a. Operation of the wastewater treatment, storage and recycle systems in sufficient detail to
show what operations are necessary for the system to function and by whom the functions are
to be conducted.
b. Anticipated maintenance of the wastewater treatment, storage and recycle systems.
c. Safety measures, including restriction of access to the site and equipment.
d. Spill prevention provisions such as response to upsets and bypasses, including how to control,
contain and remediate.
e. Contact information for plant personnel, emergency responders and regulatory agencies.
L. Residuals Management Plan:
1. Per 15A NCAC 02T .1004(g), 15A NCAC 02T .1008 and Application Item L, submit a Residuals
Management Plan that shall include at a minimum:
a. A detailed explanation of how generated residuals (including trash, sediment and grit) will be
collected, handled, processed, stored, treated, and disposed.
b. An evaluation of the treatment facility's residuals storage requirements based upon the
maximum anticipated residuals production rate and ability to remove residuals.
c. A permit for residuals utilization or a written commitment to the Applicant from a Permittee
of a Department approved residuals disposal/utilization program that has adequate permitted
capacity to accept the residuals or has submitted a residuals/utilization program application.
d. If oil/grease removal and collection are a designed unit process, submit an oil/grease disposal
plan detailing how the oil/grease will be collected, handled, processed, stored and disposed.
M. Additional Documentation:
➢ Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation:
Per Application Instruction M and 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(10), provide documentation
concerning the presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species.

O�O� W A �FRQG
State of North Carolina
v Department of Environment and Natural Resources
`—� r
Division of Water Quality
o �
Aquifer Protection Section
Regional Staff Report
August 29, 2013
To: Aquifer Protection Section Central Office
Attn: Nathaniel Thornburg
From: Andrew Pitner
Mooresville Regional Office
I. GENERAL SITE VISIT INFORMATION
1. Was a site visit conducted? ® Yes or ❑ No
a. Date of site visit: 08/26/2013
b. Site visit conducted by: David Hill
c. Inspection report attached? ❑ Yes or ® No
Application No.: W00036676
Regional Login No.:
d. Person contacted: Dwight Kurtz and their contact information: (864 ) 427 - 5407 ext.
e. Driving directions: I-85S to right on Brookshire Blvd, left on S Hoskins Rd, right on Hovis Rd, left on Bealer
Rd, right on Exchange St
H. PROPOSED FACILITIES FOR NEW AND MODIFICATION APPLICATIONS
1. Facility Classification: NA (Please attach completed rating sheet to be attached to issued permit)
2. Are the new treatment facilities adequate for the type of waste and disposal system? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, explain:
3. Are site conditions (soils, depth to water table, etc) consistent with the submitted reports? ® Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If no, please explain:
4. Do the plans and site map represent the actual site (property lines, wells, etc.)? ® Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If no, please explain:
5. Is the proposed residuals management plan adequate? ® Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If no, please explain:
6. Are the proposed application rates (e.g., hydraulic, nutrient) acceptable? ❑ Yes ❑ No ® N/A
If no, please explain:
7. Are there any setback conflicts for proposed treatment, storage and disposal sites? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, attach a map showing conflict areas.
8. Is the proposed or existing groundwater monitoring program adequate? ❑ Yes ❑ No ® N/A
If no, explain and recommend any changes to the groundwater monitoring program:
9. For residuals, will seasonal or other restrictions be required? ❑ Yes ® No ❑ N/A
If yes, attach list of sites with restrictions (Certification B)
FORM: APSRSR 04-10 Page 1 of 3

M. EXISTING FACILITIES FOR MODIFICATION AND RENEWAL APPLICATIONS
1. Are there appropriately certified Operators in Charge (ORCs) for the facility? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
ORC: Certificate #: Backup ORC: Certificate #:
2. Are the design, maintenance and operation of the treatment facilities adequate for the type of waste and disposal
system? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If no, please explain:
3. Are the site conditions (e.g., soils, topography, depth to water table, etc) maintained appropriately and adequately
assimilating the waste? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If no, please explain:
4. Has the site changed in any way that may affect the permit (e.g., drainage added, new wells inside the compliance
boundary, new development, etc.)? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, please explain:
5. Is the residuals management plan adequate? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If no, please explain:
6. Are the existing application rates (e.g., hydraulic, nutrient) still acceptable? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If no, please explain:
7. Is the existing groundwater monitoring program adequate? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If no, explain and recommend any changes to the groundwater monitoring program:
8. Are there any setback conflicts for existing treatment, storage and disposal sites? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, attach a map showing conflict areas.
9. Is the description of the facilities as written in the existing permit correct? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If no, please explain:
10. Were monitoring wells properly constructed and located? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If no, please explain:
11. Are the monitoring well coordinates correct in BIMS? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If no, please complete the following (expand table if necessary):
Monitoring Well
Latitude
Longitude
0 , „
0 , II
0 , It
0 , It
0 „
0 , ,t
0 , „
0 , //
0
0 ,
12. Has a review of all self -monitoring data been conducted (e.g., NDMR, NDAF GW)? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
Please summarize any findings resulting from this review:
13. Are there any permit changes needed in order to address ongoing BIAS violations? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, please explain:
14. Check all that apply:
❑ No compliance issues ❑ Current enforcement action(s) ❑ Currently under JOC
❑ Notice(s) of violation ❑ Currently under SOC ❑ Currently under moratorium
Please explain and attach any documents that may help clarify answer/comments (i.e., NOV, NOD, etc.)
15. Have all compliance dates/conditions in the existing permit been satisfied? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ N/A
If no, please explain:
16. Are there any issues related to compliance/enforcement that should be resolved before issuing this permit?
❑ Yes ❑No❑N/A
If yes, please explain:
FORM: APSRSR 04-10 Page 2 of 3

IV. REGIONAL OFFICE RECOMMENDATIONS
V
1. Do you foresee any problems with issuance/renewal of this permit? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, please explain:
2. List any items that you would like APS Central Office to obtain through an additional information request:
Item Reason
3. List specific permit conditions recommended to be removed from the permit when issued:
Condition Reason
4. List specific special conditions or compliance schedules recommended to be included in the permit when issued:
Condition Reason
5. Recommendation
❑ Hold, pending receipt and review of additional information by regional office
❑ Hold, pending review of draft permit by regional office
❑ Issue upon receipt of needed additional information
® Issue
El
6. Signature of report preparer
Signature of APSregional s
Date: ' I j
ADDITIONAL REGIONAL STAFF REVIEW ITEMS
Residuals generated from the filter press. Design engineer stated those residuals get landfrlled, which should be
reflected in the permit as part of the residuals management program.
FORM: APSRSR 04-10 Page 3 of 3

AQUIFER PROTECTION SECTION
APPLICATION REVIEW REQUEST FORM
Date: August 6, 2013
To: ❑ Landon Davidson, ARO-APS
❑ Art Barnhardt, FRO-APS
® Andrew Pitner, MRO-APS
❑ Rick Bolich, RRO-APS
From: Nathaniel Thornburg, Land Application Unit
❑ David May, WaRO-APS
❑ Morella Sanchez King, WiRO-APS
❑ Sherri Knight, WSRO-APS
Telephone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
E Mail: nathaniel.thomburggncdenr. ov 1, _ �_ I
J�
i
A. Permit Number: W00036676
B. Owner: Exchange Street. LLC i .. __ : AUG '°' 7 +�
i
C. Facility/Operation: Blue Dot Readi-Mix ' -
i
® Proposed ❑ Existing ® Facility ❑ Operation -
D. Application:
Permit Type:
❑
Wastewater Irrigation
❑
Other Non -Discharge
❑
Reclaimed — Bulk
Distribution
❑
Distribution of Residual
Solids (503 exempt)
Land Application of
Residual Solids (503)
Project Type:
® New ❑ Major Mod
E. Comments/Other Information:
❑ SFR — Wastewater Irrigation ❑ High -Rate Infiltration
❑ Reclaimed — Non -Conjunctive ❑ Reclaimed — Conjunctive
❑ Reclaimed — Distribution Line ® Closed -Loop Recycle
❑ Distribution of Residual ❑ Land Application of Residual
Solids (503) Solids (503 exempt)
❑ Surface Disposal of Residual ❑ Surface Disposal of Residual
Solids (503 exempt) Solids (503)
❑ Minor Mod ❑ Renewal ❑ Renewal w/ Mod
❑ I would like to accompany you on a site visit.
Attached, you will find all information submitted in support of the above -referenced application for your
review, comment, and/or action. Within 45 calendar days, please take the following actions:
® Return a completed APSARR Form.
❑ Attach a classification rating sheet.
❑ Attach Attachment B for Certification
® Return a completed APSRSR Staff Report
❑ Attach Well Construction Data Sheet.
❑ Issue an Attachment B Certification.
When you receive this request form, please write your name and dates in the spaces below, make a copy
of this sheet, and return it to the appropriate Central Office -Aquifer Protection Section contact person
listed above.
RO-APS Reviewer:
Date:
FORM: APSARR 02-10 Page 1 of 1

AAA
NC®ENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Resources
Water Quality Programs
Pat McCrory Thomas A. Reeder
Governor Director
August 6, 2013
Paul Cochrane — President
Blue Dot Readi-Mix
PO Box 23029
Charlotte, NC 28227
Dear Mr. Cochrane:
John E. Skvarla, III
Secretary
Subject: Acknowledgement of
Application No. WQ0036676
BLUEDOT - Exchange Street
Closed Loop Recycle System
Mecklenburg County
The Aquifer Protection Section acknowledges receipt of your permit application and supporting
documentation received on July 29, 2013. Your application package has been assigned the number listed
above, and the primary reviewer is Nathaniel Thornburg.
Central and Mooresville Regional Office staff will perform a detailed review of the provided
application, and may contact you with a request for additional information. To ensure maximum
efficiency in processing permit applications, the Aquifer Protection Section requests your assistance in
providing a timely and complete response to any additional information requests.
Please,pote that processing standard review permit applications pay tyke as long as 60 to 90 days
after receipt of a complete application. If you have any questions, please contact
Nathaniel Thornburg at [phone] or [e-mail].
Sincerely,
OZmu &14�
for Jon Risgaard
Land Application Unit Supervisor
cc: Mooresville:Regional-,Office,:Aquifer;Protection-Section
Dwight S. Kurtz, PE — Depaul Engineering, 3693 Buffalo West -Springs Hwy, Buffalo, SC 29321
Permit File WQ0036676
AQUIFER PROTECTION SECTION
1636 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1636
Location: 512 N. Salisbury St., Raleigh, North Carolina 27604 One
Phone: [phone] FAX: [phone] NorthC uolin a
Internet: http://portal.ncdenr.oM/weblwg/aps
An Equal Opportunity 1 Affirmalive Action Employer

RECEIVEDIDENRIDWO
Dwight S . Kurtz, PE f � � 0 ; :.
3693 Buffalo West Springs Hwy.
Buffalo, SC 29321 Aquifer Protection Section
PHONE/FAX: [phone] EMAIL: [e-mail]
July 23, 2013
Division of Water Quality
1636 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
Attn: Betha-R-y-Georgoulias - �... , r _. ':j a0;.
Subject: Stormwater and Process Wastewater Discharge Permit/Closed Loop Recycle System,
Exchange Street, LLC, 1022 Exchange Street, Charlotte, NC
Dear Ms. Georgoulias,
Exchange Street, LLC (a.k.a bluedot Ready Mix) proposes to construct a Ready Mix Concrete Plant at
the subject location. Included in plans for this plant is a concrete and water recycling system. The
system is designed with enough freeboard to contain the 24 hour 25 year storm event with 1' additional
freeboard.
The proposed system is for capturing process water generated from loading trucks and reclaiming rock
and sand at the ready mix concrete batch plant. The recycle system consists of a sloped washout bay,
sloped settling chamber, settled water chamber, overflow basin, clear water basin, dirty water chamber,
drum fill station, auger style aggregate reclaimer, filter press and pumps for recycled water. Process
water that enters the system is generated by spills during truck water tank filling, rinsing of the outside of
the mixer truck/drum, rinsing the inside of the drum at the end of the day and water generated by
reclaiming of aggregates. The area (6,063 square feet) that these operations take place in are grade
separated from the balance of the site by curbs, walls and ramps. The area draining to the recycle basin
was minimized to reduce the amount of stormwater runoff collected.
The only process water that does not flow to the recycle system is runoff from wetting of aggregates.
This water will flow to the Detention Pond prior to being discharged from the property. The Detention
Pond will capture fine material from stormwater and aggregate wetting runoff. The runoff from wetting
of aggregates will contain less fines than the stormwater runoff. On site Cecil soils have a high
percentage of fines. 37.6% of a typical Cecil soil passes a 0.063mm (0.0025") sieve. Sand and coarse
aggregates for concrete are limited by ASTM C33 to 5% of the material passing a 200 sieve. A 200
sieve has 200 openings per inch. This equates to a 0.005" opening, which is twice the size of the
0.0025" sieve. Typical tests on material that will be utilized at this plant have a lower percent passing
the 200 sieve than required by ASTM C33. Sand ranges between 1.8% and 2% passing the 200 sieve.
Coarse aggregate is below 1% passing a 200 sieve. The runoff from the aggregate stockpiles will not
load the Detention Pond as much as stormwater.

i he aggregate stockpiles will be wet with city water during the summer months. All aggregates were
tested for Ph level by David Melson (QC — Blue Dot). The results are shown on attachment 1. City
water is typically in distributed with a Ph between 6.5 and 8. Municipalities are required by permit to
maintain the water at this Ph. Runoff from wetting of aggregate stockpiles will not cause an exceedance
of Ph or Suspended Solids in water discharged from the site.
The City of Charlotte has review/approval authority for the Storm Water and Erosion Control Plan. The
plan is approved by the City of Charlotte. All areas of the site drain to a dry detention basin.
Included items are as follows:
1. One original NCG 140000 Notice of Intent
$100 check to NCDENR
City of Charlotte Plan Review Summary (Stormwater and Erosion Control Approval)
2 copies of Site Plan
USGS quad map
2. One original and three copies of the Closed Loop Recycle application form.
$360 check to NCDENR
One copy of Cover Letter
Four copies of the City of Charlotte Plan Review Summary (Stormwater and Erosion Control
Approval).
One original and three copies of FEMA Firm Map
One original and three copies of the Watershed Classification Attachment. .
Four copies of the USGS map.
Four copies of the General Warranty Deed.
One original and three copies of the water balance calculations.
Four copies of Pump Cut Sheet and Information.
Four copies of Concrete Reclamer Cut Sheet
Four copies of Materials Testing Information. Four copies of Filter Press Cut Sheet.
Four 24"x36" copies of the site plan and detailed plans of the recycle system.
Two 11 "x 17" copies of the site plan and detailed plans of the recycle system.
Call if there are any questions or additional information is required.
Tha y, u,
Dwight S. Kurtz, PE
RECEIVEDIDERM
JUL 29 ci",
Aquifer Protection Section

ao— t
1022 Exchange ST
bluedot -Exchange Street
Printed Orr 7119113
LDC-2013-00094
0
MLW
GURLM-M.
City of Charlotte- Engineering and Land De
600 East Fourth Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28202-2850
LDC-2013-00094
Permit Status: Approved
Status Date: 19Jul-2013
Comaanvllndividual Name
--......__••• •••,'•••
Address
Owner
Phone
Exchange Street, LLC
PO Box 23029
704-971-7676
Charlotte,NC28227
Financially Responsible Party
bluedot Readi Mir. ( Paul Cochrane)
PO Box 23029
Chadotte,NC 28227
Project Owner or Developer
bluedot Readi Mix ( Paul Cochrane)
PO Box 23029
Chad otte,NC 28227
Applicant -Key Contact
Dwight S. Kurtz ( Dwight Kurtz)
3693 Buffalo West Springs Highway
Buffalo,SC 29321
Parcel Nbr Tract
Block Lot
0502116
Value: 0.00
RECEIVEDIDENRIDWQ
Aquifer Protection Section

City of Charlotte- Engineering and land Developmerrt
600 East Fourth Street Permit Status: Approved
LDC-2013-00094 Charlotte, North Carolina 28202-2850
Status Date: 19-Jul-2013
Application Information
Detention / PCCO / Drainage
Yes
Grading / Erosion Control
Yes
Commercial Plan Review
Yes
Commercial Review Fee
1395
Commercial Tree Fees
2485
Commercial Tree Ordinance applies
Yes
Detention Fee
2996
Detention Required
Yes
Driveway Fee
230
Estimated Total Due
12485
Grading Fee
5379
Initial Grading > 1
Yes
Payment Method
Credit Card payment in person at City LD
Tree Preservation
No
Tree Preservation Fee
0
# of Driveways
2
Anticipated Completion Date
08/30/2013
Assigned Construction Inspector
undefined
Assigned Erosion Control Reviewer
undefined
Assigned Senior Engineer
undefined
Assigned Urban Forestry Reviewer
undefined
Current Zoning
1-2
Denuded Area
6.0
New Impervious Area (per Tree Onllnarn
4.33
New Trees (per Tree Ordinance)
92
Project Due Date
7/11/2013
Required Tree Save Area (per Tree Ordi
1.4
Site Area
9_08
State Maintained Road
No
Undisturbed Tree Save Area (acres)
1.58
Denuded Area 2
6.0
New Tree (per Tree Ordinance) 2
24
Tree Preservation 2
Yes
N atural A rea P rov ided (ac res)
0
Natural Area Required (acres)
0
Undisturbed Treed Natural Area Presery 0
PmjecIReview Type Commercial
Application Table Information
Comm ants:
Construct Ready Mix Concrete Plant with detention. Site is in a distressed economic zone and is. exempt from Post Construction water quality standards.

City of Charlotte - Engineering and Land Development
600 East Fourth Street
LDC-2013-00094 Charlotte, North Carolina 28202-2850
Commercial Review/NA/NA
Fees
Deserotlon
Comments
Commercial Plan Review 8 Inspection Per Project
Commercial Plan Review COOT Fee w/o Driveway Permit
Commercial Plan Review COOT Driveway Permit Fee
Commercial Tree Ordnance Review & Inspection Per Project
Commercial Tree Ordnance Review & Inspection Per Additional New
Tree Required
Grading / Erosion Control Permit Per Project
Grading f Erosion Control Permit Per Acre
Detention / Drainage Per Project
Detention / Drainage Per Acre
Total Fees Due: $0.00 Total Fees Paid: $12,485.00
Task
Assign To
Into Received
Commercial Review Gateway
Mark Chapman
Plan Distribution
Engr Plan Collection
Mark Chapman
Initial Site Assessment
Shelly Yunglleisch
COOT Review
Candice Leonard
Engineering Review
Mark Chapman
Erosion Control Review
Jeff Bock
Plan Review Coordinator
Alice Christenbury
Urban Forestry Review
Stan Armstrong
Plan Collection
Fee Calculation
Contact Dev to Pickup Plans
Site Inspector Inspection
Permit Status: Approved
Status Date: 19-Jul-2013
Amount
$1,295.00
$100.00
$230.00
$1.565.00
$920.00
$4,485.00
$894.00
$2,400.00
$596.00
Status
Status By
Date
Comments
Complete
Alice Christenbury
5M5/13
Pass
Mark Chapman
5/15/13
Complete
Alice Christenbury
6119/13
Complete
Mark Chapman
7/18/13
Complete
ShellyYungileisch
5/20/13
OK
Candice Leonard
7/3/13
OK PCCO
Mark Chapman
7/18/13
OK
Jeff Bock
6/28/13
Complete
Alice Christenbury
7119/13
OK with
Stan Armstrong
7/3113
Change one small maturing tree to large
comments
maturing tree. Add barriers between parking
lot tree and parking. Move electrical line 15-
from tree.
Fee Calculation
Alice Chrlstenbury
7119/13
Complete
Alice Christenbury
7119/13
Complete
Alice Christenbury
7119/13
riveway rreview suorasxs
SubTask Assign To Status Status By Date Comments

1 430 000
FEET e0°54.30•• SosrM e0°54•ao• JOINS PANEL 4636 ".53'30' 510°0°N
EET
GRID NORTH
4
SC 1
A
250 Soo 750000) 1.000
FEETM
'
i..
-
q
..1E
I PANEL 4535J
FIRM
FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP
' < x_
_ .... .__.. _ _. .--'
NORTH CAROLINA
_.
RDI
• '-' -_... -, 1 4.
SEALER
mpi"
PANEL 4535
- 1 t.. •' - t'r,�'
- - 1-0
'SEE LOCATOR DIAGRAM OR MAP INDEX FOR FIRM PANEL
LAYOUT)
1.: _
„ tom.. --__ ,' OO�F OR..:. ' ' ��0\ytR 9t _ '
CONTAINS,
,,
C.
COMMUNITY CID No PANEL SUFFIX
•._ . ___.._-�- : i i'. -
CHARLOTTE CITY OF 3 0 50 71 4535 J
•
MECNLENSURG COUNTY 370158 4535 J
C
i _..
_ TAR._. .. , .-- ..• _ _
-.._._._. ...__._..
.-,-,. _...-, .. ,
i
i yea
. NiASp�SH- -
II
Q.
i - - - .� - •, f0 9' -
Notice to User The Ma Number sh-n below should be used
rg map orders: the common ty Number
<
,he. plat sham sto—
shouitl be used on Insurance appl'calions for the subJeG
L/�.;c <;
.. .. ... r.l <,)�,�� �.-?VES7gTON r
EFFECTIVE DATE MAP NUMBER
�av
De.,s ` "
MARCH 2�,vt2�0�09 3710453500J
?' ZONE x
RM
- /
ATM Yc'
se�rctai
State of North Carolina
Federal Emergency management Agency
`Ea��sj9aI
R y
�'% '� %• / ,
/ ) \ -. �J�/ ///
` `
i la an a15c al copy of a podlon of- above reoe flood map It
( -,_ •. \ �F s ti Y / <J/ / : <, //� Z \'
;
So
90,
r,oed
wasmo--oot usln0 F�,1R On{Jne. Th s meP tlous rrot rcAat chon0es
o endmenls which may have been mane-oo-,,ent 101he date on me
uo,'
,GF�'; • / �f
• - ., .. _ .- .. <. • . r -. - - .. - _
bde dock For the latest p oduct Ino ma0on abo Nauona Flood I surance
P.9— flood maps check the FEMA FIood Map Store et vwvv.meplema.0ov

WATERSHED CLASSIFICATION ATTACHMENT (FORM: WSCA 10-06)
Applicant's name:
Site/Field
ID
County
Latitude
Longitude
Location
Datum
Location
Method
Code
Location
Accuracy
Waterbody Subbasin and
Stream Index No.
Current and
Proposed Class
1, - _- W lG K S t Ku�- , attest that this attachment form has been prepared by me and is accurate and complete to the best
of my knowledge I understand that if a]1 r uired arts of this attachment are not completed and that if all required supporting information is not included, this
application pack will ret d as i mplet
Signature I Date ✓zo
FORM: WSCA 10-06 Page 5 of 5

�+Yl cl.r�-I�s

Excise Tax $650.00
Tax Lot No.
Verified by _
by
F1
FILED FOR
REGISTRATION
ATE P
!tom
AMPS
1, t7Atlld7 �RAN�*RRY
WWis CR OF YJ(;':'sCopy
LF- OR Clip BYy�pc �.,.�,
Recording Time, Book and Page
Parcel Identifier No, 05702113 & 05702116
County on the _ day of , 20,
Mail a11.er recording to: Carey A. Sellers (ROD Box 160)
This instrument was prepared by, F, Robert Parker
Brief Description for the index
Parcels 3A and 313, Atlantic Land and Ituprovement Company Property,
Map Book 26, Page 111, Mecklenburg County, NC
NIOwra CAROLINA SPECIAL WARRANTY DEED
THIS DEED made this 2 r day of May, 2013, by and between
GRANTOR
JOHN WIL+'LAND HOMES OF NORTH CARO.LINA, INC.,
nka, BUILDER SUPPORT SERVICES OF THE
CAROLINAS, INC.,
a Georgia corporation
4125 Atlanta Road
Smyrna., GA 30080
Attn: Legal Department
GRANTEE
EXCHANGE STREET, LLC, a North Carolina
limited liability company
PO Box 23027
Charlotte, 'NC 28227
Attn: Anthony C. Griffin_
Enter in appropriate block far party: name, address, and, Vappropriate, character of entity, e.g.. corporation Or partnership.
The designation Grantor and Grantee as used herein shall include said parties, their heirs, successors, and assigns, and shall include
singular, plural, masculine, feminine or neuter as required by context.
WITNESSETH, that the Grantor, for a valuable consideration paid by the Grantee, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, has and
by these presents does grant, bargain, sell and convey unto the Grantee in fee simple all that certain lot or parcel of land situated in the
City of Charlotte, Mecklenburg County, North Carolina and more particularly described as follows:
See Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein (the "property").
The property is not the primary residence of Grantor.

1W
The property hereinabove described was acquired by Grantor by instrument recorded in Book 8189, Page 760.
A map showing the above described property is recorded in Plat Book 26, Page 111.
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the aforesaid lot or parcel of land and. all privileges and appurtenances thereto belonging to the Grantee in
fee simple.
This conveyance is made subject to any and all zoning ordinances, any and all easements, covenants and restrictions of record, and all
matters shown on the recorded plat(s) for the subject property.
And the Grantor covenants with the Grantee, that Grantor has done nothing to impair such title as Grantor received, and Grantor will
warrant and defend the title against the lawful claims of all persons claiming by, under or though Grantor.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has duly executed the foregoing as of the day and year first above written
SIGNATURES) AND NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGEMENT(S)
.APPEAR ON SEPARATE PAGE(S)

JOHN WIELAND HOMES OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.,
nka BUILDER SUPPORT SERVICES OF THE
CAROLINAS, INC., a Georgia corporation
By: (7
Print Name: F. kobert Park
Title: Vice President
STATE OF GEORGIA
COUNTY OF—LQbb
I, -A -1 4cr J 01 ek-0,C , a Notary Public of
auz ounty, State of Georgia, certify that F. Robert Parker (the
"Signatory") personally came before me this day and acknowledged that he/she is Vice President of John
Wieland Homes of North Carolina, Inc., nka, Builder Support Services of the Carolinas, Inc., a Georgia
corporation, and that he/she, in such capacity and being authorized to do so, executed the foregoing on behalf of
the corporation.
I certify that the Signatory personally appeared before me this day, and
(check one of the following and mark through all blank lines or spaces)
--V!!:�I have personal knowledge of the identity of the Signatory; or
I have seen satisfactory evidence of the Signatory's identity, by a current state or federal
identification with the Signatory's photograph in the form of.
(check one of the following and mark through all blank lines or spaces)
a driver's license; or
in the form of ; or
a credible witness has sworn to the identity of the Signatory.
The Signatory acknowledged to me that he/she voluntarily signed the foregoing instrument for the
purpose stated and in the capacity indicated.
Witness my hand and official stamp or seal this a�lay of 2013.
p�� ,,,�Not ubiic
o Ont Name: t
�� ��.•`5S10NF,�.pti� ro
(Note: Notary Public must sign exactly as on n ry seal]
Pulav�� ,4� My Commission Expires: l- l
aMgAC��
co .. [NOTARY SEAL] (MUST BE FULLY LEGIBLE)
��lPilllll�o�

ow
EXHIBIT "A"
Part of Block 3, Chemway Industrial District Extension at Charlotte, Mecklenburg County,
North Carolina, more fully described as follows:
BEGINNING at an existing iron pin in the east line of Exchange Street (60 ft. wide) at the
northwest corner of lands now or formerly of MR.'W, Inc. (D.B. 4500, Pg. 465); thence with the
right of way line of Exchange Street the following three (3) courses; 1. North 07 degrees 0714611
West 15.47 ft. to an existing concrete monument; 2. 468.75 ft. along the are of a curve to the Ieft
having a radius of 349.62 ft. and chord bearing and distance of North 45 degrees 32' 23" 'West
434.43 ft. to an existing concrete monument; ,and 3. North 83 degrees 57' 00" West 103.87 ft. to
an existing iron pin at the southerly corner of lands now or formerly of Matlack, Inc. (D.B. 6389,.
Pg. 737); thence with the southeasterly lines of Matlack the following two (2) courses; 1. North
09 degrees 22' 40" West 191.60 ft. to a new iron pin, and 2.. North 03 degrees 33' 49" East 215,50
ft. to an existing iron pin, being 42.5 ft. southwest of an perpendicular to the centerline of
Grantor's main line railroad track; thence parallel with and distant 42.5 ft. southwest of the
centerline of railroad track South 83 degrees 5912311 East 56.10 ft. to an existing iron pin; thence
South 73 degrees 34' 10" East 593.87 ft. to an existing iron pin; thence South 66 degrees 24' 02"
East 40.02 ft. to an existing iron grin; thence South 55 degrees 34' 43" East 94.95 ft. to an existing
iron pin; thence South 40 degrees 37' 43" East 95.04 ft. to an existing iron pin; thence South 25
degrees 2813511 East 95.01 ft. to an existing iron pin;. thence South 12 degrees 24' 38" East 68.84
ft. to an existing iron pin; thence South 07 degrees 08' 57" East 211.53 ft. to an existing iron pin
in the north-west line of the MRW, Inc. deed; thence with the MRW, Inc. lands South 82 degrees
54'[ 24" `Vest 454.65 ft. to the POINT OF BEGINNING; Containing 9.0838 acres, more or less,
BEENG more particularly shown on plat of survey dated April 12,. 1995 prepared by C. Clark
Nielson, Registered Land Surveyor Number L-3212, R. B. Pharr & Associates, 1900 E. Seventh
Street, Charlotte, North Carolina 28204 incorporated herein by reference; AND ALSO being
shown. as Parcels 3A. and 3B on plat recorded in Plat Book 26, Page III among the Public Land
Records of Mecklenburg County, North Carolina.

Dwight S. Kurtz, PE
3693 Buffalo W. Springs Hwy.
Buffalo, SC 29921
[phone] '
PROJECT
BL.tC-C
DATE DWN
DATE CHK BY
JOB NO.

v . .
Dwight S. Kurtz, PE PROJECT JOB NO.
-cxc�i �E S sees Buffalo W. Springs Hwy. sL cDo-
Buffalo. SC 29321 DATE D BY DATE CHLBY SHEET
�� `. J�
[phone]

Dwight S. Kurtz, PE PROJECT JOB NO.
3603 Buffalo w. Springs Hwy, DATE
Buffalo, SC 29321 DiYN.BY DATE CHK.BY SHEET
[phone]
7)
. ,
01b � � ;
.T-
a `a�
M-7 I (49Ai'' NOWtAe 4s Wo ;moo. /c 000
VC

a °
d
d• d. d ���-C.O
4.d a ...A REA P . Nt-.- 0.0.
G. ..6 0*6'3<. -S
4. U . d
4
l O
b
97.72
^3> C. B. T. 0. G. 52
750.5
INV. OUT 47,07
J .�)

DRUM FILL
5'
m■■
g-111
vmmn-!Kr
2 84 CONT-.
Fi
1' 1-6'--j 1' 1-7
a,
7-PAINTED
PAINTED SAFTY
(MAX)
4.2'x2'xl/4' HAND RAIL
T.O.W. ELEV.
752.50
V FREEBOARD - 36.8 SF V
•6 @ 6' OZ.
06 @ IV O.C.-\
06 @ 12' O.C.
4'-6'
N4218'O.C.
66 �
84 @ VD.C.
•5@IeC C.
2' CLR l' N4 @ Cy O C.
•4 @ 12' O.C.
lo'
a4 @ 12. O.c,-\
#4 0 12' O.C.
04 @ 12' O.C.
3' CLR.J
06 @ 6' QC
86 @ 6' O.C,
EA. WAY
SENTONITE WATERSTOP
CLR,
TYP. ALL WALL
AND FLOOR JOINTSL
I—e
BOTTOM
742.00
06 @ 12' D C.
a.
-1�'—
M4 2 9' O.C.
3' CLR.
_ 3'
ALTERNATE TYP.
BENDS
RECYCLE BASIN SECTION �
1/41= 1'-0' qT
T.O.W. ELEV.
754.50
M6 @ 6.O.C.
N4 @ 9'O.C.
ALTERI
BENDS

DRUM FILL
,--T.O.W.
755.00
24' 12'
a
OF PIT 2 N4 CONT.
PAINTED SAFTY
YELLOW
ELEV. 752.E
N4 Q 12' D.C.
SECTION
V.11-o•
8'
AREA ABOVE OPERATING LEVEL - 61.2 SF I1'-9'
4'-6' l
M4B18'O.0
B 2�� \ \ r2' CLR. I 'I,
N4 E I2• U.C. �� 3'
EA. WAY
Q 9'
BENTONITE WATERSTOP
TYP. ALL WALL -j
AND FLOOR JIONTSL
_3'
RECYCLE BASIN SECTION 11
1/41= 1'-01
T.O.W. ELEV.
752.50
IV O.C.
Q 12' O.C.
CLR.
BOTTOM
742.00
V I 6'-11'
M6 L 12. O.C.-
r#4 1 9' D.C.
il �4 2 12. O.C.
M626' 46@6.O.C.
�0
6 a 12' C
i4 2 9' O.C. (—
ALTERNATE
BENDS
T.O.W. ELEV.
754.50
N6 Q 6'O.C.
14 E9'=
BENDS I

5
ITT
Goulds Pumps
3656/3756 S-Group
Cast Iron, Bronze Fitted Centrifugal Pumps
RGOULDS PUMPS
Goulds Pumps is a brand of ITT
Residential and Commercial Water.
www.goulds.com
Engineered for life
Commercial Water

w
Performance Coverage
3500 Coverage Curve
METERS I FEET
w 60-
Z
0 40-
20a
OL
ONE M MEN
OEM No
ONO
MEN 0
i ��No
IUu zoo 300 400 500 600 700 800
U.S. GPM
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 18'0 m'ihr
GALLONS PER MINUTE
1750 Coverage Curve
30
METERS FEET
80
20
10
20
0-
I
I
I
I
I
,x2-8
,'hx2-8 -- ----- - --------------I—
--
21/+x3-7
3x4-7
{
Ll
I.
---i-
—{
{--
l
1
1
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
U.S. GPM
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 MAII
GALLONS PER MINUTE
GOULDS PUMPS 3
Commercial !Water

3656/3756 S-Group Numbering System For All Units Built After June 1, 1998
The various versions of the 3656 and 3756 S-Group are identified by a prod-
uct code number on the pump label. This number is also the catalog number
for the pump. The meaning of each digit in the product code number is shown
below.
Not all combinations of motor, impeller and seal options are available for
every pump model. Please check with Goulds on non -cataloged numbers.
Not recommended for operation beyond printed H-Q curve. For critical applica-
tion conditions consult factory.
Example Product Code
9 BF 1 H 2 G
0 H
LHigh Head Impeller (1'/2x 2 — 6H Only)
Mechanical Seal and O-ring
T e 21 Mechanical Seal
Seal Code
Rotary
Stationary
Elastomers
Metal Parts
Part No.
0
1
Carbon
Ceramic
BONA-N
316 SS
IOK13
Sil-Carbide
EPR
1OK19
3
Viton
1 OK27
5
Sil-Carbide
1OK64
9
Packed Box Design vide BUPA O-Ring,
I SK 16
­Nml uuV ulete IUNZ:)
Impeller Option Code
226E
9BF
361'
561'
4BF
661'
Impeller Code
1 x2-7
1 x 2 — 8
1Y:x2-6
1'hx2-6H
11/2x2-8
21/2x3-7
3 x 4 — 7
Dia.
Dia.
Dia.
Dia.
Dia.
Dia.
Dia.
A
63A
81/16"
Sly ,g,
511/16"
81/i61'
71/16"
7'/i6"
B
6'/16
7 6/a
5%
51/6
71/8
6'/9
61/-,
C
6
76/,6
51/8
63/.
6'/16
5'h
D
51/.
7
43/�
51/:
6
III `&
E
5 V2
61/2
7 3A
5 "/, 6
S A
F
5'/, 6
61/16
7
5'/16
6
G
4' 1/16
5 %
61A.
51/16
H
41/16
51/8
61/6
41/.:
1
4 %
4'h
K
4 V16
41/,6
L
3' 1&
Driver
1= 1 PH, ODP 4= 1 P C 7= 3 PH, XP 0= 1 PH, XP
2 = 3 PH, ODP 5 = 3 PH, TEFC 8 = 575 V, XP
3 = 575 V, ODP 6 = 575 V, TEFC 9 = 3 PH, fases, TEFC, PREFF
— HP Rating
C —'/a HP F = 1112 HP J = 5 HP M — 15 HP
D =3/, HP G = 2 HP N = 20 HP
E =1 HP H = 3 HP L = 10 HP
— Driver: Hertz/Pole/RPM
1 = 60 Hz, 2 pole, 3500 RPM 4 = 50 Hz, 2 pole, 2900 RPM
2� 60 Hz, 4 pole, 1750 RPM 5 = 50 Hz, 4 pole, 1450 RPM
60 Hz, 6 pole, 1150 RPM
Material
F = Bronze fitted Al = All iron
— Pump Size
GOULDS PUMPS
Commercial Water
AB = All bronze
:Z-1v'YI—rM 5-1' 20 9— h
For frame
mounted version,
substitute the
letters "FRM" in
these positions.
— h x — -- 1 x 2— 8 T e 1 x 2— 8 and t x 2— 7 are only available in Bronze Fitted.
6 = 3 x 4 — 7 22=1x2-7
4

Performance Curves — 60 Hz, 3500 RPM
METERS . FEET
300
80
250
W
s 60 200
a
z
2
ISO
40
100
20
50
0 L 0
Model 3656/3756 S-Group 3500 RPM
NOTE: Not recommended for operation beyond
SAT, BF, AB / Size 1112. x 2 — 8 ODP & TEFC
printer) H•Q curve.
Imp. Dwg. 118-88
I
NPSHR — FEET
--- ...$-10
f
I n
q
I 5 II
07
- • 1
12' 14'
• 60
1
A 8'/,6 DIA. I
8 75/e"
I-
I65 i 4
I
F 7-
67
60
o
i
-
-
'
1
I
�
i'\
ti
0 50 100
l 1
0 10 20
METERS FEET
2
j
20C
o 30� 100
'01 50
10
0 0
150 200 250 U.S. GPM
30 40 50 60 MY111
CAPACITY
( Model 3656/3756 S-Group 3500 RPM NOTE: Not recommended for operation beyond
4AI, BF, AB /Size 2'/z X 3 — ODP & TEFC Printed H-Q curve.
Imp. Dwg. 279-81
' f
6' NPSH, - FEET
60I y 8' 10,
A V/16" DIA. j' j I 64 68 i 1 p 14'1
8 6'/e" 701 16 18'
,
71
1' it ; i
\ 7 0I .
D 6" 68
64 % EFF
F 5'' 16" \ I \ r \ \
GS 6" \'
1 4' I
„ I 1 I
K 4'/s". ' •\ r i 7
?Syp
\Sh'n
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 U.S. GPM
l 1 1 1 1 r 1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 m'/hr
CAPACITY
Optional Impeller
Ordering Code Dia.
A 8 1/16',
E 71/4"
8 7 6/e
F 7
C 61A
G 6'A
H 6'/6
D 5'/,
NOTE: Pump will pass a
sphere to 6/16" diameter.
Optional Impeller
Ordering Code Dia.
A 7'/16"
8 6'/s
C 6'/,6
D 6
E 5' V16
F 5VI6
G 5'/16
H 04
1 4'/2
K 4'A6
NOTE: Pump will pass a
sphere to'/,6' diameter.
GOULDS PUMPS 7
Commercial Water
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 U.S. GPM
l 1 1 1 1 r 1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 m'/hr
CAPACITY
Optional Impeller
Ordering Code Dia.
A 8 1/16',
E 71/4"
8 7 6/e
F 7
C 61A
G 6'A
H 6'/6
D 5'/,
NOTE: Pump will pass a
sphere to 6/16" diameter.
Optional Impeller
Ordering Code Dia.
A 7'/16"
8 6'/s
C 6'/,6
D 6
E 5' V16
F 5VI6
G 5'/16
H 04
1 4'/2
K 4'A6
NOTE: Pump will pass a
sphere to'/,6' diameter.
GOULDS PUMPS 7
Commercial Water
NOTE: Pump will pass a
sphere to 6/16" diameter.
Optional Impeller
Ordering Code Dia.
A 7'/16"
8 6'/s
C 6'/,6
D 6
E 5' V16
F 5VI6
G 5'/16
H 04
1 4'/2
K 4'A6
NOTE: Pump will pass a
sphere to'/,6' diameter.
GOULDS PUMPS 7
Commercial Water
NOTE: Pump will pass a
sphere to'/,6' diameter.
GOULDS PUMPS 7
Commercial Water

L . ,
3656 S-Group Dimensions and Weights
A
DISCHARGE
SUCTION
Pump Dimensions and Weiahts (Dimpncinn "I" rintArrnin-1 h„ a,,., —a nn,.,,..1
Mechanical Seal
H - 4 HOLES
Pump
Dischar a
CP
DaC
MxDD
R
W
ZW(sMax.
Motor Frame21Suction
140 80 0 250
L
1 x 2- 7
2
1
27
41A
31/1
4'/e
5'/2
3
4
52
10
103/:
1 x 2 — 8
4
3'S/,6
51/.
3'/,a
41A
52
—
—
1'h
1
3'/2
41A
4'/:
25/s
3'/2
34
91/.
t0'/,
—
—
1'h x 2 —8
27'/s
51/s
4%
5
4'A
54
11'/8
11'/;
3
2'/2
25'/s
5'/s
41/,
111/16
6
3
4
49
10'/s
101A
1 11/4
—
3 x 4 — 7
1 4
3'
251/<
1 51A
5'/8
334
1 43/s
82
91A
101/8
I I IA
—
For use with ANSI class 150 mating flange. All others are NPT connections.
Motor Dimancinnc and Wainhtc rm— m,..,4..,,..,..1-
Frame Size JM
A
a
B
D
E
G
H(MPax.)
Weight lbs.)(Mx)
143
6'12
5'/.:
6
3112
21A
2
'/s
'/32
65/s
41
145
21/
57
182
8'h
5'/s
6'/:
4'/1
31/.
21A
3/ie
lhr
7'/s
77
184
21/
97
213
91/2
71/s
8
5'/<
4'/.
21/.
/1
lh
9'/s
122
215
3'12
1 S5
254 TCZ
11'/<
9
91/2
WA
5
4'/s
/,
"/11
1 1'/7
265
256 TCZ
1 11/:
5
320
Motor Frames and Horseoower
3500 RPM
1750 RPM
Motor Frame
1 Phase
3 Phase
1 Phase
3 Phase
ODP
FTEFC
ODP
TEFC
ODP
TEFC
ODP
TEFC
143
—
/., 1, I V1
1/e, 1, 1'/2
3L, 1, 1'h
—
'12, 1/�
'h, 3A, 1
'/2, 1/., 1
145
—
2
2, 3
2, 3
—
1, 1'/2
11/2, 2
11/2, 2
182
3
3
5
3
3
2, 3
3
3
184
5
3, 5
7'h
5
—
—
5
5
213
71/2
—
10
71/2
5
—
7'/2
71/2
215
10
—
15
10, 15
—
—
—
—
254TCZ
—
—
20
—
—
—
—
—
256TCZ
—
—
25
20, 25
—
—
—
—
All dimensions in inches and weights in Ibs. Do not use for construction purposes.
NOTE:
All pumps shipped in vertical
discharge position. May
be rotated in 900 increments.
Tighten casing bolts to
25 ft./Ibs. torque.
GOULDS PUMPS 18
Commercial Water

�yt
M(,7
In
America
1) Separates solids from liquids
"ID
Truck washing
Truck arrives and
the residual
concrete is
washed out.
Separation of solids and
liquids through CWR
The concrete -slurry -
gravel washout enters
the MATEC Separator
Screw.
CWR Typical Flow
Slurry to be filtered
Washed Gravel
Dirty water containing
concrete from the CWR
is pumped into a tank or
pit, ready for filtration.
The gravel from the
CWR is washed and
ready to be reused in
production.
A

In
America
Z) Filters water
WN
Dirty water, containing
concrete from the CWR,
is pumped into a tank or
pit, ready for filtration.
Dirty water is directly
pumped, without
flocculant or silo, into a
filter press.
The filter press immediately discharges clean water (like
drinking water) without solids, ready to be reused for
production or in a ready -mix truck washing station.
The filter press produces dry cakes up to 5 times an
hour (max. 15% of moisture) and compacts more than
80% of concrete, ready for haul -off.

W
r

Ueunerr LRS Reclaimer
Length of Screw
; 1:19
Drive Motor Rating
�r�dl1�9 �ei9
raga 4
Solids dtscha[ge height
Max, .. Throughput
16
6 S'ce"eCAft
Max. -aggreggfOgate size
! <;
-_-
(12m3/h)
LRS T 18 LRS 8016
i 20' 6" (6250mm) � 27 1;0" (8500mm): 29' = 2" (889.Omm);
NO
15 H/P 9 5 kV11) 15 H/P (9 5 k 15 H/P (9 5 k1/V).
- .L Kai,. .•:s�s.�n� 4 t ' r a I �� �'� �
(1320Crtm')�1i1�4Smrn
� ��` e u c �:.�az�e'.
T6 (_2300mm) 10 6" (3200mm)
10' 6 (3200mm
29 ,yd3/h (22m3/h) 16 yd3/h (12m3/h)]i ,
29 yd3/h (22m3/h)
' *R" U ✓25 rri 1 0 2�5 m i �}
.
_<1 3/8`(35mm)^ <1.3/8" (35mrn) J
<1-318 n (35mm)
�,m❑n o rLUbM IJUUM P FF 11 DENSITY/pH MEASUREMENT
2 CONTROL PANEL 7 OVERFLOW PIPE 12 PLANT PUMP
3 RECLAIMED AGGREGATE 8 AGITATOR 13 WATER LINE TO PLANT
4 SLURRY PUMP 9 FRESH WATER LINE
5 FLUSH BOWL PIPE 10 HIGH/LOW INDICATORS
Liebherr LDP Buffer
Trough dithOn' ri, I
i 20` x 5 x 4'-9"'.
Loaning height
4'=9 (1 4.,5
<-� 1N ova peter
M"(1.I e e
Volume.3
3 yd3/h (2:5;m3/h)
0�1t '
2.8 y 9m 6.t3 3 h�eTl
Drive Power . i':
N5 'HP (tic4'kV1n '
grega size
1gi7lQ 5sa:
MbmrTruck d sohacge#irlts
to 44
_cP
W 9i
LIEBHERR CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
4100 Chestnut Avenue Newport News, Virgini<
Ph: [phone] Fax: [phone]
Toll Free: [phone]
www.liebherr.com Mail: [e-mail]

Fw: Ph Levels - Yahoo! Mail
Pale 1 of I
-YAHOO! MAIL.
Fw: Ph Levels Tuesday, September 30, 2008 10:�� AM
"Paul Cochrane"<pt:ochrane,d)bluedotreadimix.com>
• dwightkurtz(u,depaul-enyineenny.r.om
imagc00.3.)pg 1,3KRj
See below.
-----Original Message -----
From' David Melson
To: Paul Cochrane
Sent: Tue Sep 30 10:36:00 2008
Subject: Ph Levels
S <<image003.jpg>> and Ph — To
78 Stone — 7.o
67 Stone — 7.0
467 Stone — To
H2O — 7.91
Best Regards,
David Melson
Quality Control Manager
office-704-971-4050
cell-704-201-1840
fax-803-802-8930
nextel-24'24306
http://us.mc371.mail.yahoo.corn/mc/showMessage?fid=lnbox&sort=date&order=down&st... 9/30/2008

of wAr�R
O� QG State of North Carolina
y Department of Environment and Natural Resources
co
3 Division of Water Quality
CLOSED -LOOP RECYCLE SYSTEMS APPLICATION
FORM: CLRS 12-06
(THIS FORM MAYBE PHOTOCOPIED FOR USE AS AN ORIGINAL)
Application Number:
I. GENERAL INFORMATION:
(to be completed by DWQ)
1. Applicant's name (See Instruction A): Exchange Street, LLC
Applicant type: ❑ Individual ® Corporation ❑ General Partnership ❑ Privately Owned Public Utility
❑ Federal ❑ State ❑ Municipal ❑ County
Signature authority's name: Paul Cochrane (per 15A NCAC 02T .0106) Title: President
Applicant's mailing address: PO Box 23029
City: Charlotte State: NC Zip: 28227-
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: [phone] Email Address: pcochrane(a-)bluedotreadimix.com
2. Facility name: bluedot-Exchange Street
Facility's physical address: 1022 Exchange Street
City: Charlotte State: NC Zip: 28208- County: Mecklenburg
Closed -Loop Recycle Facility: Latitude: 35' 45' 52" Longitude: -80' 50' 11" USGS Map Name:
3. Consulting Engineer's name: Dwight S. Kurtz License Number: 18866 Firm:
Engineer's mailing address: 3693 Buffalo West -Springs Hwy.
City: Buffalo State: SC Zip: 29321-
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: (NA) _- Email Address: dwightkurtz(o�depaul-en ing eering com
II. PERMIT INFORMATION:
1. Project is: ®New ❑ Major Modification ❑ Minor Modification
2. Fee submitted: $360.00 (See Instruction Existing Permit No.: N/A, issue date:
3. Facility status: R%s
ting ® Proposed
Was this system approved under 15A NCAC 02H .0200?
E] Yes or®No
Does this system meet the criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .1003?
�sor®No
Complete FORM: RRPWRS and discontinue using FORM: CLRS
4. Does this project utilize: ❑ public funds and/or ® private funds; ❑ public lands and/or ® private lands
JUL 29 gip;
Aqu►ferPrulecrion Section
FORM: CLRS 12-06 Page 5

5. What is the status of the following appropriate permits/certifications?
Permit/Certification
Submitted
Approved
Permit/Certification No.
Agency Reviewer
Erosion & Sedimentation
Control Plan
YES
F YES
LDC-2013-00093
City of Charlotte
Y
Nationwide 12 or 404
N/A
Wetlands 401
N/A
Stormwater Management Plan
YES
YES
LDC-2013-00093
City of Charlotte
Dam Safety
N/A
Sewer System
YES
YES
334324
Mecklenburg County
Other:
6. Does the project comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 213 .0200)? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, list non -compliant setbacks:
III. INFORMATION ON WASTEWATER GENERATION:
1. What is the origin of the wastewater (i.e., hospital, municipality, industry, etc.)? industry
2. Volume of wastewater flow for this project: 3,600 gallons per day (GPD)
3. Explanation of how wastewater flow was determined (15A NCAC 02T .0114(c)):
Type of Establishment
Basis of Flow
Flow Per Unit
Number of Units
Total
READY MIX CONCRETE
Gallons/DAY
3600
1
3600
Gallons/
Gallons/
Gallons/
Total
3600
4. Nature of wastewater: ❑ 100% Domestic Waste (residential, commercial, etc)
+ 100% Industrial
❑ Combination of Industrial and Domestic Waste: % Domestic % Industrial
❑ (Municipal waste (town, city, etc.)
" Is there a Pretreatment Program in effect? ❑ Yes or ® No
FORM: CLRS 12-06 Page 6

IV. GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION:
1. Brief project description: The proposed system is for capturing process water generated from loading trucks and reclaiming
rock and sand at the ready mix concrete batch plant The recycle system consists of a sloped washout bay, sloped settling
chamber, settled water chamber, overflow basin clear water basin dirty water chamber, drum fill station auger sty
aggregate reclaimer, filter press and pumps for recycled water. Process water that enters the system is generated by spills
during truck water tank filling,rinsing insing of the outside of the mixer truck/drum rinsing the inside of the drum at the end of the
day and water generated by reclaiming of aggregates The area (6,063 square feet) that these operations take place in are
grade separated from the balance of the site by curbs walls and ramps The area draining to the recycle basin was minimized
to reduce the amount of stormwater runoff collected
2. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .1006, provide the minimum distance in feet from the facility to each parameter
(distances greater than 500 feet may be left blank):
Setback Parameter
Treatment/Storage
Units
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership or not to be maintained as
art of the project site
Any private or public water supply source (City Water Lines)
260'
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbodies, and wetlands)
460'
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
-'
Any property line
200'
3. The closed -loop recycle facilities must be secured to prevent unauthorized entry. Details and notations of restricted access
measures shall be shown on submitted plans and specifications. Briefly describe the measures being taken in accordance
with 15A NCAC 02T .1005(a)(1): HANDRAILS AND CHAINS RESTRICT ACCESS
4. Is potable water proposed to supplement the closed -loop recycle system? ® Yes or ❑ No
If yes, is there an air gap separation between the potable water system and the closed -loop recycle system? ® Yes or ❑ No
5. Can the recycle facility: Stop production of effluent? Production of wastewater can be stopped.
❑ Return the effluent back to the treatment facility?
® Store the effluent?
❑Discharge the effluent to another permitted wastewater treatment facility?
diffl
Permit Number:
❑ None of the above
y Are essential treatment units provided in duplicate? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
6. What is the 100-year flood elevation? feet mean sea level. Source:
✓ Are any treatment or storage units located within the 100-year flood plain? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, briefly describe which treatment/storage units are affected: , and the measures being taken to protect them
against flooding:
If yes, does the Applicant have documentation of compliance with §143 Article 21 Part 6? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
Method to provide system reliability per 15A NCAC 02T .1005(b)(3) (See Instruction N):
FORM: CLRS 12-06 Page 7

V. DESIGN INFORMATION FOR NEW OR MODIFIED PORTIONS OF THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY
1. Provide the number and dimensions of each treatment unit, and provide their location in the specifications and plans. If an
item is not applicable, do not fill in the requested information:
a. TREATMENT (i.e., physical operations such as large solids screening and equalization to remove problem
characteristics such as abrasive grit and clogging rags, as well as to dampen high flows):
Treatment Unit
Number
of Units
Manufacturer
or Material
Dimensions (ft)
/ Spacings (in)
Volume
(allons)
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
I Page Number
Aggregate Reclaimer
1
Liebherr
LRS 708
Filter Press
1
Mantec
400x400x2O
b. PUMPS
Location
Number
of Pumps
purpose
Manufacturer /
Type
Capacity
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Page Number
GPM
TDH
Recycle Basin
1
Water to
Water Scale
Goulds
150
94'
U-3
On Plan
Reclaimer
1
Water to
Reclaimer
and Filter
Press
Goulds
150
94
U-3
On Plan
c. BLOWERS
Location
No. of glowers
Units Served
Manufacturer acturer /
Capacity
(CFM)
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Page Number
d. MIXERS
Location
No. of
Units Served
Manufacturer /
Power
Plan Sheet
Specification
Mixers
Type
(h)
Number
Pa a Number
Dirty Water
Chamber
2
Agitator
15
e. RECORDING DEVICES & RELIABILITY
Device
Number
of Units
Maximum
Capacity
Manufacturer
Location
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Page Number
FORM: CLRS 12-06 Page 8

VI. DESIGN INFORMATION FOR STORAGE IMPOUNDMENTS
1. Provide the number of earthen impoundments in the system: N/A
2. Are any impoundments designed to receive adjacent surface runoff? ® Yes or ❑ No
If Yes, please specify which impoundment: SETTLING CHAMBER and the drainage area: 6,6065 ft2.
3. Are impoundment(s) designed to include a discharge point (pipe, emergency spillway, etc)? ® Yes or ❑ No
4. Provide the design measures proposed for impoundment liner protection from wind driven wave action: N/A CONCRETE)
5. Provide the location of each design element in the specifications and engineering plans for each storage unit:
Storage Impoundment Plan Sheet Specification
Number Page Number
Liner material (15A NCAC 02T .1005(b)(7) and ❑ Synthetic ❑ Clay
8 ?
Concrete El steel
Liner installation and testing requirementsNIA
Inside berm surface dimensions (L x W x H) ft ft ft
Bottom dimensions (L x W) ft ft
Embankment side slope
Mean seasonal high water table depth * ft
Finished grade elevation ft
Depth from bottom to top of embankment ft
Total volume ft3 gallons
Design freeboard ft
Depth of minimum liquid level (above permanent ft
liquid level
Effective volume provided * * ft3 gallons
Effective storage time provided days
NOTE: The liner shall be protected from impacts of the seasonal high water table as necessary.
** NOTE: The storage volume should be calculated between the top of any permanent liquid level (as indicated by outlet
pipe) and maximum allowable liquid level in the impoundment.
FORM: CLRS 12-06 Page 9

Professional Engineer's Certification:
I, Dwight S Kurtz , attest that this application for -Exchange Street
has been reviewed by me and is accurate, complete and consistent with the information supplied in the engineering plans,
calculations, and all other supporting documentation to the best of my knowledge. I further attest that to the best of my knowledge the
proposed design has been prepared in accordance with this application package and its instructions as well as all applicable regulations
and statutes. Although other professionals may have developed certain portions of this submittal package, inclusion of these materials
under my signature and seal signifies that I have reviewed this material and have judged it to be consistent with the proposed design.
Note: In accordance with NC General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.613, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000 as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal, signature, and date:
as
CECIl C.II.. �s',t t}nS.lC`ii�a
Applicant's Certification (signing authority must be in compliance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b)):
I, Paul Cochrane President
(signing authority name) (title)
attest that this application for Blue dot Readi-Mix-Exchange Street
(facility name)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater
from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil
penalties, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Quality should a condition
of this permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that if all
required supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. I
further certify that the applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater
facility without proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are
compliant with any active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees under Rule 2T .0105. Note: In accordance
with NC General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement, representation, or
certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to exceed $10,000 as
well as civil peealtieSs up to $25,00 er v. lation.
Signature: Date: l y�� Zo
EDIDE®W
RECEI�
JUL 2013
Aquifer Protection Section
FORM: CLRS 12-06 Page 10